10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Commission File number 001-34453

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

New York	13-3148745
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
21 Scarsdale Road, Yonkers, New York	10707
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (914) 961-6100

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each Class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, ($0.20 par value per share)	New York Stock Exchange

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for shorter period that the registrant is required to submit and post such files).    Yes  þ    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ¨	Accelerated filer                   þ
Non-accelerated filer    ¨	Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act)    Yes  ¨    No  þ

Class	Outstanding at March 1, 2012
Common Stock	19,529,554
($0.20 par value)

The aggregate market value on June 30, 2011 of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $263,381,000.

Documents incorporated by reference:

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated by reference in Part III of this report and will be filed no later than 120 days from December 31, 2011.

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

			Page No.
PART I
	ITEM 1	BUSINESS		1
	ITEM 1A	RISK FACTORS		17
	ITEM 1B	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS		28
	ITEM 2	PROPERTIES		28
	ITEM 3	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS		29
	ITEM 4	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE		29
PART II
	ITEM 5	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES		30
	ITEM 6	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA		32
	ITEM 7	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS		34
	ITEM 7A	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK		69
	ITEM 8	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA		72
	ITEM 9	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE		113
	ITEM 9A	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES		113
	ITEM 9B	OTHER INFORMATION		113
PART III
	ITEM 10	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE		114
	ITEM 11	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION		114
	ITEM 12	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT, AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS		114
	ITEM 13	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE		114
	ITEM 14	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES		114
PART IV
	ITEM 15	EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES		115
SIGNATURES				117

PART I

ITEM 1 — BUSINESS

General

Hudson Valley Holding Corp. (the “Company”) is a New York corporation founded in 1982. The Company is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956.

The Company provides financial services through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Hudson Valley Bank, N.A. (“HVB” or “the Bank”), a national banking association established in 1972, with operational headquarters in Westchester County, New York. HVB has 18 branch offices in Westchester County, New York, 5 in Manhattan, New York, 4 in Bronx County, New York, 2 in Rockland County, New York, 1 in Kings County, New York, 5 in Fairfield County, Connecticut and 1 in New Haven County, Connecticut.

The Company provides investment management services through a wholly-owned subsidiary of HVB, A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc. (“ARS”), a money management firm, thereby generating fee income. ARS has offices at 500 Fifth Avenue in Manhattan, New York.

We derive substantially all of our revenue and income from providing banking and related services to businesses, professionals, municipalities, not-for-profit organizations and individuals within our market area. See “Our Market Area.”

Our principal executive offices are located at 21 Scarsdale Road, Yonkers, New York 10707.

Our principal customers are businesses, professionals, municipalities, not-for-profit organizations and individuals. Our strategy is to operate community-oriented banking institutions dedicated to providing personalized service to customers and focusing on products and services for selected segments of the market. We believe that our ability to attract and retain customers is due primarily to our focused approach to our markets, our personalized and professional services, our product offerings, our experienced staff, our knowledge of our local markets and our ability to provide responsive solutions to customer needs. We provide these products and services to a diverse range of customers and do not rely on a single large depositor for a significant percentage of deposits.

Forward-Looking Statements

The Company has made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K various forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to earnings, credit quality and other financial and business matters for periods subsequent to December 31, 2011. These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “expect”, “may”, “will”, “anticipate”, “continue”, “believe” or similar statements or variations of such terms. The Company cautions that these forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, and that statements relating to subsequent periods increasingly are subject to greater uncertainty because of the increased likelihood of changes in underlying factors and assumptions. Actual results could differ materially from forward-looking statements.

Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements, in addition to those risk factors disclosed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, but are not limited to, statements regarding:

• the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) and other bank regulators may require us to further modify or change our mix of assets, including our concentration in certain types of loans, or require us to take further remedial actions as a result of our most recent regulatory examination;

1

• our ability to sell our commercial real estate loans and classified assets in the time and manner that we have indicated to the OCC and at the price that we have marked the loans at;

• the results of the investigation of A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc. by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the possibility that our management’s attention will be diverted to the SEC investigation and we will incur costs and further legal expenses;

• the Company’s intent and ability to pay quarterly cash dividends to stockholders in light of our earnings, the current and future economic environment and Federal Reserve Board guidance;

• regulatory limitations on dividends payable to the Company by Hudson Valley Bank;

• the possibility that we may need to raise additional capital in the future and our ability to raise such capital on terms that are favorable to us;

• further increases in our non-performing loans and allowance for loan losses;

• ineffectiveness in managing our commercial real estate portfolio;

• lower than expected future performance of our investment portfolio;

• a lack of opportunities for growth, plans for expansion (including opening new branches) and increased or unexpected competition in attracting and retaining customers;

• continued poor economic conditions generally and in our market area in particular, which may adversely affect the ability of borrowers to repay their loans and the value of real property or other property held as collateral for such loans;

• lower than expected demand for our products and services;

• possible impairment of our goodwill and other intangible assets;

• our inability to manage interest rate risk;

• increased expense and burdens resulting from the regulatory environment in which we operate and our ability to comply with existing and future regulatory requirements;

• our inability to maintain regulatory capital above the levels required by the OCC for Hudson Valley Bank and the levels required for us to be “well-capitalized”, or such higher capital levels as may be required;

• proposed legislative and regulatory action may adversely affect us and the financial services industry;

• legislative and regulatory actions (including the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related regulations) may subject us to additional regulatory oversight which may result in increased compliance costs and/or require us to change our business model;

• future increased Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, special assessments or changes to regular assessments;

• potential liabilities under federal and state environmental laws; and

• the costs and effects of technological changes and initiatives, including our inability to effectively complete our core processing conversion.

We assume no obligation for updating any such forward-looking statements at any given time.

Subsidiaries of the Bank and the Company

In 1993, a wholly-owned subsidiary, Sprain Brook Realty Corp., was formed primarily for the purpose of holding property obtained through foreclosure in the normal course of business.

In 1997, a subsidiary was formed (of which the Bank owns more than 99 percent of the voting stock), Grassy Sprain Real Estate Holdings, Inc., a real estate investment trust, primarily for the purpose of acquiring and managing a portfolio of mortgage-backed securities, loans collateralized by real estate and other investment securities previously owned by the Bank.

2

In 2001, a wholly-owned subsidiary, HVB Leasing Corp., was formed to originate lease financing transactions.

In 2002, two wholly-owned subsidiaries were formed. HVB Realty Corp. owns and manages five branch locations in Yonkers, New York and HVB Employment Corp., which is currently inactive.

In 2004, the Bank acquired A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc. as a wholly-owned subsidiary in a transaction accounted for as a purchase. This money management firm provides investment management services to its customers thereby generating fee income.

In 1997, a wholly-owned subsidiary, 369 East 149th Street Corp., was formed primarily for the purpose of owning and operating certain commercial real estate property of which the Bank is a tenant.

In 2008, formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, 369 East Realty Corp., was formed primarily for the purpose of holding property obtained through foreclosure in the normal course of business.

In January 2010, the Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, HVHC Risk Management Corp, which is a captive insurance company which underwrites certain insurance coverage for HVB and its subsidiary companies.

In February 2010, the Bank formed three wholly-owned subsidiaries. HVB Properties Corp. owns and manages two of the Bank’s branches. HVB Fleet Services Corp. owns and manages company-owned automobiles. 21 Scarsdale Road Corp. owns and manages the HVB headquarters buildings.

In February 2010, a wholly-owned subsidiary, 2256 Second Avenue Corp., was formed which owns and manages the Second Avenue branch in Manhattan, New York.

The Company has no separate operations or revenues apart from HVHC Risk Management Corp. and the Bank and its subsidiaries.

Employees

At December 31, 2011, we employed 445 full-time employees and 44 part-time employees. We provide a variety of benefit plans, including group life, health, dental, disability, retirement and stock option plans. We consider our employee relations to be satisfactory.

Our Market Area

The banking and financial services business in our market area is highly competitive. Due to their proximity to and location within New York City, our branches compete with regional and money center banks, as well as many other non-bank financial institutions. A number of these banks are larger than we are and are increasing their efforts to serve smaller commercial borrowers. Many of these competitors, by virtue of their size and resources, may enjoy efficiencies and competitive advantages over us in pricing, delivery and marketing of their products and services. We believe that, despite the continued growth of large institutions and the potential for large out-of-area banking and financial institutions to enter our market area, there will continue to be opportunities for efficiently-operated, service-oriented, well-capitalized, community-based banking organizations to grow by serving customers that are not well served by larger institutions or do not wish to bank with such large institutions.

Westchester County is a suburban county located in the northern sector of the New York metropolitan area. It has a large and varied economic base containing many corporate headquarters, research facilities, manufacturing firms as well as well-developed trade and service sectors. The median household income, based on 2009 census data, was $77,057. The County’s 2009 per capita income of $47,204 placed Westchester County

3

among the highest of the nation’s counties. In November 2011, the County’s unemployment rate was 6.2 percent, as compared to New York State at 7.9 percent and the United States at 8.2 percent. The County has over 100,000 businesses, which form a large portion of our current and potential customer base. We continue to evaluate expansion opportunities in Westchester County.

New York City, which borders Westchester County, is the nation’s financial capital and the home of more than 8 million individuals representing virtually every race and nationality. According to the 2009 census data, the median household income in the city was $52,835, while the per capita income was $31,236. This places New York City in the top ranks of cities across the United States. In November 2011, New York City’s unemployment rate was 9.1%. The city also has a vibrant and diverse business community with more than 106,000 businesses and professional service firms. New York City is comprised of five counties or boroughs: Bronx, Kings (Brooklyn), New York (Manhattan), Queens and Richmond (Staten Island).

New York City has many attractive attributes and we believe that there is an opportunity for community banks to service our niche markets of businesses and professionals very effectively. We expanded into the Bronx market in 1999 with subsequent branch expansion in 2002, 2006, and 2010. We entered the Manhattan market with the opening of a full-service branch in 2002 followed by the openings of three additional branches in 2004, 2005 and 2008. In 2008, we opened our first branch in Brooklyn. We continue to evaluate additional expansion opportunities in New York City.

We expanded into Rockland County, New York, by opening a full service branch in New City, New York in February 2007 with a second branch opening in Suffern, New York in January 2012. Rockland County, New York, a suburban county, borders Westchester County, New York to the west. Rockland County’s 2009 per capita income was $34,071, while the median household income was $78,218. In November 2011, the County’s unemployment rate was 6.3%. We believe Rockland County offers attractive opportunities for us to develop new customers within our niche markets of businesses, professionals and not-for-profit organizations.

We expanded our branch network into Fairfield County, Connecticut with the opening of a full-service branch in Stamford, Connecticut in December 2007 with subsequent openings of branch offices in Westport, Greenwich and Fairfield in 2008 and Stratford in 2009. Fairfield County, Connecticut, a suburban county, borders Westchester County, New York to the east. The County’s 2009 per capita income was $48,394 and median household income was $78,892. In November 2011, the County’s unemployment rate was 7.2% as compared to the state of Connecticut’s unemployment rate of 7.9%. Fairfield County has very similar attributes to Westchester County, New York, where we have had success in attracting and retaining customers.

We expanded into New Haven County, Connecticut in 2009 with the opening of a full service branch in Milford. New Haven County, Connecticut borders Fairfield County to the east and is a mixed urban and suburban county. The County’s 2009 per capita income was $31,318, while the median household income was $60,388. In November 2011, the County’s unemployment rate was 8.7%. We continue to explore additional opportunities for expansion in the Connecticut market.

Competition

The banking and financial services business in our market area is highly competitive. There are approximately 166 banking institutions with 2,372 branch banking offices in our Westchester County, Rockland County, New York City, Fairfield County, Connecticut and New Haven County, Connecticut market areas. These banking institutions had deposits of approximately $777 billion as of June 30, 2011 according to FDIC data. Our branches compete with local offices of large New York City commercial banks due to their proximity to and location within New York City. Other financial institutions, such as mutual funds, finance companies, factoring companies, mortgage bankers and insurance companies, also compete with us for both loans and deposits. We are smaller in size than most of our competitors. In addition, many non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive federal regulations that govern bank holding companies and federally insured banks.

4

Competition for depositors’ funds and for credit-worthy loan customers is intense. A number of larger banks are increasing their efforts to serve smaller commercial borrowers. Competition among financial institutions is based upon interest rates and other credit and service charges, the quality of service provided, the convenience of banking facilities, the products offered and, in the case of larger commercial borrowers, relative lending limits.

Federal legislation permits adequately capitalized bank holding companies to expand across state lines to offer banking services. In view of this, it is possible for large organizations to enter many new markets, including our market area. Many of these competitors, by virtue of their size and resources, may enjoy efficiencies and competitive advantages over us in pricing, delivery and marketing of their products and services.

In response to competition, we have focused our attention on customer service and on addressing the needs of businesses, professionals and not-for-profit organizations located in the communities in which we operate. We emphasize community relations and relationship banking. We believe that, despite the continued growth of large institutions and the potential for large out-of-area banking and financial institutions to enter our market area, there will continue to be opportunities for efficiently-operated, service-oriented, well-capitalized, community-based banking organizations to grow by serving customers that are not served well by larger institutions or do not wish to bank with such large institutions.

Our strategy is to increase earnings through growth within our existing market. Our primary market area, which includes Westchester County, Rockland County and New York City in the State of New York, and Fairfield County and New Haven County in the State of Connecticut, has a high concentration of the types of customers that we desire to serve. Our long term strategy is to expand through various initiatives, which could include: opening new full-service banking facilities and loan production offices; by expanding deposit gathering and loan originations in our market area; by enhancing and expanding computerized and telephonic products; by diversifying our products and services; by acquiring other banks and related businesses and through strategic alliances and contractual relationships.

During the past five years, we have focused on maintaining existing customer relationships and adding new relationships by providing products and services that meet these customers’ needs. The focus of our products and services continues to be businesses, professionals, not-for-profit organizations and municipalities. We have expanded our market to additional sections of Westchester County, Rockland County and New York City, New York, Fairfield County, Connecticut and New Haven County, Connecticut. We have opened or acquired fourteen new facilities during the past five years, four in Westchester County, New York, three in New York City, one in Rockland County, New York, five in Fairfield County, Connecticut and one in New Haven County, Connecticut. We expect to continue to open additional facilities in the future. We have invested in technology-based products and services to meet customer needs. In addition, we have expanded products and services in our deposit gathering and lending programs, and our offering of investment management and trust services. As a result, our total assets have grown nearly 20 percent during this five year period.

5

Lending

We engage in a variety of lending activities which are primarily categorized as real estate, commercial and industrial, individual and lease financing. At December 31, 2011, gross loans totaled $1,575.9 million. Gross loans were comprised of the following loan types:

Real Estate	83.5	%
Commercial & Industrial	13.9	%
Individuals	1.8	%
Lease financing	0.8	%
Total	100.0	%

At December 31, 2011, HVB’s lending limit to one borrower under applicable regulations was approximately $40.0 million.

In managing our loan portfolios, we focus on:

(i) the application of established underwriting criteria,

(ii) the establishment of individual internal comfort levels of lending authority below HVB’s legal lending authority,

(iii) the involvement by senior management and the Board of Directors in the loan approval process for designated categories, types or amounts of loans,

(iv) an awareness of concentration by industry or collateral, and

(v) the monitoring of loans for timely payment and to seek to identify potential problem loans.

We utilize our Credit Department to assess acceptable and unacceptable credit risks based upon established underwriting criteria. We utilize our loan officers, branch managers and Credit Department to identify changes in a borrower’s financial condition that may affect the borrower’s ability to perform in accordance with loan terms. Lending policies and procedures place an emphasis on assessing a borrower’s income and cash flow as well as collateral values. Further, we utilize systems and analysis which assist in monitoring loan delinquencies. We utilize our loan officers, Asset Recovery Department and legal counsel in collection efforts on past due loans. Additional collateral or guarantees may be requested where delinquencies remain unresolved.

An independent qualified loan review firm reviews loans in our portfolios and confirms a risk grading to each reviewed loan. Loans are reviewed based upon the type of loan, the collateral for the loan, the amount of the loan and any other pertinent information. The loan review firm reports directly to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

In response to the OCC’s requirement to reduce the Company’s concentration in commercial real estate and classified loans, we have transferred $473.8 million of performing and non-performing loans to the held-for-sale status in contemplation of bulk loan sales.

See “Overview of Management’s Discussion and Analysis” for further information related to the bulk loan sales.

In addition, we have participated in loans originated by various other financial institutions within the normal course of business and within standard industry practices.

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Loan Portfolio” for further information related to our portfolio and lending activities.

6

Deposits

We offer deposit products ranging in maturity from demand-type accounts to certificates of deposit with maturities of up to five years. Deposits are generally derived from customers within our primary marketplace. We solicit only certain types of deposits from outside our market area, primarily from certain professionals and government agencies. We also utilize brokered certificates of deposit as a source of funding and to manage interest rate risk.

We set deposit rates to remain generally competitive with other financial institutions in our market, although we do not generally seek to match the highest rates paid by competing institutions. We have established a process to review interest rates on all deposit products and, based upon this process, update our deposit rates weekly. This process also established a procedure to set deposit interest rates on a relationship basis and to periodically review these deposit rates. Our Asset/Liability Management Policy and our Liquidity Policy set guidelines to manage overall interest rate risk and liquidity. These guidelines can affect the rates paid on deposits. Deposit rates are reviewed under these policies periodically since deposits are our primary source of liquidity.

We offer deposit pick up services for certain business customers. We have 26 automated teller machines, or ATMs, at various locations, which generate activity fees based on use by other banks’ customers.

For more information regarding our deposits, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Deposits.”

Portfolio Management Services

We provide investment management services to our customers and others through a subsidiary, A. R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc. The acquisition of this firm has allowed us to expand our investment management services to customers and to expand revenue by offering such services. Our objective is to expand this line of business.

Other Services

We also offer a software application designed to meet the specific administrative needs of bankruptcy trustees through a marketing and licensing agreement with the application vendor. We have no current plans to expand this line of business.

Segments

We maintain only one business segment which is discussed in more detail in Notes 1 and 15 to the financial statements included elsewhere herein.

Supervision and Regulation

Banks and bank holding companies are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. We have set forth below brief summaries of various aspects of the supervision and regulation of the Banks. These summaries do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to applicable laws, rules and regulations.

As a bank holding company, we are regulated by and subject to the supervision of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “FRB”) and are required to file with the FRB an annual report and such other information as may be required. The FRB has the authority to conduct examinations of the Company as well.

The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHC Act”) limits the types of companies which we may acquire or organize and the activities in which they may engage. In general, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in or acquiring control of any company engaged in non-banking

7

activities unless such activities are so closely related to banking or managing and controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. Activities determined by the FRB to be so closely related to banking within the meaning of the BHC Act include operating a mortgage company, finance company, credit card company, factoring company, trust company or savings association; performing certain data processing operations; providing limited securities brokerage services; acting as an investment or financial advisor; acting as an insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance; leasing personal property on a full-payout, non-operating basis; providing tax planning and preparation service; operating a collection agency; and providing certain courier services. The FRB also has determined that certain other activities, including real estate brokerage and syndication, land development, property management and underwriting of life insurance unrelated to credit transactions, are not closely related to banking and therefore are not proper activities for a bank holding company.

The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the FRB before acquiring substantially all the assets of, or direct or indirect ownership or control of more than five percent of the voting shares of, any bank. Subject to certain limitations and restrictions, a bank holding company, with the prior approval of the FRB, may acquire an out-of-state bank.

In November 1999, Congress amended certain provisions of the BHC Act through passage of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Under this legislation, a bank holding company may elect to become a “financial holding company” and thereby engage in a broader range of activities than would be permissible for traditional bank holding companies. In order to qualify for the election, all of the depository institution subsidiaries of the bank holding company must be well capitalized and well managed, as defined under FRB regulations, and all such subsidiaries must have achieved a rating of “satisfactory” or better with respect to meeting community credit needs. Pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, financial holding companies are permitted to engage in activities that are “financial in nature” or incidental or complementary thereto, as determined by the FRB. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act identifies several activities as “financial in nature”, including, among others, insurance underwriting and agency activities, investment advisory services, merchant banking and underwriting, and dealing in or making a market in securities. The Company owns a financial subsidiary, A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc.

We believe we meet the regulatory criteria that would enable us to elect to become a financial holding company. At this time, we have determined not to make such an election, although we may do so in the future.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act also makes it possible for entities engaged in providing various other financial services to form financial holding companies and form or acquire banks. Accordingly, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act makes it possible for a variety of financial services firms to offer products and services comparable to the products and services we offer.

There are various statutory and regulatory limitations regarding the extent to which present and future banking subsidiaries of the Company can finance or otherwise transfer funds to the Company or its non-banking subsidiaries, whether in the form of loans, extensions of credit, investments or asset purchases, including regulatory limitations on the payment of dividends directly or indirectly to the Company from the Bank. Federal bank regulatory agencies also have the authority to limit further the Bank’s payment of dividends based on such factors as the maintenance of adequate capital for such subsidiary bank, which could reduce the amount of dividends otherwise payable. Under applicable banking statutes, at December 31, 2011, the Bank had no additional dividends that could have been paid to the Company.

Under the policy of the FRB, the Company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to its banking subsidiaries and to commit resources to support its banking subsidiaries in circumstances where we might not do so absent such policy. In addition, any subordinated loans by the Company to its banking subsidiaries would also be subordinate in right of payment to depositors and obligations to general creditors of such subsidiary banks. The Company currently has no loans to the Bank.

8

The FRB has established capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies that are similar to the FDIC capital requirements for the Bank described below. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Capital Resources” and Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company and HVB are subject to various regulatory capital guidelines. To be considered “well capitalized,” an institution must generally have a leverage ratio of at least 5 percent, a Tier 1 ratio of 6 percent and a total capital ratio of 10 percent. As a result of the level of our non-performing loans, the concentration of commercial real estate loans in our loan portfolio, and the potential for further possible deterioration in our loans, as of October 13, 2009 we were required by the OCC to maintain at the Bank, by no later than December 31, 2009, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12.0% (compared to 10.0% for a well capitalized bank), a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0% (compared to 6.0% for a well capitalized bank), and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 8.0% (compared to 5.0% for a well capitalized bank). Management has continously complied with this requirement and intends to conduct the affairs of the Company and its subsidiary Bank so as to maintain a strong capital position in the future.

The Company has conveyed to the OCC that it expects to maintain higher minimum capital ratios, beyond those imposed by the OCC effective December 31, 2009, during the period in which we plan to reduce our concentration in commercial real estate loans and classified assets, and perhaps beyond.

Basel III

In December 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified by the Basel Committee as “Basel III”. Basel III, when implemented by the U.S. banking agencies and fully phased-in, will require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity.

The Basel III final capital framework, among other things, (i) introduces as a new capital measure “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”), (ii) specifies that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) defines CET1 narrowly by requiring that most adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expands the scope of the adjustments as compared to existing regulations.

When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, Basel III requires banks to maintain (i) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%), (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation), (iii) a minimum ratio of Total (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation) and (iv) as a newly adopted international standard, a minimum leverage ratio of 3%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (computed as the average for each quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter).

Basel III also provides for a “countercyclical capital buffer,” generally to be imposed when national regulators determine that excess aggregate credit growth becomes associated with a buildup of systemic risk, that would be a CET1 add-on to the capital conservation buffer in the range of 0% to 2.5% when fully implemented (potentially resulting in total buffers of between 2.5% and 5%). The aforementioned capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer (or below the combined capital conservation buffer and countercyclical capital buffer, when the latter is applied) will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.

9

The implementation of the Basel III final framework will commence January 1, 2013. On that date, banking institutions will be required to meet the following minimum capital ratios:

• 3.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets.

• 4.5% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets.

• 8.0% Total capital to risk-weighted assets.

The Basel III final framework provides for a number of new deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1.

Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 will begin on January 1, 2014 and will be phased-in over a five-year period (20% per year). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at 0.625% and be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019).

The U.S. banking agencies have yet to propose regulations implementing Basel III. Notwithstanding its release of the Basel III framework as a final framework, the Basel Committee is considering further amendments to Basel III, including the imposition of additional capital surcharges on globally systemically important financial institutions. In addition to Basel III, Dodd-Frank requires or permits the Federal banking agencies to adopt regulations affecting banking institutions’ capital requirements in a number of respects, including potentially more stringent capital requirements for systemically important financial institutions. Accordingly, the regulations ultimately applicable to the Company may be substantially different from the Basel III final framework as published in December 2010. Requirements to maintain higher levels of capital or to maintain higher levels of liquid assets could adversely impact the Company’s net income and return on equity.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law on July 21, 2010. Generally, the Act was effective the day after it was signed into law, but different effective dates apply to specific sections of the law. The Act, among other things:

• Directed the Federal Reserve to issue rules which limited debit-card interchange fees;

• After a three-year phase-in period which begins January 1, 2013, removes trust preferred securities as a permitted component of Tier 1 capital for bank holding companies with assets of $15 billion or more, however, bank holding companies with assets of less than $15 billion will be permitted to include trust preferred securities that were issued before May 19, 2010 as Tier 1 capital;

• Provided for increases in the minimum reserve ratio for the deposit insurance fund from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent and changes the basis for determining FDIC premiums from deposits to assets;

• Created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) that will have rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that would apply to all banks and would have broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws;

• Required public companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation at their first annual meeting following enactment and at least every three years thereafter and on “golden parachute” payments in connection with approvals of mergers and acquisitions unless previously voted on by stockholders;

• Directed federal banking regulators to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to executives of depository institutions and their holding companies with assets in excess of $1 billion, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not;

10

• Prohibited a depository institution from converting from a state to a federal charter or vice versa while it is the subject of a cease and desist order or other formal enforcement action or a memorandum of understanding with respect to a significant supervisory matter unless the appropriate federal banking agency gives notice of conversion to the federal or state authority that issued the enforcement action and that agency does not object within 30 days;

• Changed standards for Federal preemption of state laws related to federally chartered institutions and their subsidiaries;

• Provided mortgage reform provisions regarding a customer’s ability to repay, requiring the ability to repay for variable-rate loans to be determined by using the maximum rate that will apply during the first five years of the loan term, and making more loans subject to provisions for higher cost loans, new disclosures, and certain other revisions;

• Created a Financial Stability Oversight Council that will recommend to the Federal Reserve increasingly strict rules for capital, leverage, liquidity, risk management and other requirements as companies grow in size and complexity;

• Made permanent the $250 thousand limit for federal deposit insurance and provides unlimited federal deposit insurance through December 31, 2012 for non-interest bearing demand transaction accounts at all insured depository institutions;

• Repealed the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transactions and other accounts; and

• Authorized de novo interstate branching, subject to non-discriminatory state rules, such as home office protection.

The Dodd-Frank Act also authorized the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate and solicit votes for their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials. However, on July 21, 2011, the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit struck down the SEC’s proposed proxy access rules.

The CFPB took over responsibility over the principal federal consumer protection laws, such as the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the Truth in Saving Act, among others, on July 21, 2011. Institutions that have assets of $10 billion or less, such as the Bank, will continue to be supervised in this area by their primary federal regulators (in the case of the Bank, the OCC). The Act also gives the CFPB expanded data collecting powers for fair lending purposes for both small business and mortgage loans, as well as expanded authority to prevent unfair, deceptive and abusive practices.

Effective October 1, 2011, interchange fees on debit card transactions are limited to a maximum of 21 cents per transaction plus 5 basis points of the transaction amount. A debit card issuer may recover an additional one cent per transaction for fraud prevention purposes if the issuer complies with certain fraud-related requirements prescribed by the Federal Reserve. Issuers that, together with their affiliates, have less than $10 billion in assets, such as the Bank, are exempt from the debit card interchange fee standards.

The Dodd-Frank Act contains numerous other provisions affecting financial institutions of all types, many of which may have an impact on our operating environment in substantial and unpredictable ways. Consequently, the Dodd-Frank Act is likely to continue to increase our cost of doing business, it may limit or expand our permissible activities, and it may affect the competitive balance within our industry and market areas. The nature and extent of future legislative and regulatory changes affecting financial institutions, including as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, remains very unpredictable at this time.

Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008

In response to the financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets, on October 3, 2008, the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”) was signed into law and established the Troubled

11

Asset Relief Program (“TARP”). As part of TARP, the Treasury established the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) to provide up to $700 billion of funding to eligible financial institutions through the purchase of capital stock and other financial instruments for the purpose of stabilizing and providing liquidity to the U.S. financial markets. In connection with EESA, there have been numerous actions by the Federal Reserve Board, Congress, the Treasury, the FDIC, the SEC and others to further the economic and banking industry stabilization efforts under EESA. The Company elected not to participate in the CPP.

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program

On November 21, 2008, the Board of Directors of the FDIC adopted a final rule relating to the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLG Program”), Under the TLG Program (as amended on March 17, 2009, the FDIC has (i) guaranteed through the earlier of maturity or December 31, 2012, certain newly issued senior unsecured debt issued by participating institutions on or after October 14, 2008, and before October 31, 2009 (the “Debt Guarantee Program”) and (ii) provided full FDIC deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts paying less than or equal to 0.5 percent interest per annum and Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts (“IOLTAs”) held at participating FDIC- insured institutions through June 30, 2010 (the “TAG Program”). On April 13, 2010, the FDIC announced a second extension of the TAG Program until December 31, 2010. Coverage under the TLG Program was available for the first 30 days without charge. The fee assessment for coverage of senior unsecured debt ranges from 50 basis points to 100 basis points per annum, depending on the initial maturity of the debt. The fee assessment for deposit insurance coverage ranges from 15 to 25 basis points based upon the Bank’s CAMELS rating by the OCC on amounts in covered accounts exceeding $250,000.

We elected to participate in both the Debt Guarantee Program and the TAG Program. We have not issued debt under the Debt Guarantee Program.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act included a two-year extension of the TAG Program, though the extension does not apply to all accounts covered under the original program. The extension through December 31, 2012 applies only to non-interest bearing transaction accounts and IOLTAs. Beginning January 1, 2011, NOW accounts will no longer be eligible for the unlimited guarantee. Unlike the original TAG Program, which allowed banks to opt in, the extended program will apply at all FDIC-insured institutions and will no longer be funded by separate premiums. The FDIC will account for the additional TAG insurance coverage in determining the amount of the general assessment it charges under the risk-based assessment system.

Regulation of the Bank

The Bank is subject to the supervision of, and to regular examination by, the OCC. Various laws and the regulations thereunder applicable to the Company and the Bank impose restrictions and requirements in many areas, including capital requirements, the maintenance of reserves, establishment of new offices, the making of loans and investments, consumer protection, employment practices, bank acquisitions and entry into new types of business. There are various legal limitations, including Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which govern the extent to which a bank subsidiary may finance or otherwise supply funds to its holding company or its holding company’s non-bank subsidiaries. Under federal law, no bank subsidiary may, subject to certain limited exceptions, make loans or extensions of credit to, or investments in the securities of, its parent or the non-bank subsidiaries of its parent (other than direct subsidiaries of such bank which are not financial subsidiaries) or take their securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. The Bank is also subject to collateral security requirements for any loans or extensions of credit permitted by such exceptions.

Dividend Limitations

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. The Company’s revenues (on a parent company only basis) result in substantial part from dividends paid by the Bank. The Bank’s dividend payments, without prior regulatory approval, are subject to regulatory limitations. Under the National Bank Act,

12

dividends may be declared only if, after payment thereof, capital would be unimpaired and remaining surplus would equal 100 percent of capital. Moreover, a national bank may declare, in any one year, dividends only in an amount aggregating not more than the sum of its net profits for such year and its retained net profits for the preceding two years. In addition, the bank regulatory agencies have the authority to prohibit the Bank from paying dividends or otherwise supplying funds to the Company if the supervising agency determines that such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Under applicable banking statutes, at December 31, 2011, the Bank had no additional dividends that could have been paid to the Company.

In connection with the Company’s efforts to reduce certain asset concentrations as they relate to capital, the board has adopted a dividend policy to cap dividend payments going forward at no more than 50 percent of quarterly net income in 2012 and in future periods if commercial real estate loans and classified assets exceed 400 percent and 25 percent of risk-based capital, respectively.

Capital Standards

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), defines specific capital categories based upon an institution’s capital ratios. The capital categories, in declining order, are: (i) well capitalized; (ii) adequately capitalized; (iii) undercapitalized; (iv) significantly undercapitalized; and (v) critically undercapitalized. Under FDICIA and the FDIC’s prompt corrective action rules, the FDIC may take any one or more of the following actions against an undercapitalized bank: restrict dividends and management fees, restrict asset growth and prohibit new acquisitions, new branches or new lines of business without prior FDIC approval. If a bank is significantly undercapitalized, the FDIC may also require the bank to raise capital, restrict interest rates a bank may pay on deposits, require a reduction in assets, restrict any activities that might cause risk to the bank, require improved management, prohibit the acceptance of deposits from correspondent banks and restrict compensation to any senior executive officer. When a bank becomes critically undercapitalized, (i.e., the ratio of tangible equity to total assets is equal to or less than 2 percent), the FDIC must, within 90 days thereafter, appoint a receiver for the bank or take such action as the FDIC determines would better achieve the purposes of the law. Even where such other action is taken, the FDIC generally must appoint a receiver for a bank if the bank remains critically undercapitalized during the calendar quarter beginning 270 days after the date on which the bank became critically undercapitalized.

The OCC’s standard regulations implementing these provisions of FDICIA provide that an institution will be classified as “well capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.0 percent, (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5.0 percent, and (iv) meets certain other requirements. An institution will be classified as “adequately capitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4.0 percent, (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of (a) at least 4.0 percent or (b) at least 3.0 percent if the institution was rated 1 in its most recent examination, and (iv) does not meet the definition of “well capitalized.” An institution will be classified as “undercapitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.0 percent, or (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of (a) less than 4.0 percent or (b) less than 3.0 percent if the institution was rated 1 in its most recent examination. An institution will be classified as “significantly undercapitalized” if it (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0 percent, (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3.0 percent, or (iii) has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3.0 percent. An institution will be classified as “critically undercapitalized” if it has a tangible equity to total assets ratio that is equal to or less than 2.0 percent. An insured depository institution may be deemed to be in a lower capitalization category if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating. Similar categories apply to bank holding companies.

As of December 31, 2009, the OCC required the Bank to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12.0% (compared to 10.0% for a well capitalized bank), a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0% (compared to 6.0% for a well capitalized bank), and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 8.0% (compared to 5.0% for a well capitalized bank). At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s total risk-based capital ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and Tier 1 leverage ratio were 12.1%, 10.8% and 8.4%, respectively.

13

The Company has conveyed to the OCC that it expects to maintain higher minimum capital ratios, beyond those imposed by the OCC effective December 31, 2009, during the period in which we plan to reduce our concentration in commercial real estate loans and classified assets, and perhaps beyond.

In addition, significant provisions of FDICIA required federal banking regulators to impose standards in a number of other important areas to assure bank safety and soundness, including internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems, credit underwriting, asset growth, compensation, loan documentation and interest rate exposure.

See Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Insurance of Deposit Account

The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Deposit Insurance Fund is the successor to the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund, which were merged in 2006. Under the FDIC’s risk-based system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors with less risky institutions paying lower assessments on their deposits.

On November 12, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule that required insured depository institutions to prepay, on December 30, 2009, their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012, together with their quarterly risk-based assessment for the third quarter 2009. The Bank paid approximately $13.4 million, in assessments as of December 31, 2009 of which approximately $12.5 million was recorded as a prepaid asset. Prepaid assessments are to be applied against the actual quarterly assessments until exhausted, and may not be applied to any special assessments that may occur in the future. Any unused prepayments will be returned to the Bank on June 30, 2013. The balance of the prepaid FDIC assessment fees at December 31, 2011 was $6.2 million.

On February 7, 2011, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC approved a final rule revising the assessment base to consist of average consolidated total assets during the assessment period minus the average tangible equity during the assessment period. In addition, the final rule eliminated the adjustment for secured borrowings and made certain other changes to the impact of unsecured borrowings and brokered deposits on an institution’s deposit insurance assessment. The final rule also revised the assessment rate schedule to provide initial base assessment rates ranging from 5 to 35 basis points and total base assessment rates ranging from 2.5 to 45 basis points after adjustment. The final rule became effective on April 1, 2011.

As previously noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the $250 thousand limit for federal deposit insurance and provides unlimited federal deposit insurance through December 31, 2012 for non-interest bearing demand transaction accounts and IOLTAs at all insured depository institutions.

The FDIC has authority to further increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums may have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.

Loans to Related Parties

The Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10 percent stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of the National Bank Act, Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Regulation O of the FRB thereunder. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders (i) be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with other persons not related to the lender and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features and (ii) not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of the Bank’s capital. In

14

addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors. Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Company and its subsidiaries, other than the Bank, may not extend or arrange for any personal loans to its directors and executive officers.

FIRREA

Under the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery, and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”), a depository institution insured by the FDIC can be held liable for any loss incurred by, or reasonably expected to be incurred by, the FDIC in connection with (i) the default of a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution or (ii) any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institution in danger of default. These provisions have commonly been referred to as FIRREA’s “cross guarantee” provisions. Further, under FIRREA, the failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank to a variety of enforcement remedies available to federal regulatory authorities.

FIRREA also imposes certain independent appraisal requirements upon a bank’s real estate lending activities and further imposes certain loan-to-value restrictions on a bank’s real estate lending activities. The bank regulators have promulgated regulations in these areas.

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Developments

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by Interagency Appraisal and Evaluation guidelines, the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of our entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not prescribe specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the regulatory agencies, in connection with its examination of a bank, to assess the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by such institution. FIRREA amended the CRA to require public disclosure of an institution’s CRA rating and require the regulatory agencies to provide a written evaluation of an institution’s CRA performance utilizing a four-tiered descriptive rating system. Institutions are evaluated and rated by the regulatory agencies as “Outstanding”, “Satisfactory”, “Needs to Improve” or “Substantial Non Compliance.” Failure to receive at least a “Satisfactory” rating may inhibit an institution from undertaking certain activities, including acquisitions of other financial institutions, which require regulatory approval based, in part, on CRA Compliance considerations. As of its last CRA examination in March 2010, the Bank received a rating of “Satisfactory”.

USA Patriot Act

The USA Patriot Act of 2001, signed into law on October 26, 2001, enhances the powers of domestic law enforcement organizations and makes numerous other changes aimed at countering the international terrorist threat to the security of the United States. Title III of the legislation most directly affects the financial services industry. It is intended to enhance the federal government’s ability to fight money laundering by monitoring currency transactions and suspicious financial activities. The USA Patriot Act has significant implications for depository institutions and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. Under the USA Patriot Act, a financial institution must establish due diligence policies, procedures and controls reasonably designed to detect and report money laundering through correspondent accounts and private banking accounts. Financial institutions must follow regulations adopted by the Treasury Department to encourage financial institutions, their regulatory authorities, and law enforcement authorities to share information about individuals, entities, and organizations engaged in or suspected of engaging in terrorist acts or money laundering activities. Financial institutions must follow regulations adopted by the Treasury Department setting forth minimum standards regarding customer identification. These regulations require financial institutions to implement reasonable procedures for verifying the identity of any person seeking to open an account, maintain records of the information used to verify the

15

person’s identity, and consult lists of known or suspected terrorists and terrorist organizations provided to the financial institution by government agencies. Every financial institution must establish anti-money laundering programs, including the development of internal policies and procedures, designation of a compliance officer, employee training, and an independent audit function. The passage of the USA Patriot Act has increased our compliance activities, but has not otherwise affected our operations.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) added new legal requirements for public companies affecting corporate governance, accounting and corporate reporting.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act provides for, among other things:

• a prohibition on personal loans made or arranged by the issuer to its directors and executive officers (except for loans made by a bank subject to Regulation O);

• independence requirements for audit committee members;

• independence requirements for company auditors;

• certification of financial statements within the Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer;

• the forfeiture by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of an issuer’s securities by such officers in the twelve month period following initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement due to corporate misconduct;

• disclosure of off-balance sheet transactions;

• two-business day filing requirements for insiders filing on Form 4;

• disclosure of a code of ethics for financial officers and filing a Current Report on Form 8-K for a change in or waiver of such code;

• the reporting of securities violations “up the ladder” by both in-house and outside attorneys;

• restrictions on the use of non-GAAP financial measures in press releases and SEC filings;

• the formation of a public accounting oversight board;

• various increased criminal penalties for violations of securities laws; and

• an assertion by management with respect to the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting.

Governmental Monetary Policy

Our business and earnings depend in large part on differences in interest rates. One of the most significant factors affecting our earnings is the difference between (1) the interest rates paid by us on our deposits and other borrowings (liabilities) and (2) the interest rates received by us on loans made to our customers and securities held in our investment portfolios (assets). The value of and yield on our assets and the rates paid on our liabilities are sensitive to changes in prevailing market rates of interest. Therefore, our earnings and growth will be influenced by general economic conditions, the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government, including the Federal Reserve System, whose function is to regulate the national supply of bank credit in order to influence inflation and overall economic growth. Its policies are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and may also affect interest rates charged on loans, earned on investments or paid for deposits.

16

In view of changing conditions in the national and local economies, we cannot predict possible future changes in interest rates, deposit levels, loan demand, or availability of investment securities and the resulting effect our business or earnings.

Investment Advisers Act of 1940

A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc., is a money manager registered as an investment adviser under the federal Investment Advisers Act of 1940. ARS and its representatives are also registered under the laws of various states regulating investment advisers and their representatives. Regulation under the Investment Advisers Act requires the filing and updating of a Form ADV, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Investment Advisers Act regulates, among other things, the fees that may be charged to advisory clients, the custody of client funds, relationships with brokers and the maintenance of books and records.

Available Information

We make available free of charge on our website (http://www.hudsonvalleybank.com) our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission. We provide electronic or paper copies of filings free of charge upon request. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.

ITEM 1A — RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to Our Business

Our concentration of commercial real estate loans has resulted in increased scrutiny by the OCC, and we may be subject to future regulatory action and loss of business opportunity as a result.

As part of a routine safety and soundness exam conducted by the OCC during the fourth quarter of 2011, we were made aware that we would be required to reduce our concentrations in commercial real estate (CRE) and classified loans, relative to risk-based capital. In response, we are planning to sell a total of approximately $474 million in performing and non-performing loans by mid-2012, a significant step toward reducing our concentrations of CRE loans and classified assets to less than 400 percent and 25 percent of risk-based capital, respectively.

We have always had a primary focus in CRE lending and have regularly disclosed our plans and loan concentrations to the OCC and in public filings. Like many community banks, CRE lending has been our single largest category of lending, averaging at quarter end 488 percent of risk-based capital over the last three years, and totaling 509 percent at September 30, 2011. This concentration in CRE lending includes the steady and transparent growth in our program of multifamily lending since early 2010.

At December 31, 2011, our CRE loans represented 558 percent of risk-based capital, or 386 percent when excluding the effect of loans transferred to held-for-sale status.

While we have reviewed our plans in detail with the OCC, we can provide no assurances that we will not become subject to some form of administrative action in the future. These limitations and any future administrative actions may restrict our business opportunities and adversely affect our operating results. In addition, further deterioration in our loan portfolio, including further declines in the market values of real estate supporting certain CRE loans, would result in further provisions for loan losses in future periods, which would have a material adverse affect on our business and results of operations.

As a result of our efforts to reduce our concentration in commercial real estate loans, we will have limited ability to increase commercial real estate loans during 2012.

17

We may be subject to legal fees, costs and loss of reputation arising from the actions of our investment advisor subsidiary.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) is currently conducting an investigation of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc. (ARS), relating to its compliance with certain regulatory provisions of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The investigation resulted from a routine examination of ARS’s investment advisory business and relates to the Company’s brokerage practices and policies and disclosure about such practices. The Company is in discussions with the staff of the SEC to settle this matter and has made accruals for such resolution as of December 31, 2011. At this stage in the investigation, it is reasonably possible the outcome could differ from the accrual that has been made. Management is unable to reasonably estimate the range of possible additional loss, if any, at this time, which could be material.

Further additions to our nonperforming loans may occur and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

As a result of the effects of the recent economic downturn, we continue to experience elevated levels of delinquent loans, non-performing loans and other classified loans. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, our non-accrual loans totaled $29.9 million and $43.7 million, or 1.9 % and 2.5% of the loan portfolio, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, our nonperforming assets (which include non-accrual loans, accruing loans 90 days or more past due, non performing loans held for sale and foreclosed real estate, also called other real estate owned) totaled $58.9 million and $64.1 million, or 2.1% and 2.4% of total assets, respectively. In addition, we had $5.0 million and $21.0 million of accruing loans that were 31-89 days delinquent at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Until economic and market conditions improve, we expect to continue to incur additional losses relating to non-performing loans. Our non-performing assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. First, we do not record interest income on non-accrual loans or other real estate owned, thereby adversely affecting our income and increasing our loan administration costs. Second, when we take collateral in foreclosures and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the related loan to the then fair market value of the collateral, which may result in a loss. Third, these loans and other real estate owned also increase our risk profile and the capital our regulators believe is appropriate in light of such risks. Adverse changes in the value of our problem assets, or the underlying collateral, or in these borrowers’ performance or financial conditions, whether or not due to economic and market conditions beyond our control, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires significant commitments of time from management and our directors, which can be detrimental to the performance of their other responsibilities. There can be no assurance that we will not experience further additions to nonperforming loans in the future, or that our nonperforming assets will not result in further losses in the future.

A further downturn in the market areas we serve could increase our credit risk associated with our loan portfolio, as it could have a material adverse effect on both the ability of borrowers to repay loans as well as the value of the real property or other property held as collateral for such loans. Further deterioration of our loan portfolio will likely cause a significant increase in nonperforming loans, which would have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. There can be no assurance that we will not experience further increases in nonperforming loans in the future.

As regulated entities, the Company and the Bank are subject to extensive supervision and prudential regulation, including maintaining certain capital requirements, which may limit their operations and potential growth. Failure to meet any such requirements would subject us to regulatory action.

The Company is supervised by the Federal Reserve and the Bank is supervised by the OCC. As such, each is subject to extensive supervision and prudential regulation, including risk-based and leverage capital requirements. The Company and the Bank must maintain certain risk-based and leverage capital ratios as required by the Federal Reserve or the OCC, respectively, that may change depending upon general economic conditions and the particular condition, risk profile and growth plans of the Company and the Bank.

18

In today’s economic and regulatory environment, banking regulators, including the OCC, continue to direct greater scrutiny to banks with higher levels of commercial real estate loans like us. As a general matter, such banks, including the Bank, are expected to maintain higher capital levels as well as other measures due to commercial real estate lending growth and exposures. As a result of the level of our non-performing loans, the concentration of commercial real estate loans in our loan portfolio, and the potential for further possible deterioration in our loans, since October 13, 2009 we have been required by the OCC to maintain at the Bank, by no later than December 31, 2009, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12.0% (compared to 10.0% for a well capitalized bank), a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0% (compared to 6.0% for a well capitalized bank), and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 8.0% (compared to 5.0% for a well capitalized bank). At December 31, 2011, the Bank’s total risk-based capital ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and Tier 1 leverage ratio were 12.1%, 10.8% and 8.4%, respectively, and the Company’s total risk-based capital ratio, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and Tier 1 leverage ratio were 12.6%, 11.3% and 8.8%, respectively.

The Company is planning to sell a total of approximately $474 million in performing and non-performing loans by mid-2012, a significant step toward reducing the bank’s concentrations of commercial real estate loans and classified assets to less than 400 percent and 25 percent of risk-based capital, respectively. The company has reviewed its plans in detail with the OCC. See “Overview of Management’s Discussion and Analysis” for further information related to the bulk loan sales.

If we do not maintain these higher capital levels we may be subject to enforcement actions. More generally, compliance with capital requirements may limit loan growth or other operations that require the use of capital and could adversely affect our ability to expand or maintain present business levels.

If we fail to meet any regulatory capital requirement or are otherwise deemed to be operating in an unsafe and unsound manner or in violation of law, we may be subject to a variety of informal or formal remedial measures and enforcement actions. Such informal remedial measures and enforcement actions may include a memorandum of understanding which is initiated by the regulator and outlines an institution’s agreement to take specified actions within specified time periods to correct violations of law or unsafe and unsound practices. In addition, as part of our regular examination process, regulators may advise us to operate under various restrictions as a prudential matter. Any of these restrictions, in whatever manner imposed, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In addition to informal remedial actions, we may also be subject to formal enforcement actions. Failure to comply with an informal enforcement action could cause us to be subject to formal enforcement actions. Formal enforcement actions include written agreements, cease and desist orders, the imposition of substantial fines and other civil penalties and, in the most severe cases, the termination of deposit insurance or the appointment of a conservator or receiver for our bank subsidiary. Furthermore, if the Bank fails to meet any regulatory capital requirement, it will be subject to the prompt corrective action framework of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvements Act of 1991, which imposes progressively more restrictive constraints on operations, management and capital distributions as the capital category of an institution declines, up to and including, ultimately, the appointment of a conservator or receiver. A failure to meet regulatory capital requirements could also subject us to capital raising requirements. Additional capital raisings would be dilutive to holders of our common stock. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Our Common Stock” for more information.

Any remedial measure or enforcement action, whether formal or informal, could impose restrictions on our ability to operate our business and adversely affect our prospects, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, any formal enforcement action could harm our reputation and our ability to retain and attract customers and impact the trading price of our common stock.

Further increases to the allowance for loan losses may cause our earnings to decrease.

In determining our loan loss reserves for each quarter, we make various assumptions and judgments about the future performance of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. In determining the amount of the

19

allowance for loan losses, we rely on loan quality reviews, past experience, and an evaluation of economic conditions, among other factors. If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance and a corresponding decrease in income. In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Declines in value may adversely impact the carrying amount of our investment portfolio and result in other-than-temporary impairment charges.

As of December 31, 2011, we owned pooled trust preferred debt securities with an aggregate book value of $11.7 million and an unrealized loss of approximately $8.8 million. As a result of continued adverse economic banking conditions, we incurred pretax impairment charges to earnings on these securities of approximately $0.4 million in 2011, $2.6 million in 2010 and $5.5 million during 2009. We may be required to record additional impairment charges on these pooled trust preferred debt securities or other of our investment securities if they suffer a decline in value that is considered other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for resales of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in business climate or adverse actions by regulators could have a negative impact on the valuation of our investment portfolio in future periods. If an impairment charge is significant enough, it could affect the ability of the Bank to upstream dividends to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to pay dividends to stockholders, and could also negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios and result in us not being classified as “well capitalized” for regulatory purposes.

A prolonged or worsened downturn in the economy in general and the real estate market in our key market areas in particular would adversely affect our loan portfolio and our growth potential.

Our primary lending market area is Westchester County, New York and New York City and to an increasing extent, Rockland County, New York and Fairfield County and New Haven County, Connecticut, with a primary focus on businesses, professionals and not-for-profit organizations located in this area. Accordingly, the asset quality of our loan portfolio largely depends upon the area’s economy and real estate markets. The Bank’s primary lending market area and asset quality have been adversely affected by the current economic downturn. A prolonged or worsened downturn in the economy in our primary lending area would adversely affect our asset quality, operations and limit our future growth potential.

In particular, a downturn in our local real estate market could negatively affect our business because a significant portion (approximately 85% as of December 31, 2011) of our loans are secured, either on a primary or secondary basis, by real estate. Our ability to recover on defaulted loans by selling the real estate collateral would then be diminished and we would be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans. The Bank’s loans have already been adversely affected by the current decline in the real estate market. Continuation or worsening of such conditions could have additional negative effects on our business in the future.

Difficult market conditions have adversely affected our industry.

Substantial declines in the real estate markets over the past three years, with falling prices and increasing foreclosures, unemployment and under-employment, have negatively impacted the credit performance of real estate related loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions. These write-downs have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to reduce or eliminate dividends, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets generally and the strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers, including to other financial institutions. This market turmoil

20

and tightening of credit have led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial institutions industry.

As a result of the foregoing, there is a potential for new laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity and capital standards, and financial institution regulatory agencies are now expected to be very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the more frequent issuance of informal remedial measures and formal enforcement orders. These negative developments in the financial services industry and the impact of new legislation in response to those developments could negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate loans and work with borrowers to collect loans, and adversely impact our financial performance.

Higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments could adversely affect our financial condition.

FDIC insurance premiums increased substantially in 2009 and we may have to pay significantly higher FDIC premiums in the future. Market developments have significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. The FDIC adopted a revised risk-based deposit insurance assessment schedule on February 27, 2009, which raised regular deposit insurance premiums. On May 22, 2009, the FDIC also implemented a five basis point special assessment of each insured depository institution’s total assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, but no more than 10 basis points times the institution’s assessment base for the second quarter of 2009, collected by the FDIC on September 30, 2009. The amount of this special assessment was $1.2 million. Additional special assessments may be imposed by the FDIC for future quarters at the same or higher levels.

In addition, the FDIC adopted a rule that required insured depository institutions, including HVB, to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The prepaid assessments were collected on December 30, 2009. The total prepaid assessments was $12.5 million, which was recorded as a prepaid expense (asset) as of December 30, 2009. As of December 31, 2009 and each quarter thereafter, HVB would record an expense for its regular quarterly assessment for the quarter and an offsetting credit to the prepaid assessment until the asset is exhausted.

The Dodd-Frank Act made the FDIC’s TAG Program mandatory for all FDIC-insured banks. This additional insurance coverage will be accounted for by likely increases in general assessment charges under its risk-based assessment system. These changes may cause the premiums charged by the FDIC to increase. These actions could significantly increase our noninterest expense in 2012 and in future periods.

A substantial decline in the value of our Federal Home Loan Bank of New York common stock may adversely affect our financial condition.

We own common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”), in order to qualify for membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank system, which enables us to borrow funds under the Federal Home Loan Bank advance program. The amount of FHLB common stock we own fluctuates in relation to the amount of our borrowing from the FHLB. As of December 31, 2011, the carrying value of our FHLB common stock was $3.8 million. In an extreme situation, it is possible that the capitalization of a Federal Home Loan Bank, including the FHLB, could be substantially diminished or reduced to zero. If this occurs, it may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Certain of our goodwill and intangible assets may become impaired in the future.

We test our goodwill and intangible assets for impairment on a periodic basis. It is possible that future impairment testing could result in a value of our goodwill and intangibles which may be less than the carrying

21

value and, as a result, may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. If we determine that impairment exists at a given time, our earnings and the book value of the related goodwill and intangibles will be reduced by the amount of the impairment.

The opening of new branches could reduce our profitability.

We have expanded our branch network by opening new branches. We intend to continue our branch expansion strategy by opening new branches, which requires us to incur a number of up-front expenses associated with the leasing and build-out of the space to be occupied by the branch, the staffing of the branch and similar matters. These expenses are typically greater than the income generated by the branch until it builds up its customer base, which, depending on the branch, could take 18 months or more. In opening branches in a new locality, we may also encounter problems in adjusting to local market conditions, such as the inability to gain meaningful market share and the stronger than expected competition. Numerous factors contribute to the performance of a new branch, such as a suitable location, qualified personnel, and an effective marketing strategy.

Our income is sensitive to changes in interest rates.

Our profitability, like that of most banking institutions, depends to a large extent upon our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income received on interest-earning assets, including loans and securities, and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, including deposits and borrowings. Accordingly, our results of operations and financial condition depend largely on movements in market interest rates and our ability to manage our assets and liabilities in response to such movements. Management estimates that, as of December 31, 2011, a 200 basis point increase in interest rates would result in a 2.6% increase in net interest income and a 100 basis point decrease would result in a 1.7% decrease in net interest income.

In addition, changes in interest rates may result in an increase in higher cost deposit products within our existing portfolios, as well as a flow of funds away from bank accounts into direct investments (such as U.S. Government and corporate securities and other investment instruments such as mutual funds) to the extent that we may not pay rates of interest competitive with these alternative investments.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future and such capital may not be available when needed or at all.

We may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet our commitments and business needs. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control, and our financial performance. We cannot assure you that such capital will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Our inability to raise sufficient additional capital on acceptable terms when needed could adversely affect our businesses, financial condition and results of operations.

Our markets are intensely competitive, and our principal competitors are larger than us.

We face significant competition both in making loans and in attracting deposits. This competition is based on, among other things, interest rates and other credit and service charges, the quality of services rendered, the convenience of the banking facilities, the range and type of products offered and the relative lending limits in the case of loans to larger commercial borrowers. Our market area has a very high density of financial institutions, many of which are branches of institutions that are significantly larger than we are and have greater financial resources and higher lending limits than we do. Many of these institutions offer services that we do not or cannot provide. Nearly all such institutions compete with us to varying degrees.

22

Our competition for loans comes principally from commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies and other financial service companies. Our most direct competition for deposits has historically come from commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, and money market funds and other securities funds offered by brokerage firms and other similar financial institutions. We face additional competition for deposits from non-depository competitors such as the mutual fund industry, securities and brokerage firms, and insurance companies. Competition may increase in the future as a result of recently proposed regulatory changes in the financial services industry.

Inflation can have an impact on the cost of our operations.

The consolidated financial statements and notes thereto incorporated by reference herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollar amounts or estimated fair value without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods and services.

Extensive regulation and supervision may have a negative impact on our ability to compete in a cost-effective manner and subject us to material compliance costs and penalties.

The Company, primarily through its principal subsidiary and certain non-bank subsidiaries, is subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole. Such laws are not designed to protect the Company’s stockholders. These regulations affect the Company’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. The Company is also subject to a number of Federal laws, which, among other things, require it to lend to various sectors of the economy and population, and establish and maintain comprehensive programs relating to anti-money laundering and customer identification. Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s compliance with certain of these laws will be considered by banking regulators when reviewing bank merger and bank holding company acquisitions.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act May Affect Our Business Activities, Financial Position and Profitability By Increasing Our Regulatory Compliance Burden and Associated Costs, Placing Restrictions on Certain Products and Services, and Limiting Our Future Capital Raising Strategies.

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was signed into law by the President of the United States. The Dodd-Frank Act implements significant changes in financial regulation and will impact all financial institutions, including the Company and the Bank. Among the Dodd-Frank Act’s significant regulatory changes, it creates a new financial consumer protection agency, known as the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (the “Bureau”), that is empowered to promulgate new consumer protection regulations and revise existing regulations in many areas of consumer protection. The Bureau has exclusive authority to issue regulations, orders and guidance to administer and implement the objectives of federal consumer protection laws. The Bureau will also have the ability to participate, with the OCC, in our consumer compliance examinations. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt stricter consumer protection laws and authorizes state attorney generals’ to enforce consumer protection rules issued by the Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act also restricts the authority of the Comptroller of the Currency to preempt state consumer

23

protection laws applicable to national banks, such as the Bank, and may affect the preemption of state laws as they affect subsidiaries and agents of national banks, changes the scope of federal deposit insurance coverage, and potentially increases the FDIC assessment payable by the Bank. We expect that the Bureau and certain other provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act will significantly increase our regulatory compliance burden and costs and may restrict the financial products and services we offer to our customers.

Because many of the Dodd-Frank Act’s provisions require regulatory rulemaking, we are uncertain as to the impact that some of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will have on the Company and the Bank and cannot provide assurance that the Dodd-Frank Act will not adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations for other reasons.

Technological change may affect our ability to compete.

The banking industry continues to undergo rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to improving customer services, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to address the needs of customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. There can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing such products and services to the public.

In addition, because of the demand for technology-driven products, banks are increasingly contracting with outside vendors to provide data processing and core banking functions. The use of technology-related products, services, delivery channels and processes exposes a bank to various risks, particularly transaction, strategic, reputation and compliance risks. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully manage the risks associated with our increased dependency on technology.

Further, we are planning a conversion of our core processing system in mid-2012 to a new vendor. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully manage the conversion process and the associated risks of our failure to do so.

The failure of our operating facilities or our computer systems or network, or the intentional disruption of our systems by malicious third parties, could disrupt our businesses and cause financial losses.

Our business is dependent on the technology services we provide to clients and our ability to process and monitor, on a daily basis, a large number of financial transactions. Our financial, accounting, data processing or other operating systems which facilitate these services may fail to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as a spike in transaction volume, cyber attack or other unforeseen catastrophic events, which may adversely affect our ability to process these transactions or provide services.

In addition, our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information on our computer systems and networks. Although we take protective measures to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of our and our clients’ information, the nature of the threats continues to evolve. As a result, our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, loss or destruction of data (including confidential client information), account takeovers, unavailability of service, computer viruses or other malicious code, cyber attacks and other events that could have an adverse security impact. Despite the defensive measures we take to manage our internal technological and operational infrastructure, these threats may originate externally from third parties such as foreign governments, organized

24

crime and other hackers, and outsource or infrastructure-support providers and application developers, or may originate internally from within our organization. Given the increasingly high volume of our transactions, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they can be discovered and rectified.

We also face the risk of operational disruption, failure, termination or capacity constraints of any of the third parties that facilitate our business activities, including exchanges, clearing agents, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries. Such parties could also be the source of an attack on, or breach of, our operational systems, data or infrastructure. In addition, as interconnectivity with our clients grows, we increasingly face the risk of operational failure with respect to our clients’ systems.

Although we have not experienced a cyber incident, if one or more of these events occurs, it could potentially jeopardize the confidential, proprietary and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, as well as our clients’ or other third parties’, operations, which could result in damage to our reputation, substantial costs, regulatory penalties and/or client dissatisfaction or loss. Potential costs of a cyber incident may include, but would not be limited to, remediation costs, increased protection costs, lost revenue from the unauthorized use of proprietary information or the loss of current and/or future customers, and litigation.

Changes in Accounting Policies or Accounting Standards can cause us to change the manner in which we report our financial results and condition in adverse ways and could subject us to additional costs and expenses.

The Company’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding its financial results and condition. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of the Company’s assets or liabilities and financial results. The Company identified its accounting policies regarding the allowance for loan losses, security valuations, goodwill and other intangible assets, and income taxes to be critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. Under each of these policies, it is possible that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions, using different assumptions, or as new information becomes available.

From time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) change their guidance governing the form and content of the Company’s external financial statements. In addition, accounting standard setters and those who interpret U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), such as the FASB, SEC, banking regulators and the Company’s outside auditors, may change or even reverse their previous interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. Such changes are expected to continue, and may accelerate as the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board have reaffirmed their commitment to achieving convergence between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. Changes in U.S. GAAP and changes in current interpretations are beyond the Company’s control, can be hard to predict and could materially impact how the Company reports its financial results and condition. In certain cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised guidance retroactively or apply existing guidance differently (also retroactively) which may result in the Company restating prior period financial statements for material amounts. Additionally, significant changes to U.S. GAAP may require costly technology changes, additional training and personnel, and other expenses that will negatively impact our results of operations.

We may incur liabilities under federal and state environmental laws with respect to foreclosed properties.

Approximately 85% of the loans held by the Company as of December 31, 2011 were secured, either on a primary or secondary basis, by real estate. Approximately half of these loans were commercial real estate loans, with most of the remainder being for single or multi-family residences. We currently own three properties acquired in foreclosure, totaling $1.2 million. Under federal and state environmental laws, we could face liability for some or all of the costs of removing hazardous substances, contaminants or pollutants from properties we acquire on foreclosure. While other persons might be primarily liable, such persons might not be financially

25

solvent or able to bear the full cost of the clean-up. It is also possible that a lender that has not foreclosed on property but has exercised unusual influence over the borrower’s activities may be required to bear a portion of the clean-up costs under federal or state environmental laws.

We Are Subject to Environmental Liability Risk Associated With Lending Activities.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, we may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Although we have policies and procedures to perform an environmental review prior to originating certain commercial real estate loans, as well as before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

Market conditions and other factors may affect the value of our common stock.

The trading price of the shares of our common stock will depend on many factors, which may change from time to time, including:

• conditions in the credit, mortgage and housing markets, the markets for securities relating to mortgages or housing, and developments with respect to financial institutions generally;

• interest rates;

• the market for similar securities;

• government action or regulation;

• general economic conditions or conditions in the financial markets;

• our past and future dividend practice; and

• our financial condition, performance, creditworthiness and prospects.

Accordingly, the shares of common stock that an investor purchases may trade at a price lower than that at which they were purchased.

There may be future dilution of our common stock.

The Company is currently authorized to issue up to 25 million shares of common stock, of which 19,516,490 shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2011, and up to 15 million shares of preferred stock, of which no shares are outstanding. The Company’s certificate of incorporation authorizes the Board of Directors to, among other things, issue additional shares of common or preferred stock, or securities convertible or exchangeable into common or preferred stock, without stockholder approval. We may issue such additional equity or convertible securities to raise additional capital in connection with acquisitions, as part of our employee and director compensation or otherwise. The issuance of any additional shares of common or preferred stock or convertible securities could substantially dilute holders of our common stock. Moreover, to the extent that we issue restricted stock, stock options, or warrants to purchase our common stock in the future and those stock options or warrants are exercised or the restricted stock vests, our stockholders may experience further dilution. Holders of our shares of common stock have no preemptive rights that entitle them to purchase their pro rata share of any offering of shares of any class or series and, therefore, such sales or offerings could result in increased dilution to our stockholders.

26

We may further reduce or eliminate the cash dividend on our common stock.

We increased our total per share dividend in 2011 to $0.64 per share from a total per share dividend of $0.59 in 2010 compared to a total per share dividend of $1.05 in 2009. Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such cash dividends as our Board of Directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so and may further reduce or eliminate our common stock cash dividend in the future. This could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Also, as a bank holding company, the Company’s ability to declare and pay dividends depends on certain federal regulatory considerations, including the guidelines of the Federal Reserve regarding capital adequacy and dividends.

In connection with the Company’s efforts to reduce certain asset concentrations as they relate to capital, the board has adopted a dividend policy to cap dividend payments going forward at no more than 50 percent of quarterly net income in 2012 and in future periods if commercial real estate loans and classified assets exceed 400 percent and 25 percent of risk-based capital, respectively.

Dividends from the Bank are the only current significant source of cash for the Company. There are various statutory and regulatory limitations regarding the extent to which the Bank can pay dividends or otherwise transfer funds to the Company. Federal bank regulatory agencies also have the authority to limit further the Bank’s payment of dividends based on such factors as the maintenance of adequate capital for the Bank, which could reduce the amount of dividends otherwise payable. Under applicable banking statutes, at December 31, 2011, the Bank had no additional dividends that could have been paid to the Company. No assurance can be given that the Bank will have the profitability necessary to permit the payment of dividends in the future; therefore, no assurance can be given that the Company would have any funds available to pay dividends to stockholders.

Federal bank regulators require us to maintain certain levels of regulatory capital. The failure to maintain these capital levels or to comply with applicable laws, regulations and supervisory agreements could subject us to a variety of informal and formal enforcement actions. Moreover, dividends can be restricted by any of our regulatory authorities if the agency believes that our financial condition warrants such a restriction.

The Company’s ability to declare and pay dividends is restricted under the New York Business Corporation Law, which provides that dividends may only be paid by a corporation out of its surplus.

The Federal Reserve issued a supervisory letter dated February 24, 2009 to bank holding companies that contains guidance on when the board of directors of a bank holding company should eliminate, defer or severely limit dividends including, for example, when net income available for stockholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends. The letter also contains guidance on the redemption of stock by bank holding companies which urges bank holding companies to advise the Federal Reserve of any such redemption or repurchase of common stock for cash or other value which results in the net reduction of a bank holding company’s capital during the quarter.

Our common stock price may fluctuate due to the potential sale of stock by our existing stockholders.

We are aware that several of our large stockholders may in the future liquidate some or all of their shares of Company common stock for estate planning and other reasons. In addition, other stockholders may sell their shares of common stock from time to time on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise. As a result, substantial amounts of our common stock are eligible for future sale. While we cannot predict either the magnitude or the timing of such sales, if a large number of common shares are sold during a short time frame, it may have the effect of reducing the market price of our common stock.

27

Our earnings may be subject to increased volatility.

Our earnings may experience volatility as a result of several factors. These factors include, among others:

• Regulatory action against the Bank or ARS.

• a continuation of the current economic downturn, or further adverse economic developments;

• instability in the financial markets;

• our inability to generate or maintain creditworthy customer relationships in our primary markets;

• unexpected increases in operating costs, including special assessments for FDIC insurance;

• further credit deterioration in our loan portfolio or unanticipated credit deterioration, or defaults by our loan customers;

• credit deterioration or defaults by issuers of securities within our investment portfolio; or

• a decrease in our common stock price below its book value potentially impacting the valuation of our goodwill.

If any one or more of these events occur, we may experience significant declines in our net interest margin and non-interest income, or we may be required to record substantial charges to our earnings, including increases in the provision for loan losses, credit-related impairment on securities (both permanent and other-than-temporary), and impairment on goodwill and other intangible assets, in future periods.

Our certificate of incorporation, the New York Business Corporation Law and federal banking laws and regulations may prevent a takeover of our company.

Provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation, the New York Business Corporation Law and federal banking laws and regulations, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to our stockholders. The combination of these provisions may inhibit a non-negotiated merger or other business combination, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

ITEM 1B — UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2 — PROPERTIES

Our principal executive offices, including administrative and operating departments, are located at 21 Scarsdale Road, Yonkers, New York, in premises we own. HVB’s main branch is located at 1055 Summer Street, Stamford, Connecticut, in premises we lease.

HVB operates 36 branches. HVB owns the following branch locations:

Address	City	County	State
37 East Main Street	Elmsford	Westchester	New York
61 South Broadway	Yonkers	Westchester	New York
150 Lake Avenue	Yonkers	Westchester	New York
865 McLean Avenue	Yonkers	Westchester	New York
512 South Broadway	Yonkers	Westchester	New York
21 Scarsdale Road	Yonkers	Westchester	New York
664 Main Street	Mount Kisco	Westchester	New York
369 East 149th Street	Bronx	Bronx	New York
2256 Second Avenue	Manhattan	New York	New York

28

HVB leases the following branch locations:

Address	City	County	State
35 East Grassy Sprain Road	Yonkers	Westchester	New York
403 East Sandford Boulevard	Mount Vernon	Westchester	New York
1835 East Main Street	Peekskill	Westchester	New York
500 Westchester Avenue	Port Chester	Westchester	New York
501 Marble Avenue	Pleasantville	Westchester	New York
328 Central Avenue	White Plains	Westchester	New York
5 Huguenot Street	New Rochelle	Westchester	New York
40 Church Street	White Plains	Westchester	New York
875 Mamaroneck Avenue	Mamaroneck	Westchester	New York
399 Knollwood Road	White Plains	Westchester	New York
111 Brook Street	Eastchester	Westchester	New York
3130 East Tremont Avenue	Bronx	Bronx	New York
975 Allerton Avenue	Bronx	Bronx	New York
1250 Waters Place	Bronx	Bronx	New York
16 Court Street	Brooklyn	Kings	New York
60 East 42nd Street	Manhattan	New York	New York
233 Broadway	Manhattan	New York	New York
350 Park Avenue	Manhattan	New York	New York
112 West 34th Street	Manhattan	New York	New York
254 South Main Street	New City	Rockland	New York
4 Executive Boulevard	Suffern	Rockland	New York
1055 Summer Street	Stamford	Fairfield	Connecticut
420 Post Road West	Westport	Fairfield	Connecticut
500 West Putnam Avenue	Greenwich	Fairfield	Connecticut
200 Post Road	Fairfield	Fairfield	Connecticut
2505 Main Street	Stratford	Fairfield	Connecticut
54 Broad Street	Milford	New Haven	Connecticut

Of the above leased properties, five properties located in Bronx, White Plains, New Rochelle and New York, New York, have lease terms that expire within the next 2 years. We currently expect to renew the leases of each of these properties.

A. R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc is located at 500 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York in leased premises.

We currently operate 26 ATM machines, 23 of which are located in the Banks’ facilities. Three ATMs are located at off-site locations in New York: St. Joseph’s Hospital, Yonkers, College of Mount Saint Vincent, Riverdale, and Concordia College, Bronxville.

In our opinion, the premises, fixtures and equipment are adequate and suitable for the conduct of our business. All facilities are well maintained and provide adequate parking.

ITEM 3 — LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Various claims and lawsuits are pending against the Company and its subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, resolution of each matter is not expected to have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries.

ITEM 4 — MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

29

PART II

ITEM 5 — MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock was held of record as of March 1, 2012 by approximately 887 registered stockholders. Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “HVB”. Prior to our listing on the New York Stock Exchange on August 2, 2011, our common stock traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “HUVL” from September 21, 2009 and sporadically on the OTC Bulletin Board prior to that.

The table below sets forth the price range of our common stock for each quarter indicated and the cash dividends per common share for each quarter. The amounts shown in the table below have been adjusted to reflect all dividends and stock splits.

	2011
	High		Low		Dividend
First Quarter	$	22.50	$	17.57	$	0.15
Second Quarter		21.19		16.98		0.15
Third Quarter		20.39		15.05		0.20
Fourth Quarter		21.66		14.69		0.20

	2010
	High		Low		Dividend
First Quarter	$	21.19	$	19.58	$	0.21
Second Quarter		22.74		19.11		0.21
Third Quarter		19.83		13.24		0.09
Fourth Quarter		22.59		15.64		0.14

In 1998, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a policy of paying quarterly cash dividends to holders of its common stock.

Any funds which the Company may require in the future to pay cash dividends, as well as various Company expenses, are expected to be obtained by the Company chiefly in the form of cash dividends from HVB and secondarily from sales of common stock pursuant to the Company’s stock option plan. The ability of the Company to declare and pay dividends in the future will depend not only upon its future earnings and financial condition, but also upon the future earnings and financial condition of the Bank and its ability to transfer funds to the Company in the form of cash dividends and otherwise. In connection with the Company’s efforts to reduce certain asset concentrations as they relate to capital, the board has adopted a dividend policy to cap dividend payments going forward at no more than 50 percent of quarterly net income in 2012 and in future periods if commercial real estate loans and classified assets exceed 400 percent and 25 percent of risk-based capital, respectively. See further discussion in “Supervision and Regulation” under Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company is a separate and distinct legal entity from HVB. The Company’s right to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of HVB is subordinate to prior claims of creditors of HVB.

There were no purchases made by the Company of its common stock during the year ended December 31, 2011.

30

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s Stock Option Plans as of December 31, 2011:

Plan Category	Number of Shares to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options		Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options		Number of Shares Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders		616,382	$	22.62		1,331,000
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders		—		—		—

All equity compensation plans have been approved by the Company’s stockholders. Additional details related to the Company’s equity compensation plans are provided in Note 11 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented in this Form 10-K.

Stockholder Return Performance Graph

The following graph compares the Company’s total stockholder return on a hypothetical $100 investment on December 31, 2006 and for the years 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011, with (1) the Russell 2000, (2) the SNL $1 billion to $5 billion Bank and (3) the Russell 3000 Index.

Hudson Valley Holding Corp.

Total Return Performance

	Period Ending
Index	12/31/06		12/31/07		12/31/08		12/31/09		12/31/10		12/31/11
Hudson Valley Holding Corp.		100.00		126.65		124.18		69.80		79.56		77.57
Russell 2000		100.00		98.43		65.18		82.89		105.14		100.75
SNL Bank $1B-$5B		100.00		72.84		60.42		43.31		49.09		44.77
Russell 3000		100.00		105.14		65.92		84.60		98.92		99.93

The graph assumes all dividends were reinvested. Returns are market capitalization weighted.

31

ITEM 6 — SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth selected historical consolidated financial data for the years ended and as of the dates indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, are derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are derived from our consolidated financial statements that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Share and per share data have been restated to reflect the effects of 10 percent stock dividends issued in 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010		2009		2008		2007
				(000’s except share data)
Operating Results:
Total interest income	$	128,617		$	128,339	$	136,579	$	140,112	$	150,367
Total interest expense		10,758			17,683		22,304		30,083		46,299
Net interest income		117,859			110,656		114,275		110,029		104,068
Provision for loan losses		64,154			46,527		24,306		11,025		1,470
(Loss) income before income taxes		(7,550	)		3,708		26,322		46,523		52,742
Net (loss) income		(2,137	)		5,113		19,012		30,877		34,483
Basic (loss) earnings per common share		(0.11	)		0.26		1.27		2.13		2.41
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share		(0.11	)		0.26		1.24		2.06		2.31
Weighted average shares outstanding		19,462,055			19,393,895		15,009,209		14,483,624		14,332,101
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding		19,462,055			19,455,971		15,307,674		14,973,866		14,906,752
Cash dividend per common share	$	0.64		$	0.59	$	1.05	$	1.39	$	1.24

	December 31,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
Financial Position:
Securities	$	520,802	$	459,934	$	522,285	$	671,355	$	780,251
Loans, net		1,541,405		1,689,187		1,772,645		1,677,611		1,289,641
Total assets		2,797,670		2,669,033		2,665,556		2,540,890		2,330,748
Deposits		2,425,282		2,234,412		2,172,615		1,839,326		1,812,542
Borrowings		69,522		124,345		176,903		466,398		286,941
Stockholders’ Equity		277,562		289,917		293,678		207,501		203,687

32

Financial Ratios

Significant ratios of the Company for the periods indicated are as follows:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Earnings Ratios:
Net (loss) income as a percentage of:
Average earning assets		(0.08	%)		0.20	%		0.79	%		1.39	%		1.59	%
Average total assets		(0.08	)		0.18			0.74			1.30			1.49
Average total stockholders’ equity		(0.72	)		1.75			8.74			14.76			18.03
Adjusted average total stockholders’ equity (1)		(0.72	)		1.77			8.78			14.55			17.61
Capital Ratios:
Average total stockholders’ equity to average total assets		10.59	%		10.43	%		8.43	%		8.79	%		8.27	%
Average net loans as a multiple of average total stockholders’ equity		6.33			5.86			8.00			7.09			6.45
Leverage capital		8.80	%		9.60	%		10.17	%		7.53	%		8.31	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)		11.33			13.92			13.94			10.11			12.61
Total risk-based capital (to risk weighted assets)		12.58			15.18			15.16			11.33			13.77
Other:
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of year-end loans		1.95	%		2.25	%		2.13	%		1.32	%		1.33	%
Loans (net) as a percentage of year-end total assets (2)		55.10			63.29			66.50			66.02			55.33
Loans (net) as a percentage of year-end total deposits (2)		63.56			75.60			81.59			91.21			71.15
Securities as a percentage of year-end total assets		18.62			17.23			19.59			26.42			33.48
Average interest earning assets as a percentage of average interest bearing liabilities		161.63			150.04			145.87			146.90			146.83
Dividends per share as a percentage of diluted earnings per share		—			226.92			84.68			67.48			53.68

(1) Adjusted average stockholders’ equity excludes unrealized gains, net of tax, of $1,229, $3,078 and $981 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively and unrealized losses, net of tax, of $2,955 and $4,521 in 2008 and 2007, respectively. Adjusted average stockholders’ equity is a non-GAAP financial measure. Please refer to pages below for a reconciliation to GAAP. Management believes this alternate presentation more closely reflects actual performance, as it is more consistent with the Company’s stated asset/liability management strategies, which have not resulted in significant realization of temporary market gains or losses on securities available for sale which were primarily related to changes in interest rates. As noted in the Company’s 2012 Proxy Statement, which is incorporated herein by reference, net income as a percentage of adjusted average stockholders’ equity is one of several factors utilized by management to determine total compensation.

(2) Loans, net, exclude $474 million in loans held for sale at year end 2011. These are expected to be sold in the first and second quarters of 2012.

33

ITEM 7 — MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section presents discussion and analysis of the Company’s consolidated financial condition at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and consolidated results of operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. The Company is consolidated with its wholly-owned subsidiaries Hudson Valley Bank, N.A. and its subsidiaries (collectively “HVB” or “the Bank”) and HVHC Risk Management Corp. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and supplementary financial information contained elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview of Management’s Discussion and Analysis

This overview is intended to highlight selected information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. It does not contain sufficient information for a complete understanding of the Company’s financial condition and operating results and, therefore, should be read in conjunction with this entire Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Company derives substantially all of its revenue from providing banking and related services to businesses, professionals, municipalities, not-for profit organizations and individuals within its market area, primarily Westchester County and Rockland County, New York, portions of New York City and Fairfield County and New Haven County, Connecticut. The Company’s assets consist primarily of loans and investment securities, which are funded by deposits, borrowings and capital. The primary source of revenue is net interest income, the difference between interest income on loans and investments, and interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds. The Company’s basic strategy is to grow net interest income and non interest income by the retention of its existing customer base and the expansion of its core businesses and branch offices within its current market and surrounding areas. Considering current economic conditions, the Company’s primary market risk exposures are interest rate risk, the risk of deterioration of market values of collateral supporting the Company’s loan portfolio, particularly commercial and residential real estate, and potential risks associated with the impact of regulatory changes that have occurred and may continue to take place in reaction to current conditions in the financial system. Interest rate risk is the exposure of net interest income to changes in interest rates. Commercial and residential real estate are the primary collateral for the majority of Company’s loans.

The wide ranging economic downturn, which began in 2008, has had negative effects on all financial sectors both domestic and foreign. Perhaps the most severe impact of this downturn has been within the real estate industry, which is a major source of both the deposit and loan businesses for the Company. The resulting decline in values and demand for both commercial and residential real estate, limited availability of funding and significant increases in bankruptcy and foreclosure filings continued throughout 2010 and 2011. The Company has always had a primary focus in commercial real estate lending. Like many community banks, commercial real estate lending has been the Company’s largest category of lending.

During the second half of 2010 and most of 2011, the Company deployed approximately $420 million of excess liquidity into multi-family loans, a category of commercial real estate. While not historically a strategic part of the Company’s lending programs, there was strong demand for those loans within the Company’s marketplace during 2010 and 2011. This loan category represented the majority of the Company’s new loans during 2011 as other categories of loans continued to experience soft demand.

While the Company continued to make new loans in 2010 and 2011, largely multi-family loans, the resolution of problem (classified) loans remained a focus for the Company. The Company worked diligently to resolve problem loans, in spite of the current protracted and difficult foreclosure process and sluggish general economic conditions. Problem loan levels remained elevated during 2010 and 2011.

As part of a routine safety and soundness examination conducted by the Bank’s primary regulator, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”), during late 2011, the Company was made aware that it would be required to reduce its concentration in commercial real estate and classified loans, relative to risk-based

34

capital. The Company’s concentration in commercial real estate loans and classified loans, relative to risk-based capital at December 31, 2011 was 558 percent and 60 percent, respectively. In response, the Company is planning to sell a total of approximately $474 million in performing and non-performing loans by mid-2012, a significant step toward reducing the Bank’s concentrations of commercial real estate and classified loans to planned levels of 400 percent and 25 percent of risk-based capital, respectively. The Company has reviewed its plans in detail with the OCC. While the Bank may be subject to some form of administrative action in the future, the Company believes it is taking decisive action to reduce these concentrations. The transfer of these loans to held-for-sale at December 31, 2011 resulted in fair value adjustments that reduced fourth quarter net income by approximately $28 million, after tax, or approximately $1.45 per share. Lower concentrations in commercial real estate loans, historically a primary focus for lending for the Company, will likely result in lower loan originations and net loan growth during 2012 and perhaps beyond.

The Company recorded a net loss of $2.1 million or ($0.11) per diluted share in 2011, compared to net income of $5.1 million or $0.26 per diluted share in 2010. Although both 2011 and 2010 results were negatively affected by elevated provisions for loan losses, the overall decline in earnings in 2011, compared to 2010, resulted primarily from a much larger provision in 2011 taken in anticipation of the $474 million of loan sales discussed above. The 2011 provision for loan losses totaled $64.2 million, compared to $46.5 million in 2010. Approximately $48.1 million of the 2011 provision was directly related to the fourth quarter decision to conduct the aforementioned loan sales. Earnings for 2011 and 2010 were also adversely affected by real estate owned valuation provisions of $0.4 million and $2.0 million, respectively, and recognized impairment charges on securities available for sale, related to the Bank’s investment in pooled trust preferred securities, of $0.4 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

Non-interest expense in the fourth quarter of 2011 reflects issues related to the Company’s investment advisor subsidiary A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc. (ARS). The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) is currently conducting an investigation of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc. (ARS), relating to its compliance with certain regulatory provisions of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The investigation resulted from a routine examination of ARS’s investment advisory business and relates to the Company’s brokerage practices and policies and disclosure about such practices. The Company is in discussions with the staff of the SEC to settle this matter and has made accruals for such resolution as of December 31, 2011. At this stage in the investigation, it is reasonably possible the outcome could differ from the accrual that has been made. Management is unable to reasonably estimate the range of possible additional loss, if any, at this time, which could be material.

Total loans, excluding $474 million of loans held-for-sale, decreased $156.3 million to $1,576.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $1,732.3 at the prior year end. The decrease resulted primarily from recent actions taken by the Bank to reduce its concentration in commercial real estate and level of classified loans, partially offset by significant increases in new loans throughout 2011, primarily local market multi-family loans.

Overall asset quality continued to be adversely affected by the current state of the economy and the real estate market throughout 2011. Nonperforming assets decreased to $58.9 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $64.1 million at December 31, 2010. Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2011 included $27.8 million of nonperforming loans held-for-sale, which are included in a loan sale expected to close in the first quarter of 2012. The Company recognized $72.4 million of net charge-offs during the twelve month period ended December 31, 2011 of which $60.2 million were related to the fourth quarter transfer of loans to held-for-sale.

Total deposits increased $190.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, as the Company continued to experience significant growth in new customers both in existing branches and new branches added during the last two years. Overall deposit growth was partially offset by planned reductions in certain non-core deposit balances. Proceeds from deposit growth were used to fund new loans, reduce maturing term borrowings, increase the securities portfolio or were retained in liquid investments, principally interest earning bank deposits.

35

As a result of the aforementioned activity in the Company’s core businesses of loans and deposits and other asset/liability management activities, tax equivalent basis net interest income increased by $6.4 million or 5.6 percent to $120.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $113.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. In addition to evaluating Hudson Valley Holding Corp’s results of operations in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), management routinely supplements this evaluation with an analysis of certain non-GAAP financial measures. Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding Hudson Valley Holding Corp’s underlying operating performance and trends, and facilitates comparisons with the performance of other banks. Tax equivalent basis net interest income is a non-GAAP financial measure. The effect of the adjustment to a tax equivalent basis was $2.3 million in 2011 and $3.1 million in 2010. A tabular GAAP reconciliation of net interest income is included below.

Non interest income was $18.9 million in 2011, an increase of $5.2 million or 38.0 percent, compared to $13.7 million in 2010. The overall 2011 increase resulted primarily from increases in investment advisory fees and service charges and a decrease in pre-tax impairment charges on securities available for sale. Investment advisory fee income increased primarily as a result of the effects of continued improvement in both domestic and international equity markets. Pre-tax impairment charges on securities available for sale were $0.4 million in 2011 and $2.6 million in 2010. The impairment charges were related to the Company’s investments in pooled trust preferred securities. The Company has continued to hold its investments in pooled trust preferred securities as it does not believe that the current market value estimates for these investments are indicative of their underlying value. The pooled trust preferred securities are primarily backed by various U.S. financial institutions, many of which are experiencing severe financial difficulties as a result of the current economic downturn. Continuation of these conditions may result in additional impairment charges on these securities in the future. Non interest income also included other losses of $0.4 million in 2011 and $2.0 million in 2010. These losses are related to sales and revaluations of other real estate owned and loans held for sale.

Non interest expense was $80.2 million in 2011, an increase of $6.1 million or 8.2 percent, compared to $74.1 million in 2010. The overall increase in 2011 non interest expense resulted primarily from the Company’s partial reinstatement of an incentive compensation plan previously terminated in 2009, increases in costs associated with problem loan resolution and other real estate owned, and investment in technology and personnel to accommodate growth and the expansion of services and products available to new and existing customers. Noninterest expense for 2011 also included legal and other expenses of $1.7 million related to the aforementioned SEC investigation of ARS.

The Company uses a simulation analysis to estimate the effect that specific movements in interest rates would have on net interest income. Excluding the effects of planned growth and anticipated new business, the simulation analysis at December 31, 2011 shows the Company’s net interest income decreasing slightly if rates fall and increasing slightly if rates rise.

The Company has established specific policies and operating procedures governing its liquidity levels to address future liquidity needs, including contingent sources of liquidity. While the current adverse economic situation has put pressure on the availability of liquidity in the marketplace, the Company believes that its present liquidity and borrowing capacity are sufficient for its current business needs. In addition, the Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital guidelines. Since late 2009, the OCC has required HVB to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 8.0%. These capital levels are in excess of “well capitalized” levels generally applicable to banks under current regulations. As of December 31, 2011, the Company and HVB exceeded all required regulatory capital levels.

36

Critical Accounting Policies

Application of Critical Accounting Policies — The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The Company’s significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain accounting policies require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and assumptions, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which they are determined to be necessary. The accounting policies described below are those that most frequently require management to make estimates and judgments, and therefore, are critical to understanding the Company’s results of operations. Senior management has discussed the development and selection of these accounting estimates and the related disclosures with the Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Securities — Securities are classified as either available for sale, representing securities the Company may sell in the ordinary course of business, or as held to maturity, representing securities that the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that it would not be required to sell prior to maturity or recovery of cost. Securities available for sale are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses (net of tax) excluded from operations and reported in other comprehensive income. Securities held to maturity are stated at amortized cost. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium and accretion of purchase discount. The amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts is determined by using the level yield method. Securities are not acquired for purposes of engaging in trading activities. Realized gains and losses from sales of securities are determined using the specific identification method. The Company regularly reviews declines in the fair value of securities below their costs for purposes of determining whether such declines are other-than-temporary in nature. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”), management considers adverse changes in expected cash flows, the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost and the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer. The Company also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis.

Loans Held for Sale — Loan sales occur in limited circumstances as part of strategic business or regulatory compliance initiatives. Loans held for sale, including deferred fees and costs, are reported at the lower of cost or fair value as determined by expected bid prices from potential investors. Loans held for sale are segregated into pools based on distinct criteria and the lower of cost or fair value analysis is performed at the pool level. Loans are sold without recourse and servicing released.

Loans — Loans are reported at their outstanding principal balance, net of the allowance for loan losses, and deferred loan origination fees and costs. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the related loan or commitment as an adjustment to yield, or taken directly into income when the related loan is sold or commitment expires.

Allowance for Loan Losses — The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable losses incurred in the loan portfolio based on ongoing quarterly assessments of the estimated losses. The Company’s methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of a specific component for identified problem loans, and a formula component which addresses historical loan loss experience together with other relevant risk factors affecting the portfolio. This methodology applies to all portfolio segments.

37

The specific component incorporates the Company’s analysis of impaired loans. A loan is recognized as impaired when it is probable that principal and/or interest are not collectible in accordance with the loan’s contractual terms. In addition, a loan which has been renegotiated with a borrower experiencing financial difficulties for which the terms of the loan have been modified with a concession that the Company would not otherwise have granted are considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) and are also recognized as impaired. The Company makes short-term modifications that it does not consider to be TDRs in limited circumstances to assist borrowers experiencing temporary hardships. The most common short term modifications are extensions of the maturity date of three months or less. Such extensions generally are used when the maturity date is imminent and the borrower is experiencing some level of financial stress, but the Company believes the borrower will pay all contractual amounts owed. These short term modifications made were not material. Measurement of impairment can be based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant change. If the fair value of an impaired loan is less than the related recorded amount, a specific valuation component is established within the allowance for loan losses or, if the impairment is considered to be permanent, a partial charge-off is recorded against the allowance for loan losses. Individual measurement of impairment does not apply to large groups of smaller balance homogenous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment such as portions of the Company’s portfolios of home equity loans, real estate mortgages, installment and other loans.

The formula component is calculated by first applying historical loss experience factors to outstanding loans by type. This component is then adjusted to reflect additional risk factors not addressed by historical loss experience. These factors include the evaluation of then-existing economic and business conditions affecting the key lending areas of the Company and other conditions, such as new loan products, credit quality trends (including trends in nonperforming loans expected to result from existing conditions), collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments that existed as of the balance sheet date and the impact that such conditions were believed to have had on the collectibility of the loan portfolio. Senior management reviews these conditions quarterly. Management’s evaluation of the loss related to each of these conditions is quantified by loan type and reflected in the formula component. The evaluations of the inherent loss with respect to these conditions is subject to a higher degree of uncertainty due to the subjective nature of such evaluations and because they are not identified with specific problem credits.

Actual losses can vary significantly from the estimated amounts. The Company’s methodology permits adjustments to the allowance in the event that, in management’s judgment, significant factors which affect the collectibility of the loan portfolio as of the evaluation date have changed.

Management believes the allowance for loan losses is the best estimate of probable losses which have been incurred as of December 31, 2011. There is no assurance that the Company will not be required to make future adjustments to the allowance in response to changing economic conditions, particularly in the Company’s service area, since the majority of the Company’s loans are collateralized by real estate. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments at the time of their examinations.

Loan Charge-Offs — The Company’s charge-off policy covers all loan portfolio classes. Loans are generally charged-off at the earlier of when it is determined that collection efforts are no longer productive or when they have been identified as losses by management, internal loan review and/or bank examiners. Factors considered in determining whether collection efforts are no longer productive include any amounts currently being collected, the status of discussions or negotiations with the borrower, the principal and/or guarantors, the cost of continuing, efforts to collect, the status of any foreclosure or legal actions, the value of the collateral, and any other pertinent factors.

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) — Real estate properties acquired through loan foreclosure are recorded at estimated fair value, net of estimated selling costs, at time of foreclosure establishing a new cost basis. Credit

38

losses arising at the time of foreclosure are charged against the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent valuations are periodically performed by management and the carrying value is adjusted by a charge to expense to reflect any subsequent declines in the estimated fair value. Routine holding costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — Goodwill and identified intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortization. Identified intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized over those lives by a method which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are used up. Goodwill is subject to impairment testing on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. Identifiable intangible assets are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. If such testing indicates impairment in the values and/or remaining amortization periods of the intangible assets, adjustments are made to reflect such impairment. The Company’s goodwill impairment evaluations as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 did not indicate any impairment. The Company is not aware of any events or circumstances that existed with the identified intangible assets that would indicate impairment as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Loss Contingencies — Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Legal fees associated with loss contingencies are included in loss contingency accruals.

Income Taxes — Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the change is enacted.

Results of Operations for Each of the Three Years in the Period Ended December 31, 2011

Summary of Results

During the three years ended December 31, 2011, the Company has experienced an extended period of severe negative economic conditions and historically low interest rates. These conditions have resulted in sharp declines in the value of collateral securing many of the Company’s loans, elevated levels of classified and nonperforming loans, weak loan demand and declining margins. In addition, a dynamically changing regulatory landscape has resulted in greater scrutiny of the historic business models of smaller community-based institutions. This has resulted in greater pressure on many community banks to reduce loan concentrations, particularly commercial real estate loans, and to accelerate the reduction of levels of nonperforming and classified loans.

The Company reported a net loss of $2.1 million in 2011 compared to net income of $5.1 million in 2010 and $19.0 million in 2009. The decrease in 2011 earnings compared to 2010 was the due primarily from the significant additions to the provision for loan losses resulting from write downs associated with the transfer of $474 million of loans to held-for-sale status in contemplation of loan sales to reduce the classified loans and the concentration of commercial real estate loans. The decrease in 2010 net income, compared to 2009, reflected a significantly higher provision for loan losses, lower net interest income and slightly higher noninterest expense, partially offset by higher non interest income and a lower effective tax rate. Provisions for loan losses totaled $64.2 million, $46.5 million and $24.3 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Non interest income includes $0.4 million, $2.6 million and $5.5 million of pretax recognized impairment charges related to certain securities in the Company’s investment portfolio in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Non interest income also includes $0.4 million, $2.0 million and $0.3 million of valuation losses on other real estate owned in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Non interest expense includes $2.8 million, $4.7 million and $5.5 million of FDIC deposit insurance premiums in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The significantly higher levels of provisions

39

for loan losses in 2011 and 2010, compared to 2009, are a direct result of the aforementioned writedowns on the loans transferred to held-for-sale, increases in nonperforming assets and the Company’s decision to follow a more aggressive strategy for problem asset resolution. The increase is also reflective of the significantly negative effects that the ongoing economic downturn has had on the performance and collateral values of the Company’s loan portfolios and the overall performance of the financial services industry in general.

Diluted loss per share was $0.11 in 2011, compared to diluted earnings per share of $0.26 in 2010 and $1.24 in 2009. These changes are a direct result of the changes in net income in the respective years compared to the prior year period. Prior period per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect the 10 percent stock dividend distributed in December 2011. Returns on average stockholders’ equity and average assets were (0.7) percent and (0.1) percent for 2011, compared to 1.7 percent and 0.2 percent in 2010, and 8.7 percent and 0.7 percent in 2009. Returns on adjusted average stockholders’ equity were (0.7) percent, 1.8 percent and 8.8 percent in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Adjusted average stockholders’ equity excludes the effects of net unrealized gains, net of tax of $1.2 million, $3.1 million and $1.0 million on securities available for sale in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The annualized return on adjusted average stockholders’ equity is, under SEC regulations, a non-GAAP financial measure. Management believes that this non-GAAP financial measure more closely reflects actual performance, as it is more consistent with the Company’s stated asset/liability management strategies, which do not contemplate significant realization of market gains or losses on securities available for sale which were primarily related to changes in interest rates or illiquidity in the marketplace.

Net interest income for 2011 was $117.9 million, an increase of $7.2 million or 6.5 percent compared to $110.7 million in 2010, which decreased $3.6 million or 3.1 percent compared to $114.3 million in 2009. The 2011 increase, compared to 2010, was primarily due to an increase in the tax equivalent basis net interest margin to 4.59 percent resulting from a $123 million reduction in the average balance of interest bearing liabilities, specifically a planned reduction in borrowed funds and a change in the mix of interest earning assets resulting from the deployment of excess liquidity into loans, primarily local market multi-family loans, partially offset by the effects of maturing, higher yielding loans and investments being renewed or replaced in a significantly lower interest rate environment. The 2010 decrease compared to 2009 was primarily due to a decrease in the tax equivalent basis net interest margin to 4.36 percent from 4.90 percent, partially offset by $193.2 million growth in the average balance of interest earning assets which was in excess of the $85.0 million growth in the average balance of interest bearing liabilities. The 2010 decrease in the tax equivalent basis net interest margin, compared to the prior year, resulted primarily from the effects significant increases in the average balance of low yielding interest bearing deposits in banks as a percentage of interest earning assets resulting primarily from weak loan demand, the completion of a planned reduction of the Company’s investment portfolio and the effects of maturing, higher yielding loans and investments being renewed or replaced in a significantly lower interest rate environment.

The provision for loan losses for 2011 was $64.2 million compared to $46.5 million in 2010 and $24.3 million in 2009. The significant increase in 2011 compared to 2010 is directly related to $60.2 million of write downs associated with the transfer of loans to held-for-sale status in contemplation of loan sales to reduce classified loans and the concentration of commercial real estate. The elevated levels of the provisions are is also largely due to the negative effects on the loan portfolio of conditions resulting from the ongoing crisis in the financial markets. As a result of the severe economic downturn, the Company has experienced significant levels of delinquent and nonperforming loans and a continuation of the slowdowns in repayments and declines in the loan-to-value ratios on existing loans. These conditions, together with the shortage of available residential mortgage financing, have put downward pressure on the overall asset quality of virtually all financial institutions, including the Company. The Company has followed the more aggressive strategy for resolving problem assets and believes that the overall revised strategy will continue to address new and existing problem loans in the most appropriate and timely manner given current conditions in the economy.

Non interest income increased $5.2 million or 38.0 percent to $18.9 million in 2011 compared to $13.7 million in 2010, which increased $3.2 million or 30.5 percent compared to $10.5 million in 2009. The increase of

40

noninterest income in 2011, compared to the prior year period, was primarily due to increases in investment advisory fees of A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc., growth in deposit activity and other service fees and decreases in recognized impairment charges on securities available-for-sale and valuation losses on other real estate owned. The increase of noninterest income in 2010, compared to the prior year period, was primarily due to increases in investment advisory fees of A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc., growth in deposit activity and other service fees and a decrease in recognized impairment charges on securities available-for-sale, partially offset by an increase in valuation losses on other real estate owned. Although there was significant improvement in the financial markets in 2010 and 2011, continued improvement and the continued acquisition of new customers will be necessary for investment advisory fees to return to past levels. The Company recorded pre-tax recognized impairment charges on securities available-for-sale of $0.4 million, $2.6 million and $5.5 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Other dispositions of securities available for sale resulted in net realized gains of $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The sales were conducted as part of the Company’s ongoing asset/liability management process. Non interest income also includes $0.4 million, $2.0 million and $0.3 million of valuation losses on other real estate owned in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Non interest expense was $80.2 million for 2011, and increase of $6.1 million or 8.2 percent, compared to $74.1 million in both 2010 and 2009. The overall increase in 2011 non interest expense resulted primarily from the Company’s partial reinstatement of an incentive compensation plan previously terminated in 2009, increases in costs associated with problem loan resolution and other real estate owned, and investment in technology and personnel to accommodate growth and the expansion of services and products available to new and existing customers. Increases in 2010 non interest expense resulting from the Company’s continued investment in its branch offices, technology and personnel to accommodate growth, the expansion of services and products available to new and existing customers, expenses related to problem loan resolution and the upgrading of certain internal processes were more than offset by cost saving measures implemented by the Company during 2009 and 2010. In addition, both 2011 and 2010 reflected significantly lower FDIC deposit insurance premiums compared to their respective prior year periods. Additional premiums imposed by the FDIC in 2009 to replenish shortfalls in the FDIC Insurance Fund were not imposed to the same degree in 2011 and 2010. However, additional premium increases and special assessments may continue to be imposed by the FDIC in the future.

41

Average Balances and Interest Rates

The following table sets forth the daily average balances of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities for each of the last three years as well as total interest and corresponding yields and rates.

	(000’s except percentages)
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011							2010							2009
	Average Balance		Interest (3)		Yield/ Rate			Average Balance		Interest (3)		Yield/ Rate			Average Balance		Interest (3)		Yield/ Rate
ASSETS
Interest earning assets:
Deposits in Banks	$	219,388	$	621		0.28	%	$	300,703	$	737		0.25	%	$	35,508	$	81		0.23	%
Federal funds sold		35,771		95		0.27	%		78,748		168		0.21	%		43,910		100		0.23	%
Securities: (1)
Taxable		371,210		11,829		3.19	%		367,421		13,905		3.78	%		413,781		18,077		4.37	%
Exempt from federal income taxes		107,698		6,569		6.10	%		149,355		9,032		6.05	%		184,772		11,783		6.38	%
Loans, net (2)		1,882,199		111,802		5.94	%		1,714,325		107,658		6.28	%		1,739,421		110,662		6.36	%
Total interest earning assets		2,616,266		130,916		5.00	%		2,610,552		131,500		5.04	%		2,417,392		140,703		5.82	%
Non interest earning assets:
Cash & due from banks		45,846							41,490							43,197
Other assets		144,404							145,905							118,118
Total non interest earning assets		190,250							187,395							161,315
Total assets	$	2,806,516						$	2,797,947						$	2,578,707
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Interest bearing liabilities:
Deposits:
Money market	$	958,347	$	6,069		0.63	%	$	926,755	$	8,099		0.87	%	$	787,347	$	9,145		1.16	%
Savings		113,407		474		0.42	%		115,624		562		0.49	%		101,846		503		0.49	%
Time		168,003		1,482		0.88	%		202,244		2,455		1.21	%		263,065		3,899		1.48	%
Checking with interest		290,184		705		0.24	%		332,315		1,091		0.33	%		250,314		1,048		0.42	%
Securities sold under repo & other s/t borrowings		49,678		246		0.50	%		56,899		271		0.48	%		101,818		536		0.53	%
Other borrowings		40,184		1,782		4.43	%		109,349		5,205		4.76	%		153,799		7,173		4.66	%
Total interest bearing liabilities		1,619,803		10,758		0.66	%		1,743,186		17,683		1.01	%		1,658,189		22,304		1.35	%
Non interest bearing liabilities:
Demand deposits		866,993							745,290							675,953
Other liabilities		23,461							20,199							28,041
Total non interest bearing liabilities		890,454							765,489							703,994
Stockholders’ equity (1)		296,259							289,272							216,524
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	2,806,516						$	2,797,947						$	2,578,707
Net interest earnings			$	120,158						$	113,817						$	118,399
Net yield on interest earning assets						4.59	%						4.36	%						4.90	%

(1) Excludes unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale. Management believes that this presentation more closely reflects actual performance, as it is more consistent with the Company’s stated asset/liability management strategies, which have not resulted in significant realization of temporary market gains or losses on securities available for sale which were primarily related to changes in interest rates. Effects of these adjustments are presented in the table below. Also, see the non-GAAP financial disclosures and reconciliation to GAAP table below.

(2) Includes loans classified as non-accrual.

(3) The data contained in this table has been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis, based on the Company’s federal statutory rate of 35 percent. Management believes that this presentation provides comparability of net interest income and net interest margin arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice and SEC rules. Effects of these adjustments are presented in the table below. Also, see the non-GAAP financial disclosures and reconciliation to GAAP table below.

42

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Average Balances and Interest Rates

Non-GAAP disclosures

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Total interest earning assets:
As reported	$	2,618,042		$	2,615,461		$	2,418,855
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale (1)		1,776			4,909			1,463
Adjusted total interest earning assets	$	2,616,266		$	2,610,552		$	2,417,392
Net interest earnings:
As reported	$	117,859		$	110,656		$	114,275
Adjustment to tax equivalency basis (2)		2,299			3,161			4,124
Adjusted net interest earnings	$	120,158		$	113,817		$	118,399
Net yield on interest earning assets:
As reported		4.50	%		4.23	%		4.72	%
Effects of (1) and (2) above		0.09	%		0.13	%		0.18	%
Adjusted net yield on interest earning assets		4.59	%		4.36	%		4.90	%
Average stockholders’ equity:
As reported	$	297,488		$	292,350		$	217,505
Effects of (1) and (2) above		1,229			3,078			981
Adjusted average stockholders’ equity	$	296,259		$	289,272		$	216,524

Interest Differential

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest income between the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, on a tax equivalent basis.

	(000’s)
	2011 Compared to 2010 Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in									2010 Compared to 2009 Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in
	Volume			Rate			Total (1)			Volume			Rate			Total (1)
Interest income:
Deposits in Banks	$	(199	)	$	83		$	(116	)	$	605		$	51		$	656
Federal funds sold		(92	)		19			(73	)		79			(11	)		68
Securities:
Taxable (2)		143			(2,219	)		(2,076	)		(2,025	)		(2,147	)		(4,172	)
Exempt from federal income taxes		(2,519	)		56			(2,463	)		(2,259	)		(492	)		(2,751	)
Loans, net		10,542			(6,398	)		4,144			(1,597	)		(1,407	)		(3,004	)
Total interest income		7,875			(8,459	)		(584	)		(5,197	)		(4,006	)		(9,203	)
Interest expense:
Deposits:
Money market		276			(2,306	)		(2,030	)		1,619			(2,665	)		(1,046	)
Savings		(11	)		(77	)		(88	)		68			(9	)		59
Time		(416	)		(557	)		(973	)		(901	)		(543	)		(1,444	)
Checking with interest		(138	)		(248	)		(386	)		343			(300	)		43
Securities sold under repo & other s/t borrowings		(34	)		9			(25	)		(236	)		(29	)		(265	)
Other borrowings		(3,292	)		(131	)		(3,423	)		(2,073	)		105			(1,968	)
Total interest expense		(3,615	)		(3,310	)		(6,925	)		(1,180	)		(3,441	)		(4,621	)
Increase (decrease) in interest differential	$	11,490		$	(5,149	)	$	6,341		$	(4,017	)	$	(565	)	$	(4,582	)

(1) Changes attributable to both rate and volume are allocated between the rate and volume variances based upon their absolute relative weight to the total change.

(2) Equivalent yields on securities exempt from federal income taxes are based on a federal statutory rate of 35 percent in 2011 and 2010.

43

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, the difference between interest income and interest expense, is the most significant component of the Company’s consolidated earnings. During the three years ended December 31, 2011, the Company has experienced an extended period of severe negative economic conditions and historically low interest rates. During this period of economic difficulty and low interest rates, the Company took various steps to maximize its net interest income. These steps included repositioning its securities portfolio, reducing higher cost term borrowings and, from the second half of 2010 through 2011, redeploying excess liquidity into new loans, primarily local market multi-family loans. These actions enabled the Company to significantly offset margin compression, particularly in 2011, resulting from interest rates continuing at historically low levels. As previously noted, and in reaction to the OCC’s requirements, the Company plans to sell approximately $474 million of loans, including part of the multi-family portfolio originated in 2010 and 2011, in an effort to reduce its concentration in commercial real estate loans and its level of classified loans. The Company expects that some margin compression will result from these loan sales particularly during the period of redeployment of the proceeds. Management believes that the results of these efforts has enabled the Company, given the difficulties encountered during the recent financial crisis, to maximize its net interest income, address regulatory concerns, and effectively reposition its portfolios from both asset composition and interest rate risk perspectives.

Net interest income, on a tax equivalent basis, increased $6.4 million or 5.6 percent to $120.2 million in 2011, compared to $113.8 million in 2010, which decreased $4.6 million or 3.9 percent from $118.4 million in 2009. The increase in 2011, compared to 2010, primarily resulted from an increase in the tax equivalent basis net interest margin to 4.59 percent in 2011 from 4.36 percent in 2010, which was attributable to an increase of $129.1 million or 14.9 percent in the excess of adjusted average interest earning assets over average interest bearing liabilities to $996.5 million in 2011 from $867.4 million in 2010. The decrease in 2010, compared to 2009, primarily resulted from a decrease in the tax equivalent net interest margin to 4.36 percent in 2010 from 4.90 percent in 2009, partially offset by an increase of $108.2 million or 14.3 percent in the excess of adjusted average interest earning assets over average interest bearing liabilities to $867.4 million in 2010 from $759.2 million in 2009. For purposes of the financial information included in this section, the Company adjusts average interest earning assets to exclude the effects of unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale and adjusts net interest income to a tax equivalent basis. Management believes that this alternate presentation more closely reflects actual performance, as it is consistent with the Company’s stated asset/liability management strategies. The effects of these non-GAAP adjustments to tax equivalent basis net interest income and adjusted average assets are included in the table presented in “Average Balances and Interest Rates” section herein.

Interest income is determined by the volume of and related rates earned on interest earning assets. Volume decreases in investments, interest earning deposits and Federal funds sold and a lower average yield on interest earning assets, partially offset by volume increases in loans resulted in slightly lower interest income in 2011, compared to 2010. Volume decreases in loans and investments and a lower average yield on interest earning assets, partially offset by volume increases in interest earning deposits and Federal funds sold resulted in lower interest income in 2010, compared to 2009. Adjusted average interest earning assets in 2011 increased $5.7 million or 0.2 percent to $2,616.3 million from $2,610.6 million in 2010, which increased $193.2 million or 8.0 percent from $2,417.4 million in 2009.

Loans are the largest component of interest earning assets. Net loans, excluding loans held-for-sale, decreased $147.8 million or 8.7 percent to $1,541.4 million at December 31, 2011 from $1,689.2 million at December 31, 2010, which decreased $83.4 million or 4.7 percent from $1,772.6 million at December 31, 2009. The decrease resulted primarily from the aforementioned actions taken by the Bank to reduce its concentration in commercial real estate and level of classified loans, partially offset by significant increases in new loans, primarily local market multi-family loans. Average net loans increased $167.9 million or 9.8 percent to $1,882.2 million in 2011 from $1,714.3 million in 2010, which decreased $25.1 million or 1.4 percent from $1,739.4 million in 2009. The increase in average net loans in 2011, compared to 2010 resulted from significant growth in the multi-family sector of the portfolio, partially offset by significant charge-offs taken during the year.

44

The decrease in average net loans during 2010, compared to 2009, resulted from insufficient loan demand to offset payoffs and pay downs, significant charge-offs taken during the year and sales of nonperforming loans, partially offset by significant growth in the multi-family sector of the portfolio. The average yield on loans was 5.94 percent in 2011, compared to 6.28 percent in 2010 and 6.36 percent in 2009. As a result, interest income on loans increased in 2011, compared to 2010, due to higher volume partially offset by lower interest rates, and interest income on loans decreased in 2010, compared to 2009, due to lower volume and lower interest rates.

Total securities, including Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock and excluding net unrealized gains and losses, increased $56.2 million or 12.1 percent to $520.3 million at December 31, 2011 from $464.1 million at December 31, 2010, which decreased $66.4 million or 12.5 percent from $530.5 million at December 31, 2009. Average total securities, including FHLB stock and excluding net unrealized gains and losses, decreased $37.9 million or 7.3 percent to $478.9 million in 2011 from $516.8 million in 2010, which decreased $81.8 million or 13.7 percent from $598.6 million in 2009. The decreases in average total securities in 2011 and 2010, compared to their respective prior year periods, resulted primarily from a planned reduction in the portfolio conducted by the Company as part of its ongoing asset/liability management efforts. During 2011, management utilized cash flow from maturing investments to fund loan growth and to reduce short-term and other borrowings. The decrease in average total securities in 2011 compared to 2010 reflects volume decreases in U.S. Treasury and Agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, obligations of state and political subdivisions and FHLB stock. The average tax equivalent basis yield on securities was 3.84 percent for 2011 compared to 4.44 percent in 2010. As a result, tax equivalent basis interest income on securities decreased in 2011, compared to 2010, due to lower volume and lower interest rates. During 2010, cash flow from maturing investments was either redeployed into new mortgage backed securities, or retained in interest bearing bank balances to fund future loan growth. The decrease in average total securities in 2010 compared to 2009 reflects volume decreases in U.S. Treasury and Agency securities, mortgage-backed securities including collateralized mortgage obligations, obligations of state and political subdivisions and FHLB stock, partially offset by a volume increase in other securities. The average tax equivalent basis yield on securities was 4.44 percent for 2010 compared to 4.99 percent in 2009. As a result, tax equivalent basis interest income on securities decreased in 2010, compared to 2009, due to lower volume and lower interest rates. Increases and decreases in average FHLB stock results from purchases or redemptions of stock in order to maintain required levels to support FHLB borrowings.

Interest expense is a function of the volume of, and rates paid for, interest bearing liabilities, comprised of deposits and borrowings. Interest expense decreased $6.9 million or 39.0 percent to $10.8 million in 2011 from $17.7 million in 2010, which decreased $4.6 million or 20.6 percent from $22.3 million in 2009. Average interest bearing liabilities decreased $123.4 million or 7.1 percent to $1,619.8 million in 2011 from $1,743.2 million in 2010, which increased $85.0 million or 5.1 percent from $1,658.2 million in 2009.

The decrease in average interest bearing liabilities in 2011, compared to 2010, was due to volume decreases in savings deposits, time deposits, checking with interest, short-term borrowings and other borrowed funds, partially offset by volume increases in money market deposits. Overall deposit growth was partially offset by planned reductions in certain non-core deposit balances. Proceeds from deposit growth were used to fund new loans, reduce maturing term borrowings, increase the securities portfolio or were retained in liquid investments, principally interest earning bank deposits. The average interest rate paid on interest bearing liabilities was 0.66 percent in 2011, compared to 1.01 percent in 2010. As a result of these factors, interest expense was lower in 2011, compared to 2010, due to lower volume and lower interest rates.

The increase in average interest bearing liabilities in 2010, compared to 2009, was due to volume increases in money market deposits, savings deposits and checking with interest, partially offset by volume decreases in time deposits, short-term borrowings and other borrowed funds. The Company continued to experience significant growth in new customers both in existing branches and new branches added during the last two years. Proceeds from deposit growth were used to reduce maturing term borrowings or were retained in liquid investments, principally interest earning bank deposits. The average interest rate paid on interest bearing liabilities was 1.01 percent in 2010, compared to 1.35 percent in 2009. As a result of these factors, interest expense was lower in 2010, compared to 2009, due to lower interest rates, partially offset by higher volume.

45

Average non interest bearing demand deposits increased $121.7 million or 16.3 percent to $867.0 million in 2011 from $745.3 million in 2010, which increased $69.3 million or 10.3 percent from $676.0 million in 2009. Non interest bearing demand deposits are an important component of the Company’s ongoing asset liability management, and also have a direct impact on the determination of net interest income.

The interest rate spread on a tax equivalent basis for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 is as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Average interest rate on:
Total average interest earning assets		5.00	%		5.04	%		5.82	%
Total average interest bearing liabilities		0.66	%		1.01	%		1.35	%
Total interest rate spread		4.34	%		4.03	%		4.47	%

In 2011, the interest rate spread increased as short-term interest rates rose steadily and longer term rates rose to a lesser degree. The increase was primarily due to earning assets repricing at a faster rate than interest bearing liabilities, and an increase in loans, the Company’s highest yielding asset, as a percentage of total earning assets. In 2010, the interest rate spread decreased reflecting greater increases in interest rates on interest bearing liabilities compared to interest rates on interest earning assets. Management cannot predict what impact market conditions will have on its interest rate spread and future compression in net interest rate spread may occur.

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses in 2011 was $64.2 million compared to $46.5 million in 2010 and $24.3 million in 2009. The significant increases in 2011 and 2010, compared to their respective prior years, are primarily related to negative effects on the Company’s loan portfolio of conditions resulting from the ongoing crisis in the financial markets. In addition, the large provision in 2011 is reflective of the write-downs associated with management’s decision to transfer $473.8 million of loans to the held-for-sale status in contemplation of bulk loan sales designed to reduce both classified loans and the Company’s overall concentration in commercial real estate loans. The 2010 increase, compared to 2009, partially resulted from a decision by the Company to implement a more aggressive workout strategy for the resolution of problem assets in light of a sluggish economic recovery, continued weakness in local real estate activity and market values and growing difficulty in resolving problem loans in a timely fashion through traditional foreclosure proceedings due to increased bankruptcy filings and overcrowded court systems. Continuation or worsening of such conditions could result in additional significant provisions for loan losses in the future.

Non Interest Income

Non interest income increased $5.2 million or 38.0 percent to $18.9 million in 2011 compared to $13.7 million in 2010, which increased $3.2 million or 30.5 percent compared to $10.5 million in 2009. The increase in 2011, compared to the prior year period, resulted primarily from increases in investment advisory fees of A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc. and also reflects growth in deposit activity and other service fees and a decrease in recognized impairment charges on securities available for sale. The increase in 2010, compared to the prior year period, was primarily due to an increase in investment advisory fees, growth in deposit activity and other service fees and a decrease in recognized impairment charges on securities available for sale, partially offset by an increase in valuation losses on other real estate owned and a slight decrease in other income. The above mentioned changes in investment advisory fees, impairment charges on securities and valuation losses on other real estate owned are directly related to the current economic crisis, which has had significant negative effects on the financial services industry, the real estate industry and the domestic and international equity markets.

Service charges increased by $0.4 million or 6.1 percent to $7.0 million in 2011 compared to $6.6 million in 2010, which increased by $0.7 million or 11.9 percent from $5.9 million in 2009. The 2011 increase, compared to 2010, was primarily due to growth in service charges related to new products introduced in 2011 and 2010.

46

Investment advisory fees increased $1.2 million or 13.2 percent to $10.3 million in 2011 from $9.1 million in 2010, which increased $1.4 million or 18.2 percent from $7.7 million in 2009. The 2011 increase, compared to 2010, was primarily a result of the effects of continued improvement in both domestic and international equity markets. The 2010 increase, compared to 2009, was due to a net increase in assets under management from existing customers, addition of new customers and net increases in asset value. Although there has been recent improvement in the financial markets, continued improvement and the acquisition of new customers will be necessary for this source of non interest income to return to past levels.

The Company recognized impairment charges on securities available for sale of $0.4 million, $2.6 million and $5.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 respectively. The impairment charges are related to the Company’s investments in certain pooled trust preferred securities. These securities are primarily backed by U.S. financial institutions many of which are experiencing severe financial difficulties as a result of the current economic downturn. Continuation of these conditions may result in additional impairment charges on these securities in the future. The Company has continued to hold its investments in trust preferred securities as it does not believe that the current market quotes for these investments are indicative of their underlying value. Dispositions of securities available for sale resulted in net realized gains of $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The sales were conducted as part of the Company’s ongoing asset/liability management process. Non interest income also includes $0.4 million, $2.0 million and $0.3 million of valuation losses on other real estate owned in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These valuation losses are a direct result of the significantly negative effects that the ongoing economic downturn has had on the values of the Company’s real estate related assets.

Other income remained unchanged at $2.4 million in 2011 from 2010, which decreased $0.2 million or 7.7 percent from $2.6 million in 2009. The decrease in 2010, compared to 2009, resulted from decreases in income on bank owned life insurance, rental income and miscellaneous customer fees, partially offset by increases in debit card income.

Non Interest Expense

Non interest expense was $80.2 million, $74.1 million and $74.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respective. The increase in 2011 non interest expense resulted primarily from the Company’s partial reinstatement of an incentive compensation plan previously terminated in 2009, increases in costs associated with problem loan resolution and other real estate owned, and investment in technology and personnel to accommodate growth and the expansion of services and products available to new and existing customers. Noninterest expense for 2011 also included legal and other expenses of $1.7 million related to the ongoing investigation of A.R. Schmeidler & Co. relating to compliance with certain provisions of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The Company is unable to predict how long the SEC investigation will last, the exact result, or what the final amount of costs and legal expenses will be. The Company’s efficiency ratio (a lower ratio indicates greater efficiency) which compares non interest expense to total adjusted revenue (taxable equivalent net interest income, plus non interest income, excluding gain or loss on securities transactions) was 57.3 percent in 2011, compared to 56.2 percent in 2010 and 55.2 percent in 2009.

Salaries and employee benefits, the largest component of non interest expense, increased $3.7 million or 9.6 percent to $42.2 million in 2011 from $38.5 million in 2010, which was a decrease of $0.2 million or 0.5 percent from $38.7 million in 2009. The increase in 2011 is primarily from the aforementioned partial reinstatement of an incentive compensation plan, planned investment in certain staffing levels to help accommodate growth and an increase in employee retirement plans. The decrease in 2010 resulted from the planned reduction in certain staffing levels and a reduction in employee retirement plans partially offset by increased incentive compensation.

47

The following table shows the number of full and part time employees and the salaries and employee benefit expenses for the Company for the years indicated:

		000000		000000		000000
	2011		2010		2009
Employees at December 31,
Full Time Employees		445		438		463
Part Time Employees		44		40		35

		00000			00000			00000
	2011			2010			2009
	(000’s except percentages)
Salaries and Employee Benefits:
Salaries	$	30,842		$	29,821		$	30,294
Payroll Taxes		2,579			2,455			2,468
Medical Plans		2,340			2,354			2,168
Incentive Compensation Plans		3,267			1,816			780
Employee Retirement Plans		2,629			1,336			2,536
Other		537			725			442
Total	$	42,194		$	38,507		$	38,688
Percentages of total non interest expense		52.6	%		51.9	%		52.2	%

Occupancy expense increased $0.6 million or 7.1 percent to $9.0 million in 2011 from $8.4 million in 2010 which increased $0.1 million or 1.2 percent from $8.3 million in 2009. The increases in both 2011 and 2010 reflect increased costs related to the opening of new branch offices and also included rising costs on leased facilities, real estate taxes, utility costs, maintenance costs and other costs to operate the Company’s facilities.

Professional services increased $2.2 million or 42.3 percent to $7.4 million in 2011 from $5.2 million in 2010, which was a $0.8 million or 18.2 percent increase from $4.4 million for 2009. The increase in 2011 was primarily due to costs related to the engagement of consultants to assist with new systems implementations, certain personnel related projects and legal expenses related to ARS investigation. The increase in 2010 was primarily due to costs related to the formation of a new subsidiary, expenses related to the operational merger of New York National Bank into HVB and the engagement of consultants to assist with new systems implementations and certain personnel related projects.

Equipment expense increased $0.3 million or 7.5 percent to $4.3 million in 2011 from $4.0 million in 2010, which was a decrease of $0.4 million or 9.1 percent from $4.4 million in 2009. The 2011 increase reflects a rise in maintenance costs for the Company’s equipment. The 2010 decrease reflects reduced equipment rental costs and cost saving measures implemented in late 2009.

Business development expense remained essentially unchanged at $2.1 million in 2011 from $2.0 million in 2010, and $2.0 million in 2009.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) assessment was $2.8 million for 2011, $4.7 million in 2010 and $5.5 million for 2009. The 2011 decrease is reflective of significantly lower premiums compared to 2010. The 2010 decrease was due to additional premiums that were imposed by the FDIC during 2009 to replenish shortfalls in the FDIC Insurance Fund which resulted from the current economic crisis.

48

Other operating expenses, as reflected in the following table, increased 9.1 percent in 2011 and increased 4.2 percent in 2010:

	2011			2010			2009
	(000’s except percentages)
Other Operating Expenses:
Stationary & printing	$	798		$	711		$	1,160
Communications expense		697			764			779
Courier expense		874			861			774
Other loan expense		1,861			2,468			1,961
Outside services		4,531			4,044			3,810
Dues, meetings, and seminars		597			325			289
Other		2,986			2,145			2,084
Total	$	12,344		$	11,318		$	10,857
Percentages of total non interest expense		15.4	%		15.3	%		14.6	%

The 2011 increases reflect higher outside service fees, primarily data processing fees, stationary and printing costs, increased costs related to couriers and increased participation in meetings and seminars. The 2011 decreases reflect lower communications expense and lower loan expenses, including decreased expenses related to properties held as other real estate owned and decreased loan collection costs. The 2010 increases reflect higher loan expenses, including increased expenses related to properties held as other real estate owned and increased loan collection costs, increased costs related to couriers and higher outside service fees. The 2010 decreases reflect lower stationary and printing costs, lower communications expense and lower insurance costs.

Income Taxes

Income taxes (benefits) of $(5.4) million, $(1.4) million and $7.3 million were recorded in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively. The Company is currently subject to a statutory Federal tax rate of 35 percent, a New York State tax rate of 7.1 percent plus a 17 percent surcharge, a Connecticut State tax rate of 7.5 percent, and a New York City tax rate of approximately 9 percent.

In the normal course of business, the Company’s Federal, New York State and New York City corporation tax returns are subject to audit. The Company is currently open to audit by the Internal Revenue Service under the statute of limitations for years after 2007. The Company is currently undergoing an audit by New York State for years 2005 through 2008. This audit has not yet been completed, however, no significant issues have as yet been raised. Other pertinent tax information is set forth in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere herein.

Financial Condition at December 31, 2011 and 2010

Cash and Due from Banks

Cash and due from banks was $78.1 million at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $206.1 million or 72.5 percent from $284.2 million at December 31, 2010. Included in cash and due from banks is interest earning deposits of $34.4 million at December 31, 2011 and $258.3 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease is a result of repaying maturing long-term borrowings and the redeployment of excess liquidity into investments or loans.

Federal Funds Sold

Federal funds sold totaled $16.4 million at December 31, 2011, a decrease of $55.7 million or 77.3 percent from $72.1 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease resulted from timing differences in the redeployment of available funds into loans and longer term investments and volatility in certain deposit types and relationships.

49

Securities Portfolio

Securities are selected to provide safety of principal, liquidity, pledging capabilities (to collateralize certain deposits and borrowings), income and to leverage capital. The Company’s investment strategy focuses on maximizing income while providing for safety of principal, maintaining appropriate utilization of capital, providing adequate liquidity to meet loan demand or deposit outflows and to manage overall interest rate risk. The Company selects individual securities whose credit, cash flow, maturity and interest rate characteristics, in the aggregate, affect the stated strategies.

Securities are classified as either available for sale, representing securities the Company may sell in the ordinary course of business, or as held to maturity, representing securities the Company has the ability and positive intent to hold until maturity. Securities available for sale are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses (net of tax) excluded from operations and reported in other comprehensive income. Securities held to maturity are stated at amortized cost.

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities classified as available for sale and held to maturity at December 31:

	2011				2010
	Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
Classified as Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury and government agencies		—		—	$	3,001	$	3,012
Mortgage-backed securities	$	385,206	$	393,418		303,479		309,540
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		96,091		100,599		111,912		116,081
Other debt securities		12,220		3,332		12,329		4,373
Total debt securities		493,517		497,349		430,721		433,006
Mutual funds and other equity securities		10,067		10,548		10,071		10,661
Total	$	503,584	$	507,897	$	440,792	$	443,667
Classified as Held To Maturity
Mortgage-backed securities	$	7,767	$	8,374	$	11,131	$	11,830
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		5,138		5,445		5,136		5,442
Total	$	12,905	$	13,819	$	16,267	$	17,272

The available for sale portfolio totaled $507.9 million at December 31, 2011 which was an increase of $64.2 million or 14.5 percent from $443.7 million at December 31, 2010. The increase resulted from an $83.9 million increase in mortgage-backed securities, which was partially offset by decreases of $15.5 million in obligations of states and political subdivisions and $1.0 million in other debt securities. The increase in mortgage-backed securities was due to purchases of $244.0 million which were partially offset by principal paydowns of $158.6 million and other changes of $1.5 million. The decrease in obligations of states and political subdivisions resulted from maturities and calls of $23.9 million and sales of $1.3 million which was partially offset by purchases of $9.4 million and other increases of $0.3 million. Included in other debt securities are pooled trust preferred securities, which had an aggregate cost basis of $11.6 million as of both December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010. These pooled trust preferred securities have suffered severe declines in the prior periods in estimated fair value primarily as a result of both illiquidity in the marketplace and declines in the credit ratings of a number of issuing banks underlying these securities. Management cannot predict what effect that continuation of such conditions could have on potential future value or whether there will be additional impairment charges related to these securities.

The held to maturity portfolio totaled $12.9 million at December 31, 2011, which was a decrease of $3.4 million or 20.9 percent from $16.3 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease was due to principal paydowns of $3.4 million in mortgage-backed securities partially offset by other changes of $0.1 million.

50

The following table presents the amortized cost of securities at December 31, 2011, distributed based on contractual maturity or earlier call date for securities expected to be called, and weighted average yields computed on a tax equivalent basis. Mortgage-backed securities which may have principal prepayments are distributed to a maturity category based on estimated average lives. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

						After 1 Year but					After 5 Years but
	Within 1 Year					Within 5 Years					Within 10 Years					After 10 Years					Total
	Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield			Amount		Yield
U.S. Treasury and government agencies		—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—
Mortgage-backed securities	$	175,877		2.96	%	$	166,755		3.35	%	$	50,341		3.81	%		—		—		$	392,973		3.23	%
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		40,092		7.19	%		55,779		6.20	%		5,358		6.04	%		—		—			101,229		6.58	%
Other debt securities		—		0.00	%		—		0.00	%		437		7.92	%	$	11,783		3.78	%		12,220		3.93	%
Total	$	215,969		3.74	%	$	222,534		4.06	%	$	56,136		4.05	%	$	11,783		3.78	%	$	506,422
Estimated fair value	$	221,957				$	228,703				$	57,692				$	2,816				$	511,168

The Bank, as a member of the FHLB, invests in stock of the FHLB as a prerequisite to obtaining funding under various programs offered by the FHLB. The Bank must purchase additional shares of FHLB stock to obtain increases in such borrowings. Shares in excess of required amounts for outstanding borrowings are generally redeemed by the FHLB. The investment in FHLB stock totaled $3.8 million at December 31, 2011 and $7.0 million at December 31, 2010.

The Company continues to exercise a conservative approach to investing by purchasing high credit quality investments with various maturities and cash flows to provide for liquidity needs and prudent asset liability management. The Company’s securities portfolio provides for a significant source of income, liquidity and is utilized in managing Company-wide interest rate risk. These securities are used to collateralize borrowings and deposits to the extent required or permitted by law. Therefore, the securities portfolio is an integral part of the Company’s funding strategy.

There were no obligations of any single issuer which exceeded ten percent of stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2011 or December 31, 2010.

Loan Portfolio

Real Estate Loans: Real estate loans are comprised primarily of loans collateralized by interim and permanent commercial mortgages, construction mortgages and residential mortgages including home equity loans. The Company originates these loans primarily for its portfolio, although a portion of its residential real estate loans, in addition to meeting the Company’s underwriting criteria, comply with nationally recognized underwriting criteria (“conforming loans”) and can be sold in the secondary market.

Commercial real estate loans are offered by the Company on a fixed or variable rate basis generally with up to 10 year terms. Amortizations generally range up to 25 years. The Company also originates 15 year fixed rate self-amortizing commercial mortgages.

In underwriting commercial real estate loans, the Company evaluates both the prospective borrower’s ability to make timely payments on the loan and the value of the property securing the loan. The Company generally utilizes licensed or certified appraisers, previously approved by the Company, to determine the estimated value

51

of the property. Commercial mortgages are generally underwritten for up to 75% of the value of the property depending on the type of the property. The Company generally requires lease assignments where applicable. Repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted should the borrower default or should there be a substantial decline in the value of the property securing the loan, or a decline in general economic conditions.

Where the owner occupies the property, the Company also evaluates the business’s ability to repay the loan on a timely basis. In addition, the Company may require personal guarantees, lease assignments and/or the guarantee of the operating company when the property is owner occupied. These types of loans may involve greater risks than other types of lending, because payments on such loans are often dependent upon the successful operation of the business involved, therefore, repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted by adverse changes in economic conditions affecting the borrowers’ business.

Construction loans are short-term loans (generally up to 18 months) secured by land for both residential and commercial development. The loans are generally made for acquisition and improvements. Funds are disbursed as phases of construction are completed. The majority of these loans are made with variable rates of interest, although some fixed rate financing is provided. The loan amount is generally limited to 55% to 70% of completed value, depending on the type of property. Most non-residential construction loans require pre-approved permanent financing or pre-leasing by the company or another bank providing the permanent financing. The Company funds construction of single family homes and commercial real estate, when no contract of sale exists, based upon the experience of the builder, the financial strength of the owner, the type and location of the property and other factors. Construction loans are generally personally guaranteed by the principal(s). Repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted by the builders’ inability to complete construction, by a downturn in the new construction market, by a significant increase in interest rates or by a decline in general economic conditions.

Residential real estate loans are offered by the Company with terms of up to 30 years and loan to value ratios of up to 70%. Repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted should the borrower default, should there be a significant decline in the value of the property securing the loan or should there be a decline in general economic conditions.

The Company offers a variety of home equity line of credit products. These products include credit lines on primary residences, vacation homes and 1-4 unit residential investment properties. A low cost option is available to qualified borrowers who intend to actively utilize the lines. Depending on the product, loan amounts of $50,000 to $2,000,000 are available for terms ranging from 5 years to 25 years with various repayment terms. Required combined maximum loan to value ratios range from 60% to 70%, and the lines generally have interest rates ranging from the prime rate minus 1% (Prime Rate as published in the Wall Street Journal) to prime rate plus 1.5%, subject to certain interest rate floors.

The Company does not originate loans similar to payment option loans or loans that allow for negative interest amortization. The Company does not engage in sub-prime lending nor does it offer loans with low “teaser” rates or high loan-to-value ratios to sub-prime borrowers.

Commercial and Industrial Loans: The Company’s commercial and industrial loan portfolio consists primarily of commercial business loans and lines of credit to businesses and professionals. These loans are usually made to finance the purchase of inventory, new or used equipment or other short or long-term working capital purposes. These loans are generally secured by corporate assets, often with real estate as secondary collateral, but are also offered on an unsecured basis. These loans generally have variable rates of interest. Commercial loans, for the purpose of purchasing equipment and/or inventory, are usually written for terms of 1 to 5 years with, exceptionally, longer terms. In granting this type of loan, the Company primarily looks to the borrower’s cash flow as the source of repayment with collateral and personal guarantees, where obtained, as a secondary source. The Company generally requires a debt service coverage ratio of at least 125%. Commercial loans are often larger and may involve greater risks than other types of loans offered by the Company. Payments on such loans are often dependent upon the successful operation of the underlying business involved and,

52

therefore, repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted by adverse changes in economic conditions, management’s inability to effectively manage the business, claims of others against the borrower’s assets which may take priority over the Company’s claims against assets, death or disability of the borrower or loss of market for the borrower’s products or services.

Loans to Individuals and Leasing: The Company offers installment loans and reserve lines of credit to individuals. Installment loans are limited to $50,000 and lines of credit are generally limited to $5,000. These loans have terms up to 5 years with fixed or variable rates of interest. The rate of interest is dependent on the term of the loan and the type of collateral. The Company does not place an emphasis on originating these types of loans.

The Company also originates lease financing transactions. These transactions are primarily conducted with businesses, professionals and not-for-profit organizations and provide financing principally for office equipment, telephone systems, computer systems, energy saving improvements and other special use equipment. The terms vary depending on the equipment being leased, but are generally 3 to 5 years. The interest rate is dependent on the term of the lease, the type of collateral, and the overall credit of the customer.

Major classifications of loans at December 31 are as follows:

	(000’s)
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Real Estate:
Commercial	$	690,837		$	796,253		$	783,597		$	642,923		$	355,044
Construction		110,027			174,369			255,660			254,837			211,837
Residential		514,828			467,326			454,532			409,431			324,488
Commercial & Industrial		218,500			245,263			274,860			358,076			377,042
Other		29,222			33,257			26,970			21,536			29,686
Lease financing		12,538			15,783			20,810			18,461			12,463
Total loans		1,575,952			1,732,251			1,816,429			1,705,264			1,310,560
Deferred loan fees		(3,862	)		(4,115	)		(5,139	)		(5,116	)		(3,552	)
Allowance for loan losses		(30,685	)		(38,949	)		(38,645	)		(22,537	)		(17,367	)
Loans, net	$	1,541,405		$	1,689,187		$	1,772,645		$	1,677,611		$	1,289,641

Gross loans decreased $156.3 million or 9.0 percent to $1,576.0 million at December 31, 2011 from $1,732.3 million at December 31, 2010, which decreased $84.1 million or 4.6 percent from $1,816.4 million at December 31, 2009. The changes in gross loans resulted primarily from:

• Decrease of $105.4 million in 2011 and an increase of $12.7 million in 2010 in commercial real estate mortgages. The decrease in 2011 resulted primarily from recent actions taken by the Bank to reduce its concentration in commercial real estate. The increase in 2010 was due to increased activity in commercial mortgages;

• Decreases of $64.3 million and $81.3 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, in construction loans. The decreases were due to increased payoffs, charge-offs and a lower volume of originations;

• Increases in residential real estate mortgages of $47.5 million and $12.8 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, primarily as a result of increased activity principally in multi-family loans;

• Decreases of $26.8 million and $29.6 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, in commercial and industrial loans. The decreases were primarily the result of lower loan volume due to the ongoing economic crisis;

• Decrease of $4.0 million in 2011 and an increase of $6.3 million in 2010 in other loans; and

• Decreases of $3.2 million and $5.0 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, in lease financings.

53

Loans are made at both fixed rates of interest and variable or floating rates of interest, generally based upon the Prime Rate as published in the Wall Street Journal. At December 31, 2011, the Company had total gross loans with fixed rates of interest of $940.3 million, or 59.7 percent of total loans, and total gross loans with variable or floating rates of interest of $635.7 million, or 40.3 percent of total loans, as compared to $1,173.8 million or 67.8 percent of total loans in fixed rate loans and $558.5 million or 32.2 percent of total loans in variable or floating rate loans at December 31, 2010.

Average net loans increased $167.9 million or 9.8 percent to $1,882.2 million in 2011 from $1,714.3 million in 2010, which decreased $25.1 million or 1.4 percent from $1,483.2 million in 2009.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had approximately $181.9 million and $195.1 million, respectively, of committed but unissued lines of credit, commercial mortgages, construction loans and commercial and industrial loans.

As part of a routine safety and soundness exam conducted by the bank’s primary regulator, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), Hudson Valley was made aware that it would be required to reduce its concentration in commercial real estate (CRE) and classified loans, relative to risk-based capital. In response, Hudson Valley is planning to sell a total of approximately $474 million in loans, of which $27.8 million are non performing, and another $25.5 million are performing classified loans, by mid-2012, a significant step toward reducing the bank’s concentrations of CRE loans and classified assets to less than 400 percent and 25 percent of risk-based capital, respectively.

The following table presents the maturities of loans outstanding at December 31, 2011 excluding loans to individuals, real estate mortgages (other than construction loans) and lease financings, and the amount of such loans by maturity date that have pre-determined interest rates and the amounts that have floating or adjustable rates:

	(000’s except percentages)
	Within 1 Year			After 1 Year but Within 5 Years			After 5 Years			Total			Percent
Loans:
Real Estate - commercial	$	179,760		$	291,998		$	219,079		$	690,837			67.8	%
Real Estate - construction		81,050			24,184			4,793			110,027			10.8	%
Commercial & Industrial		101,333			62,272			54,895			218,500			21.4	%
Total	$	362,143		$	378,454		$	278,767		$	1,019,364			100.0	%
Rate sensitivity:
Fixed or predetermined interest rates	$	210,494		$	337,479		$	240,140		$	788,113			77.3	%
Floating or adjustable interest rates		151,649			40,975			38,627			231,251			22.7	%
Total	$	362,143		$	378,454		$	278,767		$	1,019,364			100.0	%
Percent		35.5	%		37.1	%		27.3	%		100.0	%

It is the Company’s policy to discontinue the accrual of interest on loans when, in the opinion of management, a reasonable doubt exists as to the timely collectibility of the amounts due. Regulatory requirements generally prohibit the accrual of interest on certain loans when principal or interest is due and remains unpaid for 90 days or more, unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection.

54

The following table summarizes the Company’s non-accrual loans, loans past due 90 days or more, nonperforming loans held for sale, Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) and related interest income not recorded on non-accrual loans as of and for the years ended December 31:

	(000’s)
	December 31,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
Loans Past Due 90 Days or More and Still Accruing:	$	—	$	1,625	$	6,941	$	7,019	$	3,953
Non-accrual loans at period end		29,892		43,684		50,590		11,284		10,719
Other real estate owned		1,174		11,028		9,211		5,467		—
Nonperforming loans held for sale		27,848		7,811		—		—		—
Additional interest income that would have been recorded if these borrowers had complied with contractual terms		3,216		4,346		3,032		875		933

There was no interest income on non-accrual loans included in net income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The following table is a summary of nonperforming assets as of December 31:

	(000’s except percentages)
	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Loans Past Due 90 Days or More and Still Accruing:
Real Estate:
Commercial		—		$	292		$	6,210		$	897		$	1,865
Construction		—			1,323			—			5,797			—
Residential		—			—			401			325			767
Total Real Estate		—			1,615			6,611			7,019			2,632
Commercial & Industrial		—			10			273			—			1,237
Lease Financing and Individuals		—			—			57			—			84
Total Loans Past Due 90 Days or More and Still Accruing		—			1,625			6,941			7,019			3,953
Non-Accrual Loans:
Real Estate:
Commercial		13,212			15,295			20,957			2,241			143
Construction		5,481			15,689			10,057			2,824			4,646
Residential		3,396			7,744			15,621			4,618			340
Total Real Estate		22,089			38,728			46,635			9,683			5,129
Commercial & Industrial		7,803			4,563			3,821			1,601			5,590
Lease Financing and Individuals		—			393			134			—			—
Total Non-Accrual Loans		29,892			43,684			50,590			11,284			10,719
Other Real Estate Owned		1,174			11,028			9,211			5,467			—
Nonperforming Assets excluding loans held for sale		31,066			56,337			66,742			23,770			14,672
Nonperforming loans held for sale		27,848			7,811			—			—			—
Total Nonperforming Assets including loans held for sale	$	58,914		$	64,148		$	66,742		$	23,770		$	14,672
Net charge-offs during year	$	72,418		$	46,223		$	8,198		$	5,855		$	887
Nonperforming assets to total assets:
Excluding loans held for sale		1.11	%		2.11	%		2.50	%		0.94	%		0.63	%
Including loans held for sale		2.11	%		2.40	%		2.50	%		0.94	%		0.63	%

55

Non-accrual commercial real estate loans decreased $2.1 million to $13.2 million at December 31, 2011 from $15.3 million at December 31, 2010 which was a decrease of $5.7 million from $21.0 million at December 31, 2009. The 2011 decrease resulted from the charge-off of twenty five loans totaling $11.3 million, the transfer of eighteen loans totaling $11.3 million to loans held-for-sale, the return to accruing status of four loans totaling $2.3 million and principal payments of $7.9 million. These decreases were partially offset by the addition to non-accrual of thirty two loans totaling $29.0 million and the transfer of one loan from loans held-for-sale totaling $1.7 million. The 2010 decrease resulted from the charge-off of twenty three loans totaling $12.8 million, the transfer of twelve loans totaling $9.5 million to loans held-for-sale, principal payments of $2.7 million, and the transfer of two loans totaling $2.5 million to other real estate owned. These decreases were partially offset by the transfer to non-accrual of 27 loans totaling $21.8 million.

Non-accrual construction loans decreased $10.2 million to $5.5 million at December 31, 2011 from $15.7 million at December 31, 2010, which was an increase of $5.6 million from $10.1 million at December 31, 2009. The 2011 decrease resulted from the transfer of seven loans totaling $6.2 million to loans held-for-sale, principal payments of $5.6 million, the charge-off of fifteen loans totaling $5.4 million, and the transfer of one loan totaling $0.9 million to other real estate owned. These decreases were partially offset by the addition of seven loans totaling $7.9 million to non-accrual. The 2010 increase resulted from the transfer of twenty one loans totaling $38.4 million to non-accrual status. The increase was partially offset by the charge-off of twenty one loans totaling $17.0 million, the transfer of nine loans totaling $9.6 million to loans held for sale, principal payments of $2.5 million and the transfer of four loans totaling $3.7 million to other real estate owned.

Non-accrual residential real estate loans decreased $4.3 million to $3.4 million at December 31, 2011 from $7.7 million at December 31, 2010 which was a decrease of $7.9 million from $15.6 million at December 31, 2009. The 2011 decrease was due to the charge-off of twenty nine loans totaling $9.0 million, the transfer of seventeen loans totaling $7.5 million to loans held-for-sale, principal payments of $2.6 million and the return to accruing status of six loans totaling $2.2 . These decreases were partially offset by the addition of thirty two loans totaling $17.0 million to non-accrual. The 2010 decrease was due to the charge-off of twenty five loans totaling $14.7 million, principal payments of $5.5 million, the transfer of four loans totaling $2.7 million to loans held for sale and the transfer of three loans totaling $4.0 million to other real estate owned. These decreases were partially offset by the transfer of twenty eight loans totaling $19.0 million to non-accrual.

Non-accrual commercial and industrial loans increased $3.2 million to $7.8 million at December 31, 2011 from $4.6 million at December 31, 2010 which was an increase of $0.8 million from $3.8 million at December 31, 2009. The 2011 increase resulted from the transfer of thirty six loans totaling $11.3 million which was partially offset by the charge-off of thirty eight loans totaling $5.6 million, the transfer of two loans to loans held-for-sale totaling $1.1 million, principal payments of $1.1 million and the transfer of one loan totaling $0.3 million to other real estate owned. The 2010 increase resulted from the transfer of twenty nine loans totaling $4.2 million which was partially offset by the charge-off of thirty loans totaling $2.8 million, the return of one loan totaling $0.4 million to accrual status, the transfer of one loan totaling $0.1 million to other real estate owned and principal payments of $0.1 million.

Non-accrual loans to individuals decreased $0.4 million to none at December 31, 2011 from $0.4 million at December 31, 2010 which was an increase of $0.3 million from December 31, 2009. The 2011 decrease resulted from principal payments of $0.8 million, the charge-off of fourteen loans totaling $0.1 million which was partially offset by the addition of fifteen loans totaling $0.5 million to non-accrual. The 2010 increase resulted from the transfer of seventeen loans totaling $1.3 million which was partially offset by the charge-off of fifteen loans totaling $1.0 million.

Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing were none, $1.6 million and $6.9 million at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In addition, we had $5.0 million, $21.0 million and $32.0 million of accruing loans that were 31-89 days delinquent at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

56

Other real estate owned totaled $1.2 million, $11.0 million and $9.2 million, respectively at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The 2011 decrease was due to the sale of six properties totaling $10.7 million and $0.2 million in write downs on two properties which were partially offset by the addition of two properties totaling $1.1 million. The 2010 increase was due to the addition of six properties totaling $10.3 million which were partially offset by the sale of three properties totaling $6.6 million and a $1.9 million loss on the sale of one property.

During 2011 and 2010, the Company continued to experience elevated levels of nonperforming and classified assets which resulted from the ongoing effects of the economic downturn. This condition, together with increased regulatory pressure to reduce concentrations in commercial real estate loans and levels of classified assets relative to risk-based capital, have resulted in the Company’s decisions to adopt more aggressive measures for problem loan resolution including the aforementioned $474 million loan sale planned for early 2012. The Company believes that these aggressive actions appropriately address asset quality problems, concentration risk, and decisive changes within the regulatory climate.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had no commitments to lend additional funds to customers with non-accrual or restructured loan balances. Non-accrual loans decreased $13.8 million to $29.9 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $43.7 million at December 31, 2010, which decreased $6.9 million compared to $50.6 million at December 31, 2009. Net income is adversely impacted by the level of non-accrual loans and other nonperforming assets caused by the deterioration of the borrowers’ ability to meet scheduled interest and principal payments. In addition to forgone revenue, the Company must increase the level of provision for loan losses, incur higher collection costs and other costs associated with the management and disposition of foreclosed properties.

Impaired loans totaling $47.9 million, $49.6 million and $50.6 million at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, have been measured based on the estimated fair value of the collateral since these loans are all collateral dependent. At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the total allowance for loan loss allocated to impaired loans and other identified loan problems was $2.4 million, $0.9 million and $3.6 million, respectively. The average recorded investment in impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $68.1 million, $64.4 million and $35.0 million, respectively. Loans which have been renegotiated with a borrower experiencing financial difficulties for which the terms of the loan have been modified with a concession that the Company would not otherwise have granted are considered to be troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) and are included in impaired loans. Impaired loans as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 included $28.5 million, $17.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of loans considered to be TDRs. At December 31, 2011, seven TDRs with a carrying amount of $18.0 million were on accrual status and performing in accordance with their modified terms as compared to December 31, 2010 with one TDR with a carrying amount of $5.9 million. All other TDRs as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were on nonaccrual status. Other pertinent data related to the Company’s loan portfolio are contained in Note 4 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented in this Form 10-K.

The Company performs extensive ongoing asset quality monitoring by both internal and independent loan review functions. In addition, the Company conducts timely remediation and collection activities through a network of internal and external resources which include an internal asset recovery department, real estate and other loan workout attorneys and external collection agencies. In addition, during 2010 and 2011, the Company implemented a more aggressive workout strategy for the resolution of problem assets in light of a sluggish economic recovery, continued weakness in local real estate activity and market values and growing difficulty in resolving problem loans in a timely fashion through traditional foreclosure proceedings due to increased bankruptcy filings and overcrowded court systems. See “Allowance for Loan Losses” below for further discussion of this strategy. Management believes that these efforts are appropriate for accomplishing either successful remediation or maximizing collections related to nonperforming assets.

57

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable losses incurred in the loan portfolio based on ongoing quarterly assessments of the estimated losses. The Company’s methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of a specific component for identified problem loans and a formula component to consider historical loan loss experience and additional risk factors affecting the portfolio.

A summary of the components of the allowance for loan losses, changes in the components and the impact of charge-offs/recoveries on the resulting provision for loan losses for the years ended December 31 as follows:

	(000’s)
	2011		Change During 2011			2010		Change During 2010			2009		Change During 2009			2008		Change During 2008			2007		Change During 2007			2006
Components
Specific:
Real Estate:
Commercial		—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			—		—			—
Construction	$	2,374	$	1,524		$	850	$	725			125	$	125		$	—	$	(500	)	$	500	$	500			—
Residential		—		(17	)		17		(2,461	)		2,478		2,478			—		(950	)		950		150		$	800
Commercial and Industrial		—		(25	)		25		(471	)		496		496			—		(207	)		207		(471	)		678
Lease Financing and other		—		—			—		(475	)		475		475			—		(120	)		120		(197	)		317
Total Specific Component		2,374		1,482			892		(2,682	)		3,574		3,574			—		(1,777	)		1,777		(18	)		1,795
Formula:
Real Estate:
Commercial		12,776		(3,889	)		16,665		1,392			15,273		7,053			8,220		3,993			4,227		550			3,677
Construction		4,096		(2,215	)		6,311		634			5,677		2,007			3,670		509			3,161		(811	)		3,972
Residential		8,093		(1,774	)		9,867		2,639			7,228		3,034			4,194		1,226			2,968		316			2,652
Commercial and Industrial		2,650		(1,629	)		4,279		(2,551	)		6,830		558			6,272		1,227			5,045		394			4,651
Lease Financing and other		696		(239	)		935		872			63		(118	)		181		(8	)		189		152			37
Total Formula Component		28,311		(9,746	)		38,057		2,986			35,071		12,534			22,537		6,947			15,590		601			14,989
Total Allowance	$	30,685				$	38,949				$	38,645				$	22,537				$	17,367				$	16,784
Net Change				(8,264	)				304					16,108					5,170					583
Net Charge offs				72,418					46,223					8,198					5,855					887
Provision for loan losses			$	64,154				$	46,527				$	24,306				$	11,025				$	1,470

The specific component of the allowance for loan losses is the result of our analysis of impaired loans and our determination of the amount required to reduce the carrying amount of such loans to estimated fair value. Accordingly, such allowance is dependent on the particular loans and their characteristics at each measurement date, not necessarily the total amount of such loans. The Company usually records partial charge-offs as opposed to specific reserves for impaired loans that are real estate collateral dependent and for which independent appraisals have determined the fair value of the collateral to be less than the carrying amount of the loan. In 2010, the Company decided to implement a more aggressive workout strategy for the resolution of problem assets in light of a sluggish economic recovery, continued weakness in local real estate activity and market values and growing difficulty in resolving problem loans in a timely fashion through traditional foreclosure proceedings due to increased bankruptcy filings and overcrowded court systems. The severity of the decline in real estate values has provided new market opportunities for the disposition of distressed assets as investors search for yield in the current low interest rate environment and our more aggressive policy may be able to take advantage of those opportunities. As part of the revised resolution strategy, the Company has reevaluated each problem loan and has made a determination of net realizable value based on management’s estimation of the best probable outcome considering

58

the individual characteristics of each asset against the likelihood of resolution with the current borrower, expectations for resolution through the court system, or other available market opportunities including potential loan sales. The effects of this new strategy are reflected in significant 2011 charge-offs, as well as a $9.7 million decrease in the formula component of the allowance at December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010. The $1.5 million increase in the specific component at December 31, 2011 resulted from additional specific reserves needed for one loan compared to December 31, 2010. On December 31, 2011, the Company transferred $473.8 million of loans into the held for sale category. The loan sales are expected to be completed by mid-2012. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. At December 31, 2011, the Company had $2.4 million of specific reserves allocated to one impaired loan. There were $0.9 million of specific reserves allocated to three impaired loans as of December 31, 2010. The Company’s analyses as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 indicated that impaired loans were principally real estate collateral dependent and that, with the exception of those loans for which specific reserves were assigned, there was sufficient underlying collateral value or guarantees to indicate expected recovery of the carrying amount of the loans.

The formula component is calculated by first applying historical loss experience factors to outstanding loans by type, excluding loans for which a specific allowance has been determined. This component is then adjusted to reflect additional risk factors not addressed by historical loss experience. These factors include the evaluation of then-existing economic and business conditions affecting the key lending areas of the Company and other conditions, such as new loan products, credit quality trends (including trends in nonperforming loans expected to result from existing conditions), collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments that existed as of the balance sheet date and the impact that such conditions were believed to have had on the collectibility of the loan portfolio. Senior management reviews these conditions quarterly. Management’s evaluation of the loss related to these conditions is quantified by loan type and reflected in the formula component. The evaluations of the incurred loss with respect to these conditions is subject to a higher degree of uncertainty due to the subjective nature of such evaluations and because they are not identified with specific problem credits.

The changes in the formula component of the allowance for loan losses are the result of the application of historical loss experience to outstanding loans by type. Loss experience for each year is based upon average charge-off experience for the prior three year period by loan type. The formula component is then adjusted to reflect changes in other relevant factors affecting loan collectibility. Management periodically adjusted the formula component to an amount that, when considered with the specific component, represented its best estimate of probable losses in the loan portfolio as of each balance sheet date.

59

A summary of the allowance for loan losses for each of the prior five years ended December 31, is as follows:

	(000’s except percentages)
	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Net loans outstanding at end of year	$	1,541,405		$	1,689,187		$	1,772,645		$	1,677,611		$	1,289,641
Average net loans outstanding during the year	$	1,882,199		$	1,714,325		$	1,739,421		$	1,483,196		$	1,233,360
Allowance for loan losses:
Balance, beginning of year	$	38,949		$	38,645		$	22,537		$	17,367		$	16,784
Provision charged to expense		64,154			46,527			24,306			11,025			1,470
		103,103			85,172			46,843			28,392			18,254
Charge-offs and recoveries during the year:
Charge-offs:
Real estate:
Commercial		(39,168	)		(13,452	)		(2,790	)		(78	)		—
Construction		(10,026	)		(16,582	)		(1,090	)		(775	)		(237	)
Residential		(22,692	)		(14,911	)		(1,173	)		(1,270	)		(16	)
Commercial and industrial		(6,225	)		(3,150	)		(4,404	)		(3,422	)		(649	)
Lease financing and other		(125	)		(544	)		(42	)		(632	)		(139	)
Recoveries:
Real estate:
Commercial		1,424			833			—			—			—
Construction		622			151			1			—			—
Residential		2,571			856			14			180			20
Commercial and industrial		992			535			1,259			65			97
Lease financing and other		209			41			27			77			37
Net charge-offs during the year		(72,418	)		(46,223	)		(8,198	)		(5,855	)		(887	)
Balance, end of year	$	30,685		$	38,949		$	38,645		$	22,537		$	17,367
Ratio of net charge-offs to average net loans outstanding during the year		3.85	%		2.70	%		0.47	%		0.39	%		0.07	%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans outstanding at end of year		1.95	%		2.25	%		2.13	%		1.32	%		1.33	%

In determining the allowance for loan losses, in addition to historical loss experience and the other relevant factors disclosed above, management considers changes in net charge-offs during the year.

The distribution of our allowance for loan losses at the years ended December 31, is summarized as follows:

	2011							2010
	Amount of Loan Loss Allowance		Loan Amount By Category		Percentage of Loans in each Category by Total Loans			Amount of Loan Loss Allowance		Loan Amount By Category		Percentage of Loans in each Category by Total Loans
Real Estate:
Commercial	$	12,776	$	690,837		43.84	%	$	16,665	$	796,253		45.97	%
Construction		6,470		110,027		6.98	%		7,161		174,369		10.07	%
Residential		8,093		514,828		32.67	%		9,884		467,326		26.98	%
Commercial and industrial		2,650		218,500		13.86	%		4,304		245,263		14.16	%
Lease financing and other		696		41,760		2.65	%		935		49,040		2.83	%
Total	$	30,685	$	1,575,952		100.00	%	$	38,949	$	1,732,251		100.00	%

60

	2009							2008
	Amount of Loan Loss Allowance		Loan Amount By Category		Percentage of Loans in each Category by Total Loans			Amount of Loan Loss Allowance		Loan Amount By Category		Percentage of Loans in each Category by Total Loans
Real Estate:
Commercial	$	15,273	$	783,597		43.14	%	$	8,220	$	642,923		37.70	%
Construction		5,802		255,660		14.07	%		3,670		254,837		14.94	%
Residential		9,706		454,532		25.02	%		4,194		409,431		24.01	%
Commercial and industrial		7,326		274,860		15.13	%		6,272		358,076		21.00	%
Lease financing and other		538		47,780		2.63	%		181		39,997		2.35	%
Total	$	38,645	$	1,816,429		100.00	%	$	22,537	$	1,705,264		100.00	%

	000000	000000	000000		000000		000000		000000
				2007
				Amount of Loan Loss Allowance		Loan Amount By Category		Percentage of Loans in each Category by Total Loans
Real Estate:
Commercial				$	4,227	$	355,044		27.09	%
Construction					3,661		211,837		16.16	%
Residential					3,918		324,488		24.76	%
Commercial and industrial					5,252		377,042		28.77	%
Lease financing and other					309		42,149		3.22	%
Total				$	17,367	$	1,310,560		100.00	%

Actual losses can vary significantly from the estimated amounts. The Company’s methodology permits adjustments to the allowance in the event that, in management’s judgment, significant factors which affect the collectibility of the loan portfolio as of the evaluation date have changed. By assessing the estimated losses probable in the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis, the Bank is able to adjust specific and probable loss estimates based upon any more recent information that has become available. Other pertinent information related to the Company’s allowance for loan losses is contained in Note 4 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements presented in this Form 10-K.

Management believes the allowance for loan losses is the best estimate of probable losses which have been incurred as of December 31, 2011. There is no assurance that the Company will not be required to make future adjustments to the allowance in response to changing economic conditions or regulatory examinations.

The Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $64.2 million during 2011, $46.5 million for 2010 and $24.3 million in 2009. The provision for loan losses is charged to income to bring the Company’s allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management based on the factors previously discussed under “Allowance for Loan Losses.”

Deposits

The Company’s fundamental source of funds supporting interest earning assets is deposits, consisting of non interest bearing demand deposits, checking with interest, money market, savings and various forms of time deposits. The maintenance of a strong deposit base is key to the development of lending opportunities and creates long term customer relationships, which enhance the ability to cross sell services. Depositors include businesses, professionals, municipalities, not-for-profit organizations and individuals. To meet the requirements of a diverse customer base, a full range of deposit instruments are offered, which has allowed the Company to maintain and expand its deposit base despite intense competition from other banking institutions and non-bank financial service providers.

61

Total deposits at December 31, 2011 increased $190.9 million or 8.5 percent to $2,425.3 million, from $2,234.4 million at December 31, 2010, which increased $61.8 million or 2.8 percent from $2,172.6 million at December 31, 2009. The Company has experienced significant growth in new customers both in existing branches and new branches added during 2010 and 2009. This growth was partially offset by some declines in balances of existing customers, primarily those customers directly involved in or supported by the real estate industry. Proceeds from deposit growth were used primarily to reduce long term and short term borrowings and to fund loan growth. The Company had no brokered certificates of deposit at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

The following table presents a summary of deposits at December 31:

	(000’s)
	2011		2010
Demand deposits	$	910,329	$	756,917
Money market accounts		963,390		862,450
Savings accounts		114,371		120,238
Time deposits of $100,000 or more		110,967		144,497
Time deposits of less than $100,000		40,634		43,851
Checking with interest		285,591		306,459
Total Deposits	$	2,425,282	$	2,234,412

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, certificates of deposit including other time deposits of $100,000 or more totaled $151.6 million and $188.3 million, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and 2010 such deposits classified by time remaining to maturity were as follows:

	December 31,
	2011						2010
	Time Deposits of $100,000 or More		Time Deposits of $100,000 or Less		Total Time Deposits		Time Deposits of $100,000 or More		Time Deposits of $100,000 or Less		Total Time Deposits
3 months or less	$	56,363	$	11,566	$	67,929	$	83,069	$	14,544	$	97,613
Over 3 months through 6 months		21,261		8,968		30,229		22,136		9,177		31,313
Over 6 months through 12 months		27,069		7,489		34,558		31,778		7,571		39,349
Over 12 months		6,274		12,611		18,885		7,514		12,559		20,073
Total	$	110,967	$	40,634	$	151,601	$	144,497	$	43,851	$	188,348

Time deposits of over $100,000, including municipal CD’s, decreased $33.5 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, compared to the prior year end balances. These CD’s are primarily short term and are acquired on a bid basis. Time deposits of over $100,000 generally have maturities of 7 to 180 days.

The Company also utilizes wholesale borrowings, brokered deposits and other sources of funds interchangeably with time deposits in excess of $100,000 depending upon availability and rates paid for such funds at any point in time. Due to the generally short maturity of these funding sources, the Company can experience higher volatility of interest margins during periods of both rising and declining interest rates. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had no brokered deposits.

62

The following table summarizes the average amounts and rates of various classifications of deposits for the periods indicated:

	(000’s except percentages)
	Year Ended December 31,
	2011 Average					2010 Average					2009 Average
	Amount		Rate			Amount		Rate			Amount		Rate
Demand deposits - non interest bearing	$	866,993		—		$	745,290		—		$	675,953		—
Money market accounts		958,347		0.63	%		926,755		0.87	%		787,347		1.16	%
Savings accounts		113,407		0.42			115,624		0.49			101,846		0.49
Time deposits		168,003		0.88			202,244		1.21			263,065		1.48
Checking with interest		290,184		0.24			332,315		0.33			250,314		0.42
Total	$	2,396,934		0.36	%	$	2,322,228		0.53	%	$	2,078,525		0.70	%

Average deposits outstanding increased $74.7 million or 3.2 percent to $2,396.9 million in 2011 from $2,322.2 million in 2010, which increased $243.7 million or 11.7 percent from $2,078.5 million in 2009.

Average non interest bearing deposits increased $121.7 million or 16.3 percent in 2011 from $745.3 million in 2010 which increased $69.3 million or 10.3 percent from $676.0 million in 2009. These increases reflect the Company’s continuing emphasis on developing this funding source. Average interest bearing deposits in 2011 decreased $47.0 million or 3.0 percent reflecting decreases in checking with interest accounts, time deposits and savings accounts partially offset by increases in money market accounts. Average interest bearing deposits in 2010 increased $174.4 million or 12.4 percent reflecting increases in money market accounts, checking with interest accounts and savings accounts partially offset by decreases in time deposits.

Average money market deposits increased $31.6 million or 3.4 percent in 2011 and $139.4 million or 17.7 percent in 2010, due in part to new customer accounts, increased activity in existing accounts, and the addition of new branches.

Average checking with interest deposits decreased $42.1 million or 12.7 percent in 2011 and increased $82.0 million or 32.8 percent in 2010. The decrease in 2011 was reflective of a decline in new accounts and less activity on existing accounts and the increase in 2010 was due to new account activity and increased activity in existing accounts. The increased activity in existing accounts in 2010 resulted partially from the increase in FDIC insurance coverage of certain deposit products which was part of legislation enacted in response to the ongoing economic crisis.

Average time deposits decreased $34.2 million or 16.9 percent in 2011 and $60.8 million or 23.1 percent in 2010. The decreases in both 2011 and 2010 were due to decreased activity in existing accounts as a result of the current low interest rate environment.

Average savings deposit balances decreased $2.2 million or 1.9 percent in 2011 and increased $13.8 million or 13.6 percent in 2010. The decrease in 2011 was reflective of a decline in new accounts and less activity on existing accounts and the increase in 2010 was a result of new customer accounts, increased activity in existing accounts and the addition of new branches.

Borrowings

The Company’s borrowings with original maturities of one year or less totaled $53.0 million and $36.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Such short-term borrowings consisted of $53.0 million of customer repurchase agreements at December 31, 2011 and $36.1 million of customer repurchase agreements and note options on Treasury, tax and loan of $0.5 million at December 31, 2010. Other

63

borrowings totaled $16.5 million and $87.8 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which consisted of fixed rate borrowings of $15.0 million and $66.5 million from the FHLB with initial stated maturities of five or ten years and one to four year call options and non callable FHLB borrowings of $1.3 million and $21.3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The callable borrowing of $15.0 million from FHLB matures in 2016. The FHLB has the right to call this borrowing at various dates in 2012 and quarterly thereafter. A non callable borrowing of $1.3 million matures in 2027. Our FHLB term borrowings are subject to prepayment penalties under certain circumstances in the event of prepayment.

Interest expense on all borrowings totaled $2.0 million, $5.5 million and $7.7 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, these borrowings were collateralized by loans and securities with an estimated fair value of $447.2 million and $267.0 million, respectively.

The following table summarizes the average balances, weighted average interest rates and the maximum month-end outstanding amounts of the Company’s borrowings for each of the years set forth below:

		(000’s except percentages)
		2011			2010			2009
Average balance:	Short-term	$	49,678		$	56,899		$	101,818
	Other Borrowings		40,184			109,349			153,799
Weighted average interest rate (for the year):	Short-term		0.5	%		0.5	%		0.5	%
	Other Borrowings		4.4			4.8			4.7
Weighted average interest rate (at year end):	Short-term		0.3	%		0.3	%		0.2	%
	Other Borrowings		4.4			4.5			4.9
Maximum month-end outstanding amount:	Short-term	$	61,897		$	71,822		$	256,084
	Other Borrowings		87,748			123,784			196,815

HVB is a member of the FHLB. As a member, HVB is able to participate in various FHLB borrowing programs which require certain investments in FHLB common stock as a prerequisite to obtaining funds. As of December 31, 2011, HVB had short-term borrowing lines with the FHLB of $200 million with no amounts outstanding. These and various other FHLB borrowing programs available to members are subject to availability of qualifying loan and/or investment securities collateral and other terms and conditions.

HVB also has unsecured overnight borrowing lines totaling $70 million with three major financial institutions which were all unused and available at December 31, 2011. In addition, HVB has approved lines under Retail Certificate of Deposit Agreements with three major financial institutions totaling $1.0 billion of which no balances were outstanding as at December 31, 2011. Utilization of these lines are subject to product availability and other restrictions.

Additional liquidity is also provided by the Company’s ability to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window. In response to the current economic crisis, the Federal Reserve Bank has increased the ability of banks to borrow from this source through its Borrower-in-Custody (“BIC”) program, which expanded the types of collateral which qualify as security for such borrowings. HVB has been approved to participate in the BIC program. There were no balances outstanding with the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had qualifying loan and investment securities totaling approximately $540 million which could be utilized under available borrowing programs thereby increasing liquidity.

64

Capital Resources

Stockholders’ equity decreased $12.3 million or 4.2 percent to $277.6 million at December 31, 2011 from $289.9 million at December 31, 2010, which decreased $3.8 million or 1.3 percent from $293.7 million at December 31, 2009. The 2011 decrease resulted from cash dividends of $12.4 million and net loss of $2.1 million which was partially offset by net proceeds from exercises of stock options of $1.4 million and an increase of accumulated other comprehensive income of $0.8 million. The 2010 decrease resulted from cash dividends of $11.4 million which was partially offset by net income of $5.1 million, net proceeds from exercises of stock options of $0.8 million and an increase of accumulated other comprehensive income of $1.7 million.

HVB’s payment of dividends to the Company, the Company’s primary source of funds, is subject to limitation by federal and state regulators based on such factors as the maintenance of adequate capital, which could reduce the amount of dividends otherwise payable. See “Business — Supervision and Regulation.”

The various components and changes in stockholders’ equity are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 included elsewhere herein.

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System issued a supervisory letter dated February 24, 2009 to bank holding companies that contains guidance on when the board of directors of a bank holding company should eliminate, defer or severely limit dividends including, for example, when net income available for stockholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends. The letter also contains guidance on the redemption of stock by bank holding companies which urges bank holding companies to advise the Federal Reserve of any such redemption or repurchase of common stock for cash or other value which results in the net reduction of a bank holding company’s capital during the quarter.

All banks and bank holding companies are subject to risk-based capital guidelines. These guidelines define capital as Tier 1 and Total capital. Tier 1 capital consists of common stockholders’ equity and qualifying preferred stock, less intangibles; and Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus the allowance for loan losses up to certain limits, preferred stock and certain subordinated and term-debt securities. The guidelines require a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0 percent, and a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.0 percent. Banks and bank holding companies must also maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0 percent, which consists of Tier 1 capital based on risk-based capital guidelines, divided by average tangible assets (excluding intangible assets that were deducted to arrive at Tier 1 capital). In today’s economic and regulatory environment, banking regulators, including the OCC, which is the primary federal regulator of the Bank, are directing greater scrutiny to banks with higher levels of commercial real estate loans. Due to the concentration of commercial real estate loans in our portfolio, we are among the banks subject to such greater regulatory scrutiny. As a result of this concentration, the level of our non-performing loans, and the potential for further possible deterioration in our loan portfolio, the OCC required HVB to maintain, since December 31, 2009, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12.0 percent (compared to 10.0 percent for a well capitalized bank), a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0 percent (compared to 6.0 percent for a well capitalized bank), and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 8.0 percent (compared to 5.0 percent for a well capitalized bank). These capital levels are in excess of “well capitalized” levels generally applicable to banks under current regulations.

65

The capital ratios at December 31, are as follows:

	2011			2010			2009
Tier 1 capital:
Company		11.3	%		13.9	%		13.9	%
HVB		10.8	%		12.8	%		11.4	%
Total capital:
Company		12.6	%		15.2	%		15.2	%
HVB		12.1	%		14.0	%		12.7	%
Leverage:
Company		8.8	%		9.6	%		10.2	%
HVB		8.4	%		8.8	%		8.4	%

In connection with the Company’s efforts to reduce certain asset concentrations as they relate to capital, the board has adopted a dividend policy to cap dividend payments going forward at no more than 50 percent of quarterly net income in 2012 and in future periods if commercial real estate loans and classified assets exceed 400 percent and 25 percent of risk-based capital, respectively.

On a pro forma basis, assuming the aforementioned loan sales had been completed on December 31, 2011, before any reinvestment, the bank subsidiary would have recorded a total risk-based capital ratio of 15.4 percent, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 13.8 percent, a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 8.4 percent, a CRE concentration of 386 percent of risk-based capital, and classified assets of 28 percent of risk-based capital.

Management intends to conduct the affairs of the Bank so as to maintain a strong capital position in the future.

Liquidity

The Asset/Liability Strategic Committee (“ALSC”) of the Board of Directors of HVB establishes specific policies and operating procedures governing the Company’s liquidity levels and develops plans to address future liquidity needs, including contingent sources of liquidity. The primary functions of asset liability management are to provide safety of depositor and investor funds, assure adequate liquidity and maintain an appropriate balance between interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. Liquidity management involves the ability to meet the cash flow requirement of depositors wanting to withdraw funds or borrowers needing assurance that sufficient funds will be available to meet their credit needs. Interest rate sensitivity management seeks to manage fluctuating net interest margins and to enhance consistent growth of net interest income through periods of changing interest rates.

The Company’s liquid assets, at December 31, 2011, include cash and due from banks of $78.1 million and Federal funds sold of $16.4 million. Federal funds sold represents the Company’s excess liquid funds that are invested with other financial institutions in need of funds and which mature daily.

Other sources of liquidity include maturities and principal and interest payments on loans and securities. The loan and securities portfolios provide a constant stream of maturing assets and reinvestable cash flows, which can be converted into cash should the need arise. The ability to redeploy these funds is an important source of medium to long term liquidity. The amortized cost of securities having contractual maturities, expected call dates or average lives of one year or less amounted to $252.9 million at December 31, 2011. This represented 49.0 percent of the amortized cost of the securities portfolio. Excluding installment loans to individuals, real estate loans other than construction loans and lease financing, $236.5 million, or 15.0 percent of loans at December 31, 2011, mature in one year or less. The Company may increase liquidity by selling certain residential mortgages, or exchanging them for mortgage-backed securities that may be sold in the secondary market.

66

Non interest bearing demand deposits and interest bearing deposits from businesses, professionals, not-for-profit organizations and individuals are a relatively stable, low-cost source of funds. The deposits of the Bank generally have shown a steady growth trend as well as a generally consistent deposit mix. However, there can be no assurance that deposit growth will continue or that the deposit mix will not shift to higher rate products.

The Bank is a member of the FHLB. As such, we are able to participate in various FHLB borrowing programs which require certain investments in FHLB common stock as a prerequisite to obtaining funds. As of December 31, 2011, HVB had short-term borrowing lines with the FHLB of $200 million with no balances outstanding. These and various other FHLB borrowing programs available to members are subject to availability of qualifying loan and/or investment securities collateral and other terms and conditions.

The Bank also has unsecured overnight borrowing lines totaling $70.0 million with three major financial institutions which were all unused and available at December 31, 2011. In addition, HVB has approved lines under Retail Certificate of Deposit Agreements with three major financial institutions totaling approximately $1.0 billion which were also unused and available at December 31, 2011. The retail certificates of deposit lines are subject to product availability and other restrictions.

Additional liquidity is also provided by the Bank’s ability to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window. In response to the current economic crisis, the Federal Reserve Bank has increased the ability of banks to borrow from this source through its Borrower-in-Custody (“BIC”) program, which expanded the types of collateral which qualify as security for such borrowings. The Bank has been approved to participate in the BIC program. There were no amounts outstanding with the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2011.

The various borrowing programs discussed above are subject to certain restrictions and terms and conditions which may include continued availability of such borrowing programs, the Company’s ability to pledge qualifying collateral in sufficient amounts, the Company’s maintenance of capital ratios acceptable to these lenders and other conditions which may be imposed on the Company.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had qualifying loan and investment securities totaling approximately $540.1 million which could be utilized under available borrowing programs thereby increasing liquidity.

The Company also has outstanding, at any time, a significant number of commitments to extend credit and provide financial guarantees to third parties. These arrangements are subject to strict credit control assessments. Guarantees specify limits to the Company’s obligations. Because many commitments and almost all guarantees expire without being funded in whole or in part, the contract amounts are not estimates of future cash flows. The Company is also obligated under leases or license agreements for certain of its branches and equipment.

67

A summary of significant long-term contractual obligations and credit commitments at December 31, 2011 follows:

	Payments Due
	Within 1 Year		After 1 Year but Within 3 Years		After 3 Year but Within 5 Years		After 5 Years		Total
Contractual Obligations: (1)
Time Deposits	$	132,716	$	9,565	$	9,208	$	112	$	151,601
FHLB Borrowings		35		63		15,051		1,317		16,466
Operating lease and license obligations		4,856		9,111		8,603		10,309		32,879
Total	$	137,607	$	18,739	$	32,862	$	11,738	$	200,946
Credit Commitments:
Available lines of credit	$	92,313	$	39,527	$	2,149	$	47,928	$	181,917
Letters of credit		24,527		1,446		—		—		25,973
Total	$	116,840	$	40,973	$	2,149	$	47,928	$	207,890

(1) Interest not included.

FHLB borrowings are presented in the above table by contractual maturity date. The FHLB has rights, under certain conditions, to call $15.0 million of those borrowings as of various dates during 2012 and quarterly thereafter.

The Company pledges certain of its assets as collateral for deposits of municipalities and other deposits allowed or required by law, FHLB and FRB borrowings and repurchase agreements. By utilizing collateralized funding sources, the Company is able to access a variety of cost effective sources of funds. The assets pledged consist of certain loans secured by real estate, U.S. Treasury and government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, certain obligations of state and political subdivisions and other securities. Management monitors its liquidity requirements by assessing assets pledged, the level of assets available for sale, additional borrowing capacity and other factors. Management does not anticipate any negative impact to its liquidity from its pledging activities.

Another source of funding for the Company is capital market funds, which includes common stock, preferred stock, convertible debentures, retained earnings and long-term debt qualifying as regulatory capital.

Each of the Company’s sources of liquidity is vulnerable to various uncertainties beyond the control of the Company. Scheduled loan and security payments are a relatively stable source of funds, while loan and security prepayments and calls, and deposit flows vary widely in reaction to market conditions, primarily prevailing interest rates. Asset sales are influenced by general market interest rates and other unforeseen market conditions. The Company’s ability to borrow to meet liquidity demands or to do so at attractive rates is affected by its financial condition and other market conditions.

Management expects that the Company has and will have sources of liquidity to meet any expected funding needs and also to be responsive to changing interest rate markets.

68

Quarterly Results of Operations

Set forth below are certain quarterly results of operations for 2011 and 2010 (in thousands except for per share amounts):

	2011									2010
	Fourth			Third		Second		First		Fourth		Third		Second			First
Total interest income	$	32,936		$	32,586	$	32,462	$	30,633	$	31,196	$	31,537	$	32,510		$	33,096
Net interest income		30,739			30,038		29,614		27,468		27,537		27,253		27,680			28,186
Provision for loan losses		54,621			2,536		1,546		5,451		5,825		6,572		28,548			5,582
(Loss) income before income taxes		(38,713	)		13,126		11,251		6,786		6,985		6,102		(16,322	)		6,943
Net (loss) income		(22,901	)		8,508		7,432		4,824		7,142		4,071		(10,955	)		4,855
Basic (loss) earnings per common share	$	(1.18	)	$	0.44	$	0.38	$	0.25	$	0.36	$	0.21	$	(0.56	)	$	0.25
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share	$	(1.18	)	$	0.44	$	0.38	$	0.25	$	0.36	$	0.21	$	(0.56	)	$	0.25

1) The significant increase in the provision for loan losses in the fourth quarter of 2011 resulted from writedowns associated with the transfer of $474 million of loans to the held-for-sale status. The credit mark established through this transfer of loans increased the fourth quarter’s provision by $48.1 million.

2) The large fluctuation in the provision for loan losses in the second quarter of 2010 resulted primarily from a $28.5 million provision recorded, which is reflective of an increase in nonperforming assets and the Company’s decision to follow a more aggressive strategy for problem asset resolution.

Forward-Looking Statements

See “Forward-Looking Statements” in Item 1, Business for further information related to this topic.

ITEM 7A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk is the potential for economic losses to be incurred on market risk sensitive instruments arising from adverse changes in market indices such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. Since all Company transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars with no direct foreign exchange or changes in commodity price exposures, the Company’s primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk.

Interest rate risk is the exposure of net interest income to changes in interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity is the relationship between market interest rates and net interest income due to the repricing characteristics of assets and liabilities. If more liabilities than assets reprice in a given period (a liability-sensitive position or “negative gap”), market interest rate changes will be reflected more quickly in liability rates. If interest rates decline, such positions will generally benefit net interest income. Alternatively, where assets reprice more quickly than liabilities in a given period (an asset-sensitive position or “positive gap”), a decline in market rates could have an adverse effect on net interest income. Excessive levels of interest rate risk can result in a material adverse effect on the Company’s future financial condition and results of operations. Accordingly, effective risk management techniques that maintain interest rate risk at prudent levels is essential to the Company’s safety and soundness.

The Company has no financial instruments entered into for trading purposes. Federal funds, both purchases and sales, on which rates change daily, and loans and deposits tied to certain indices, such as the prime rate and federal discount rate, are the most market sensitive and have the most stable fair values. The least sensitive instruments include long-term fixed rate loans and securities and fixed rate savings deposits, which have the least stable fair value. On those types falling between these extremes, the management of maturity distributions is as important as the balances maintained. Management of maturity distributions involve the matching of interest rate

69

maturities, as well as principal maturities, and is a key determinant of net interest income. In periods of rapidly changing interest rates, an imbalance (“gap”) between the rate sensitive assets and liabilities can cause major fluctuations in net interest income and in earnings. Establishing patterns of sensitivity which will enhance future growth regardless of frequent shifts in the market conditions is one of the objectives of the Company’s asset/liability management strategy.

Evaluating the Company’s exposure to changes in interest rates is the responsibility of ALSC and includes assessing both the adequacy of the management process used to control interest rate risk and the quantitative level of exposure. When assessing the interest rate risk management process, the Company seeks to ensure that appropriate policies, procedures, management information systems and internal controls are in place to maintain interest rate risk at appropriate levels. Evaluating the quantitative level of interest rate risk exposure requires the Company to assess the existing and potential future effects of changes in interest rates on its consolidated financial condition, including capital adequacy, earnings, liquidity and asset quality.

The Company uses the simulation analysis to estimate the effect that specific movements in interest rates would have on net interest income. This analysis incorporates management assumptions about the levels of future balance sheet trends, different patterns of interest rate movements, and changing relationships between interest rates (i.e. basis risk). These assumptions have been developed through a combination of historical analysis and future expected pricing behavior. For a given level of market interest rate changes, the simulation can consider the impact of the varying behavior of cash flows from principal prepayments on the loan portfolio and mortgage-backed securities, call activities on investment securities, balance changes on non contractual maturity deposit products (demand deposits, checking with interest, money market and savings accounts), and embedded option risk by taking into account the effects of interest rate caps and floors. The impact of planned growth and anticipated new business activities is not integrated into the simulation analysis. The Company can assess the results of the simulation and, if necessary, implement suitable strategies to adjust the structure of its assets and liabilities to reduce potential unacceptable risks to net interest income. The simulation analysis at December 31, 2011 shows the Company’s net interest income increasing moderately if rates rise and decreasing slightly if rates fall. These simulation results will be directionally consistent and somewhat elevated as the Company sells and redeploys the cash proceeds from approximately $474 million in loans classified as held-for-sale at December 31, 2011.

The Company’s policy limit on interest rate risk is that if interest rates were to gradually increase or decrease 200 basis points from current rates, the percentage change in estimated net interest income for the subsequent 12 month measurement period should not decline by more than 5.0 percent. Net interest income is forecasted using various interest rate scenarios that management believes are reasonably likely to impact the Company’s financial condition. A base case scenario, in which current interest rates remain stable, is used for comparison to other scenario simulations. The table below illustrates the estimated exposures under a rising rate scenario and a declining rate scenario calculated as a percentage change in estimated net interest income from the base case scenario, assuming a gradual shift in interest rates for the next 12 month measurement period, beginning December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Gradual Change in Interest Rates	Percentage Change in Estimated Net Interest Income from December 31, 2011			Percentage Change in Estimated Net Interest Income from December 31, 2010
+200 basis points		2.6	%		1.3	%
-100 basis points		(1.7	)%		(1.6	)%

Since 2008, a 100 basis point downward change was substituted for the 200 basis point downward scenario previously used, as management believes that a 200 basis point downward change is not a meaningful analysis in light of current interest rate levels. The percentage change in estimated net income in the +200 and – 100 basis points scenario is within the Company’s policy limits.

70

As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, there are certain limitations inherent in the method of analysis presented. Actual results may differ significantly from simulated results should market conditions and management strategies, among other factors, vary from the assumptions used in the analysis. The model assumes that certain assets and liabilities of similar maturity or period to repricing will react the same to changes in interest rates, but, in reality, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Specific types of financial instruments may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while other types of financial instruments may lag behind changes in market interest rates. Additionally, other assets, such as adjustable-rate loans, have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Furthermore, in the event of a change in interest rates, expected rates of prepayments on loans and securities and early withdrawals from time deposits could deviate significantly from those assumed in the simulation.

One way to minimize interest rate risk is to maintain a balanced or matched interest rate sensitivity position. However, profits are not always maximized by matched funding. To increase net interest earnings, the Company selectively mismatches asset and liability repricing to take advantage of short-term interest rate movements and the shape of the U.S. Treasury yield curve. The magnitude of the mismatch depends on a careful assessment of the risks presented by forecasted interest rate movements. The risk inherent in such a mismatch, or gap, is that interest rates may not move as anticipated.

Interest rate risk exposure is reviewed in quarterly meetings in which guidelines are established for the following quarter and the longer term exposure. The structural interest rate mismatch is reviewed periodically by ALSC and management.

The Company also prepares a static gap analysis. Balance sheet items are appropriately categorized by contractual maturity, expected average lives for mortgage-backed securities, or repricing dates, with prime rate indexed loans and certificates of deposit. Checking with interest accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts and other borrowings constitute the bulk of the floating rate category. The determination of the interest rate sensitivity of non contractual items is arrived at in a subjective fashion. Savings accounts are viewed as a relatively stable source of funds and are therefore classified as intermediate funds.

At December 31, 2011, the “Static Gap” showed a positive cumulative gap of $355.7 million in the one day to one year repricing period, as compared to a positive cumulative gap of $271.8 million at December 31, 2010. The change in the cumulative static gap between December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 reflects the results of the Company’s efforts to reposition its portfolios as a result of changes in interest rates and changes to the shape of the yield curve. Management believes that this strategy has enabled the Company to be well positioned for the next cycle of interest rate changes and to address conditions which may arise as a result of the current financial crisis.

71

ITEM 8 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM	73
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010 AND FOR EACH OF THE THREE YEARS IN THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011:
Consolidated Statements of Operations	74
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	75
Consolidated Balance Sheets	76
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity	77
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows	78
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	79

72

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Directors and Stockholders of

Hudson Valley Holding Corp.

Yonkers, New York

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Hudson Valley Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the related consolidated statements of operation, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. We also have audited Hudson Valley Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Hudson Valley Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries’ management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting located in Item 9A of this accompanying Form 10-K. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Hudson Valley Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, Hudson Valley Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

New York, New York

March 15, 2012

73

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts

	2011			2010			2009
Interest Income:
Loans, including fees	$	111,802		$	107,658		$	110,662
Securities:
Taxable		11,829			13,905			18,077
Exempt from Federal income taxes		4,270			5,871			7,659
Federal funds sold		95			168			100
Deposits in banks		621			737			81
Total interest income		128,617			128,339			136,579
Interest Expense:
Deposits		8,730			12,207			14,595
Securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings		246			271			536
Other borrowings		1,782			5,205			7,173
Total interest expense		10,758			17,683			22,304
Net Interest Income		117,859			110,656			114,275
Provision for loan losses		64,154			46,527			24,306
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		53,705			64,129			89,969
Non Interest Income:
Service charges		7,013			6,627			5,914
Investment advisory fees		10,270			9,070			7,716
Recognized impairment charge on securities available for sale (includes $1,256, $2,169 and $13,829 of total losses in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, less $888 of losses, $383 of gains and $8,333 of losses on securities available for sale, recognized in other comprehensive income in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively)		(368	)		(2,552	)		(5,496	)
Realized gains on securities available for sale, net		21			168			52
(Losses) on sales and revaluation of loans held for sale and other real estate owned, net		(427	)		(1,974	)		(251	)
Other income		2,391			2,386			2,559
Total non interest income		18,900			13,725			10,494
Non Interest Expense:
Salaries and employee benefits		42,194			38,507			38,688
Occupancy		9,046			8,413			8,272
Professional services		7,399			5,175			4,447
Equipment		4,336			3,986			4,354
Business development		2,080			2,035			2,032
FDIC assessment		2,756			4,712			5,491
Other operating expenses		12,344			11,318			10,857
Total non interest expense		80,155			74,146			74,141
(Loss) Income Before Income Taxes		(7,550	)		3,708			26,322
Income Taxes (Benefit)		(5,413	)		(1,405	)		7,310
Net (Loss) Income	($	2,137	)	$	5,113		$	19,012
Basic (Loss) Earnings Per Common Share	($	0.11	)	$	0.26		$	1.27
Diluted (Loss) Earnings Per Common Share	($	0.11	)	$	0.26		$	1.24

See notes to consolidated financial statements

74

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Dollars in thousands

	2011			2010			2009
Net (Loss) Income	($	2,137	)	$	5,113		$	19,012
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Net change in unrealized gains (losses):
Other-than-temporarily impaired securities available for sale:
Total gains (losses)		(1,256	)		(2,169	)		(13,829	)
Losses recognized in earnings		368			2,552			5,496
Gains (losses) recognized in comprehensive income		(888	)		383			(8,333	)
Income tax effect		364			(157	)		3,417
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on other-than-temporarily impaired securities available for sale, net of tax		(524	)		226			(4,916	)
Securities available for sale not other-than-temporarily impaired:
Gains arising during the year		2,348			2,365			13,596
Income tax effect		(715	)		(897	)		(5,546	)
		1,633			1,468			8,050
Gains recognized in earnings		(21	)		(168	)		(52	)
Income tax effect		8			67			21
		(13	)		(101	)		(31	)
Unrealized holding gains on securities available for sale not other-than-temporarily-impaired, net of tax		1,620			1,367			8,019
Unrealized holding gain on securities, net		1,096			1,593			3,103
Accrued benefit liability adjustment		(495	)		243			2,049
Income tax effect		198			(97	)		(820	)
		(297	)		146			1,229
Other comprehensive income		799			1,739			4,332
Comprehensive (Loss) Income	($	1,338	)	$	6,852		$	23,344

See notes to consolidated financial statements

75

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2011 and 2010

Dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts

	2011			2010
ASSETS
Cash and non interest earning due from banks	$	43,743		$	25,876
Interest earning deposits in banks		34,361			258,280
Federal funds sold		16,425			72,071
Securities available for sale, at estimated fair value (amortized cost of $503,584 in 2011 and $440,792 in 2010)		507,897			443,667
Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (estimated fair value of $13,819 in 2011 and $17,272 in 2010)		12,905			16,267
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB) stock		3,831			7,010
Loans (net of allowance for loan losses of $30,685 in 2011 and $38,949 in 2010)		1,541,405			1,689,187
Loans held for sale		473,814			7,811
Accrued interest and other receivables		40,405			16,396
Premises and equipment, net		25,936			28,611
Other real estate owned		1,174			11,028
Deferred income tax, net		19,822			25,043
Bank owned life insurance		37,563			25,976
Goodwill		23,842			23,842
Other intangible assets		1,651			2,454
Other assets		12,896			15,514
TOTAL ASSETS	$	2,797,670		$	2,669,033
LIABILITIES
Deposits:
Non interest bearing	$	910,329		$	756,917
Interest bearing		1,514,953			1,477,495
Total deposits		2,425,282			2,234,412
Securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings		53,056			36,594
Other borrowings		16,466			87,751
Accrued interest and other liabilities		25,304			20,359
TOTAL LIABILITIES		2,520,108			2,379,116
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 15,000,000 shares; no shares outstanding in 2011 and 2010, respectively		—			—
Common stock, $0.20 par value; authorized 25,000,000 shares: outstanding 19,516,490 and 19,432,499 shares in 2011 and 2010, respectively		4,163			3,793
Additional paid-in capital		347,764			346,750
Retained earnings (deficit)		(18,527	)		(3,989	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income		1,726			927
Treasury stock, at cost; 1,299,414 shares in 2011 and 2010		(57,564	)		(57,564	)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY		277,562			289,917
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	2,797,670		$	2,669,033

See notes to consolidated financial statements

76

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Dollars in thousands, except share amounts

	Number of Shares Outstanding			Common Stock		Treasury Stock			Additional Paid-in Capital			Retained Earnings (Deficit)			Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total
Balance at January 1, 2009		10,871,609		$	2,367	($	41,935	)	$	250,129		$	2,084		($	5,144	)	$	207,501
Net income													19,012						19,012
Sale of common stock ($25.00 per share, gross)		3,993,395			799					92,522									93,321
Grants and exercises of stock options, net of tax		30,843			6					815									821
Purchase of treasury stock		(334,703	)				(15,631	)											(15,631	)
Sale of treasury stock		52					2												2
Ten percent stock dividend		1,455,542			291					2,831			(3,122	)					—
Cash dividends ($1.05 per share)													(15,680	)					(15,680	)
Accrued benefit liability adjustment, net of tax																1,229			1,229
Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of tax																3,103			3,103
Balance at December 31, 2009		16,016,738			3,463		(57,564	)		346,297			2,294			(812	)		293,678
Net income													5,113						5,113
Grants and exercises of stock options, net of tax		46,584			9					774									783
Ten percent stock dividend		1,602,586			321					(321	)								—
Cash dividends ($0.59 per share)													(11,396	)					(11,396	)
Accrued benefit liability adjustment, net of tax																146			146
Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of tax																1,593			1,593
Balance at December 31, 2010		17,665,908			3,793		(57,564	)		346,750			(3,989	)		927			289,917
Net loss													(2,137	)					(2,137	)
Grants and exercises of stock options, net of tax		80,141			16					1,368									1,384
Ten percent stock dividend		1,770,441			354					(354	)								—
Cash dividends ($0.64 per share)													(12,401	)					(12,401	)
Accrued benefit liability adjustment																(297	)		(297	)
Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of tax																1,096			1,096
Balance at December 31, 2011		19,516,490		$	4,163	($	57,564	)	$	347,764		($	18,527	)	$	1,726		$	277,562

See notes to consolidated financial statements

77

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Dollars in thousands

	2011			2010			2009
Operating Activities:
Net (Loss) Income	($	2,137	)	$	5,113		$	19,012
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan losses		64,154			46,527			24,306
Depreciation and amortization		3,968			3,993			3,864
Recognized impairment charge on securities available for sale		368			2,552			5,496
Realized (gain) loss on security transactions net		(21	)		(168	)		(52	)
Amortization of premiums on securities, net		3,738			2,120			624
Realized (gain) loss on sale and revaluation of OREO		(82	)		1,974			251
Increase in cash value of bank owned life insurance		(1,260	)		(1,191	)		(1,261	)
Amortization of other intangible assets		803			822			821
Stock option expense		161			160			276
Deferred taxes (benefit)		5,068			(5,237	)		(9,855	)
Increase (decrease) in deferred loan fees, net		(252	)		(1,025	)		24
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest and other receivables		(24,009	)		(1,196	)		1,157
Decrease (increase) in other assets		2,618			444			(11,367	)
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements		(36	)		(13	)		(22	)
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest and other liabilities		4,649			(1,854	)		(3,250	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		57,730			53,021			30,024
Investing Activities:
Net decrease (increase) in short term investments		55,646			(20,180	)		(45,212	)
Decrease in FHLB stock		3,179			1,460			12,023
Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale		215,651			250,294			457,550
Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity		3,364			5,391			7,337
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale		1,298			21,915			8,750
Purchases of securities available for sale		(284,019	)		(217,009	)		(325,430	)
Net (increase) decrease in loans		(388,728	)		5,754			(126,752	)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale		5,506			14,053			—
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned		11,036			6,546			3,393
Premiums paid on bank owned life insurance		(10,327	)		(327	)		(344	)
(Increase) decrease in goodwill		—			—			(2,900	)
Net purchases of premises and equipment		(1,293	)		(2,221	)		(3,260	)
Net cash (used in) provided by Investing Activities		(388,687	)		65,676			(14,845	)
Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock and exercises of stock options		1,223			623			93,866
Proceeds from sale of treasury stock		—			—			2
Acquisition of treasury stock		—			—			(15,631	)
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements		36			13			22
Net increase in deposits		190,870			61,797			333,289
Cash dividends paid		(12,401	)		(11,396	)		(15,680	)
Repayment of other borrowings		(71,285	)		(36,031	)		(73,031	)
Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under repurchase agreements and short-term borrowings		16,462			(16,527	)		(216,464	)
Net cash provided by (used in) Financing Activities		124,905			(1,521	)		106,373
Increase (decrease) in Cash and Due from Banks		(206,052	)		117,176			121,552
Cash and Due from Banks, beginning of period		284,156			166,980			45,428
Cash and Due from Banks, end of period	$	78,104		$	284,156		$	166,980
Supplemental disclosures:
Interest paid		11,523			18,300			24,364
Income tax payments		12,682			6,898			15,851
Transfer from loans held for sale back to loan portfolio		2,305			—			—
Transfer to loans held for sale		473,814			21,864			—
Transfers to OREO		1,100			10,337			8,400

See notes to consolidated financial statements

78

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Dollars in thousands, except per share and share amounts

1  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Operations and Basis of Presentation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Hudson Valley Holding Corp. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Hudson Valley Bank N.A. and its subsidiaries (the “Bank” or “HVB”) and HVHC Risk Management Corp (“HVHC RMC”), (collectively the “Company”). The Company offers a broad range of banking and related services to businesses, professionals, municipalities, not-for-profit organizations and individuals. HVB is a national banking association headquartered in Westchester County, New York. As of the date of merger, HVB has 36 branch offices, 18 in Westchester County, New York, 2 in Rockland County, New York, 10 in New York City, 5 in Fairfield County, Connecticut and 1 in New Haven County, Connecticut. The Company also provides investment management and broker-dealer services to its customers through its wholly-owned subsidiary, A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc. (“ARS”), a Manhattan, New York based money management firm. All inter-company accounts are eliminated. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet and income and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relates to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, fair value of other real estate owned and fair value of financial instruments. In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses, management utilizes the work of professional appraisers for significant properties.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and interest bearing deposits in other banks (including the Federal Reserve Bank of New York).

Securities — Securities are classified as either available for sale, representing securities the Company may sell in the ordinary course of business, or as held to maturity, representing securities that the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that it would not be required to sell prior to maturity or recovery of cost. Securities available for sale are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses (net of tax) excluded from operations and reported in other comprehensive income. Securities held to maturity are stated at amortized cost. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium and accretion of purchase discount. The amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts is determined by using the level yield method. Securities are not acquired for purposes of engaging in trading activities. Realized gains and losses from sales of securities are determined using the specific identification method. The Company regularly reviews declines in the fair value of securities below their costs for purposes of determining whether such declines are other-than-temporary in nature. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”), management considers adverse changes in expected cash flows, the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost and the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer. The Company also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis.

Loans Held for Sale — Loan sales occur in limited circumstances as part of strategic business or regulatory compliance initiatives. Loans held for sale, including deferred fees and costs, are reported at the lower of cost or fair value as determined by expected bid prices from potential investors. Loans held for sale are segregated into pools based on distinct criteria and the lower of cost or fair value analysis is performed at the pool level. Loans are sold without recourse and servicing released. When a loan is transferred from portfolio to held for sale and the fair value is less than cost, a charge off is recorded against the allowance for loan loss. Subsequent declines in fair value, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged against earnings.

79

Loans — Loans are reported at their outstanding principal balance, net of the allowance for loan losses, and deferred loan origination fees and costs. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the related loan or commitment as an adjustment to yield, or taken directly into income when the related loan is sold or commitment expires.

Allowance for Loan Losses — The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable losses incurred in the loan portfolio based on ongoing quarterly assessments of the estimated losses. The Company’s methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of a specific component for identified problem loans, and a formula component which addresses historical loan loss experience together with other relevant risk factors affecting the portfolio. This methodology applies to all portfolio segments.

The specific component incorporates the Company’s analysis of impaired loans. A loan is recognized as impaired when it is probable that principal and/or interest are not collectible in accordance with the loan’s contractual terms. In addition, a loan which has been renegotiated with a borrower experiencing financial difficulties for which the terms of the loan have been modified with a concession that the Company would not otherwise have granted are considered troubled debt restructurings and are also recognized as impaired. Measurement of impairment can be based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant change. If the fair value of an impaired loan is less than the related recorded amount, a specific valuation component is established within the allowance for loan losses or, if the impairment is considered to be permanent, a partial charge-off is recorded against the allowance for loan losses. Individual measurement of impairment does not apply to large groups of smaller balance homogenous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment such as portions of the Company’s portfolios of home equity loans, real estate mortgages, installment and other loans.

The formula component is calculated by first applying historical loss experience factors to outstanding loans by type. The Company uses a three year average loss experience as the starting base for the formula component. This component is then adjusted to reflect additional risk factors not addressed by historical loss experience. These factors include the evaluation of then-existing economic and business conditions affecting the key lending areas of the Company and other conditions, such as new loan products, credit quality trends (including trends in nonperforming loans expected to result from existing conditions), collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, recent charge-off and delinquency experience, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments that existed as of the balance sheet date and the impact that such conditions were believed to have had on the collectibility of the loan portfolio. Senior management reviews these conditions quarterly. Management’s evaluation of the loss related to each of these conditions is quantified by portfolio segment and reflected in the formula component. The evaluations of the inherent loss with respect to these conditions is subject to a higher degree of uncertainty due to the subjective nature of such evaluations and because they are not identified with specific problem credits.

Actual losses can vary significantly from the estimated amounts. The Company’s methodology permits adjustments to the allowance in the event that, in management’s judgment, significant factors which affect the collectibility of the loan portfolio as of the evaluation date have changed.

Management believes the allowance for loan losses is the best estimate of probable losses which have been incurred as of December 31, 2011. There is no assurance that the Company will not be required to make future adjustments to the allowance in response to changing economic conditions, particularly in the Company’s service area, since the majority of the Company’s loans are collateralized by real estate. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments at the time of their examinations.

80

Loan Charge-Offs — The Company’s charge-off policy covers all loan portfolio classes. Loans are generally charged-off at the earlier of when it is determined that collection efforts are no longer productive or when they have been identified as losses by management, internal loan review and/or bank examiners. Factors considered in determining whether collection efforts are no longer productive include any amounts currently being collected, the status of discussions or negotiations with the borrower, the principal and/or guarantors, the cost of continuing, efforts to collect, the status of any foreclosure or legal actions, the value of the collateral, and any other pertinent factors.

Income Recognition on Loans — Interest on loans is accrued monthly. Net loan origination and commitment fees are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of yield over the lives of the related loans. Loans, including impaired loans, are placed on non-accrual status when management believes that interest or principal on such loans may not be collected in the normal course of business. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued, but not collected, is reversed against interest income. Interest received on non-accrual loans generally is either applied against principal or reported as interest income, in accordance with management’s judgment as to the collectibility of principal. Loans can be returned to accruing status when they become current as to principal and interest, demonstrate a period of performance under the contractual terms, and when, in management’s opinion, they are estimated to be fully collectible. This methodology applies to all loan classes.

Premises and Equipment — Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally 3 to 5 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment and 31.5 years for buildings. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) — Real estate properties acquired through loan foreclosure are recorded at estimated fair value, net of estimated selling costs, at time of foreclosure establishing a new cost basis. Credit losses arising at the time of foreclosure are charged against the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent valuations are periodically performed by management and the carrying value is adjusted by a charge to expense to reflect any subsequent declines in the estimated fair value. Routine holding costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — Goodwill and identified intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortization. Identified intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized over those lives by a method which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are used up. Goodwill is subject to impairment testing on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. Identifiable intangible assets are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. If such testing indicates impairment in the values and/or remaining amortization periods of the intangible assets, adjustments are made to reflect such impairment. The Company’s goodwill impairment evaluations as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 did not indicate any impairment. The Company is not aware of any events or circumstances that existed with the identified intangible assets that would indicate impairment as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Loss Contingencies — Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Legal fees associated with loss contingencies are included in loss contingency accruals.

Income Taxes — Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the change is enacted.

81

Stock-Based Compensation — Compensation costs relating to share-based payment transactions are recognized in the financial statements with measurement based upon the fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. Compensation costs related to share based payment transactions are expensed over their respective vesting periods. The fair value (present value of the estimated future benefit to the option holder) of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. See Note 11 “Stock-Based Compensation” herein for additional discussion.

Earnings per Common Share — The “Earnings per Share,” topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per share. The statement requires disclosure of basic earnings per common share (i.e. common stock equivalents are not considered) and diluted earnings per common share (i.e. common stock equivalents are considered using the treasury stock method) on the face of the statement of income, along with a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The computation of diluted earnings per common share is similar to the computation of basic earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares, consisting solely of stock options, had been issued.

Weighted average common shares outstanding used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share were as follows:

	2011		2010		2009
Weighted average common shares:
Basic		19,462,055		19,393,895		15,009,209
Effect of stock options		—		62,075		298,465
Diluted		19,462,055		19,455,971		15,307,674

Stock options for 616,382, 323,585 and 148,455 shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, because they were antidilutive.

In November 2011 and November 2010, the Board of Directors of the Company declared 10 percent stock dividends. Share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the issuance of the additional shares.

Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information — “Segment Reporting” topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification establishes standards for the way business enterprises report information about operating segments and establishes standards for related disclosure about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The statement requires that a business enterprise report financial and descriptive information about its reportable operating segments. Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company has one operating segment, “Community Banking.”

Bank Owned Life Insurance — The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Retirement Plans — Pension expense is the net of service and interest cost, return on plan assets and amortization of gains and losses not immediately recognized. Employee 401(k) and profit sharing plan expense is the amount of matching contributions. Supplemental retirement plan expense allocates the benefits over years of service.

82

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-02, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.” The provisions of ASU No. 2011-02 amend and clarify GAAP related to the accounting for debt restructurings. Specifically, ASU No. 2011-02 requires that, when evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, a creditor must separately conclude that both (i) the restructuring constitutes a concession and (ii) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. In evaluating whether a concession has been granted, a creditor must evaluate whether (i) a debtor has access to funds at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics as the restructured debt in order to determine if the restructuring would be considered to be at a below-market rate, indicating that the creditor has granted a concession, (ii) a temporary or permanent increase in the contractual interest rate as a result of a restructuring may be considered a concession because the new contractual interest rate on the restructured debt is still below the market interest rate for new debt with similar risk characteristics, and (iii) a restructuring that results in a delay in payment is either significant and is a concession or is insignificant and is not a concession. In evaluating whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties, a creditor may conclude that a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties, even though the debtor is not currently in payment default. A creditor should evaluate whether it is probable that the debtor would be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without a modification of the debt. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-02 became effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011 and should be applied retroactively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. The adoption of this ASU by the Company did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) — Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs “which represents the convergence of the FASB’s and the IASB’s guidance on fair value measurement. ASU 2011-04 reflects the common requirements under U.S. GAAP and IFRS for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, including a consistent meaning for the term “fair value.” The new guidance does not extend the use of fair value but, rather, provides guidance about how fair value should be applied where it is already required or permitted under IFRS or U.S. GAAP. For U.S. GAAP, most of the changes are clarifications of existing guidance or wording changes to align with IFRS 13. A public company is required to apply the ASU prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is not permitted for a public company. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) — Presentation of Comprehensive Income” the provisions of which allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Under both options, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. ASU 2011-05 does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-05 should be applied retrospectively and is effective for public companies for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) — Testing Goodwill for Impairment” the provisions of which allow an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its

83

carrying amount. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for an entity to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. The provisions for ASU 2011-08 become effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed as of a date before September 15, 2011, if an entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Other — Certain 2010 amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.

2  Securities

The following table sets forth the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and the estimated fair value of securities classified as available for sale and held to maturity at December 31:

	(000’s)
	2011								2010
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized				Estimated Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized				Estimated Fair Value
			Gains		Losses						Gains		Losses
Classified as Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury and government agencies		—		—		—		—	$	3,001	$	11		—	$	3,012
Mortgage-backed securities	$	385,206	$	8,430	$	218	$	393,418		303,479		6,648	$	587		309,540
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		96,091		4,508		—		100,599		111,912		4,170		1		116,081
Other debt securities		12,220		—		8,888		3,332		12,329		—		7,956		4,373
Total debt securities		493,517		12,938		9,106		497,349		430,721		10,829		8,544		433,006
Mutual funds and other equity securities		10,067		617		136		10,548		10,071		706		116		10,661
Total	$	503,584	$	13,555	$	9,242	$	507,897	$	440,792	$	11,535	$	8,660	$	443,667

	(000’s)
	2011								2010
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrecognized				Estimated Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Gross Unrecognized				Estimated Fair  Value
			Gains		Losses						Gains		Losses
Classified as Held To Maturity
Mortgage-backed securities	$	7,767	$	607		—	$	8,374	$	11,131	$	700	$	1	$	11,830
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		5,138		307		—		5,445		5,136		306		—		5,442
Total	$	12,905	$	914		—	$	13,819	$	16,267	$	1,006	$	1	$	17,272

Included in other debt securities are investments in six pooled trust preferred securities with amortized costs and estimated fair values of $11,654 and $2,816, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and $11,637 and $3,687, respectively, at December 31, 2010. These investments represent pooled trust preferred obligations of financial institutions. The value of these investments has been severely negatively affected by the downturn in the economy and investor concerns about recent and potential future losses in the financial services industry. These investments are rated below investment grade by Moody’s Investor Services at December 31, 2011 with ratings ranging from Ca to C. In light of these conditions, these investments continued to be reviewed for other-than-temporary impairment.

84

In estimating other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses, the Company considers: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuers, (3) whether it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell the investments prior to maturity or recovery of cost and (4) evaluation of cash flows to determine if they have been adversely affected.

The Company uses a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis to provide an estimate of an OTTI loss. Inputs to the discount model included known defaults and interest deferrals, projected additional default rates, projected additional deferrals of interest, over-collateralization tests, interest coverage tests and other factors. Expected default and deferral rates were weighted toward the near future to reflect the current adverse economic environment affecting the banking industry. The discount rate was based upon the accounting yield of the related securities. Significant inputs to the cash flow models used in determining credit related other-than-temporary impairment losses on pooled trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2011 included the following:

Annual Prepayment	1.00%
Projected specific defaults/deferrals	33.1% - 73.6%
Projected severity of loss on specific defaults/deferrals	50.0% - 87.1%
Projected additional defaults:
Year 1	2.00%
Year 2	1.00%
Thereafter	0.25%
Projected severity of loss on additional defaults	85.00%
Present value discount rates	3 m LIBOR + 1.60% - 2.25%

The following table summarizes the change in pretax OTTI credit related losses on securities available for sale for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Balance at beginning of period:
Total OTTI credit related impairment charges beginning of period	$	9,110	$	6,558	$	1,062
Increase to the amount related to the credit loss for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized		368		2,248		4
Credit related impairment not previously recognized		—		304		5,492
Balance at end of period:	$	9,478	$	9,110	$	6,558

During the year ended December 31, 2011, pretax OTTI losses of $163, $95, $67, $42 and $1, respectively, were recognized on five pooled trust preferred securities which, prior to the 2011 losses, had book values of $2,208, $5,583, $2,180, $949 and $656, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2010, pretax OTTI losses of $2,082, $304, $151, $12 and $3, respectively, were recognized on five pooled trust preferred securities which, prior to the 2010 losses, had book values of $7,455, $2,500, $2,215, $943 and $649, respectively. The OTTI losses in 2011 and 2010 resulted from adverse changes in the expected cash flows of the pooled trust preferred securities which indicated that the Company may not recover the entire cost basis of these investments. Continuation or worsening of the current adverse economic conditions may result in further impairment charges in the future.

At December 31, 2011, securities having a stated value of approximately $365,000 were pledged to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

Gross proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $1,298, $21,915 and $8,750 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These sales resulted in gross pretax gains of $24 and gross pretax losses of $3 in 2011,

85

gross pretax gains of $280 and gross pretax losses of $112 in 2010, and gross pretax gains of $110 and gross pretax losses of $58 in 2009. Applicable income taxes relating to such transactions were $8, $67 and $21 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The Company recorded $368, $2,552 and $5,496 of pretax impairment charges on securities available-for-sale in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. All of the 2011, 2010 and 2009 charges were related to the Company’s investments in pooled trust preferred securities. These charges represented approximately 3.2 percent, 18.5 percent and 33.1 percent of the book value of the related investments in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Income tax benefits applicable to impairment charges were $151, $1,051 and $2,264 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The following tables reflect the Company’s investments fair value and gross unrealized loss, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

December 31, 2011

	Duration of Unrealized Loss
	Less Than 12 Months				Greater than 12 Months				Total
	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss
Classified as Available for Sale
U.S. Treasuries and government agencies		—		—		—		—		—		—
Mortgage-backed securities — residential	$	41,421	$	218		—		—	$	41,421	$	218
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		—		—		—		—		—
Other debt securities		460		50	$	2,816	$	8,838		3,276		8,888
Total debt securities		41,881		268		2,816		8,838		44,697		9,106
Mutual funds and other equity securities		—		—		92		136		92		136
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	41,881	$	268	$	2,908	$	8,974	$	44,789	$	9,242

There were no securities classified as held to maturity in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011.

December 31, 2010

	Duration of Unrealized Loss
	Less Than 12 Months				Greater than 12 Months				Total
	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss
Classified as Available for Sale
U.S. Treasuries and government agencies		—		—		—		—		—		—
Mortgage-backed securities — residential	$	72,105	$	587		—		—	$	72,105	$	587
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		461		1		—		—		461		1
Other debt securities		—		—	$	4,193	$	7,956		4,193		7,956
Total debt securities		72,566		588		4,193		7,956		76,759		8,544
Mutual funds and other equity securities		—		—		118		116		118		116
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	72,566	$	588	$	4,311	$	8,072	$	76,877	$	8,660
Classified as Held to Maturity
Mortgage-backed securities — residential	$	400	$	1		—		—	$	400	$	1
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	400	$	1		—		—	$	400	$	1

86

The total number of securities in the Company’s portfolio that were in an unrealized loss position was 82 and 90 at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The Company has determined that it is more likely than not that it would not be required to sell its securities prior to maturity or to recovery of cost. With the exception of the investment in pooled trust preferred securities discussed above, the Company believes that its securities continue to have satisfactory ratings, are readily marketable and that current unrealized losses are primarily a result of changes in interest rates. Therefore, management does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011. With regard to the investments in pooled trust preferred securities, the Company has decided to hold these securities as it believes that current market quotes for these securities are not necessarily indicative of their value. The Company has recognized impairment charges on five of the pooled trust preferred securities. Management believes that the remaining impairment in the value of these securities to be primarily related to illiquidity in the market and therefore not credit related at December 31, 2011.

The contractual maturity of all debt securities held at December 31, 2011 is shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because some issuers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

	Available for Sale				Held to Maturity
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Contractual Maturity
Within 1 year	$	10,196	$	10,210		—		—
After 1 year but within 5 years		41,537		43,396	$	5,138	$	5,445
After 5 year but within 10 years		44,414		47,049		—		—
After 10 years		12,164		3,276		—		—
Mortgage-backed securities — residential		385,206		393,418		7,767		8,374
Total	$	493,517	$	497,349	$	12,905	$	13,819

3  Credit Commitments and Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company has outstanding, at any time, a significant number of commitments to extend credit and also provide financial guarantees to third parties. Those arrangements are subject to strict credit control assessments. Guarantees specify limits to the Company’s obligations. The amounts of those loan commitments and guarantees are set out in the following table. Because many commitments and almost all guarantees expire without being funded in whole or in part, the contract amounts are not estimates of future cash flows.

	2011		2010
	Contract Amount		Contract Amount
Credit commitments — variable	$	155,425	$	158,788
Credit commitments — fixed		26,492		36,266
Guarantees written		25,973		26,702

The majority of loan commitments have terms up to one year, with either a floating interest rate or contracted fixed interest rates, generally ranging from 2.16% to 16.00%. Guarantees written generally have terms up to one year.

Loan commitments and guarantees written have off-balance-sheet credit risk because only origination fees and accruals for probable losses are recognized in the balance sheet until the commitments are fulfilled or the guarantees expire. Credit risk represents the accounting loss that would be recognized at the reporting date if counterparties failed completely to perform as contracted. The credit risk amounts are equal to the contractual amounts, assuming that the amounts are fully advanced and that collateral or other security would have no value.

87

The Company’s policy is to require customers to provide collateral prior to the disbursement of approved loans. For loans and financial guarantees, the Company usually retains a security interest in the property or products financed or other collateral which provides repossession rights in the event of default by the customer.

Concentrations of credit risk (whether on or off-balance-sheet) arising from financial instruments exist in relation to certain groups of customers. A group concentration arises when a number of counterparties have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. The Company does not have a significant exposure to any individual customer or counterparty. A geographic concentration arises because the Company operates principally in Westchester County and Bronx County, New York. Loans and credit commitments collateralized by real estate including all loans where real estate is either primary or secondary collateral are as follows:

	Residential Property		Commercial Property		Total
2011
Loans	$	334,340	$	1,044,462	$	1,378,802
Credit commitments		55,347		55,308		110,655
	$	389,687	$	1,099,770	$	1,489,457
2010
Loans	$	555,816	$	970,301	$	1,526,117
Credit commitments		62,865		54,153		117,018
	$	618,681	$	1,024,454	$	1,643,135

The credit risk amounts represent the maximum accounting loss that would be recognized at the reporting date if counterparties failed completely to perform as contracted and any collateral or security proved to have no value. The Company has in the past experienced little difficulty in accessing collateral when required.

4  Loans

The loan portfolio, excluding loans held for sale, is comprised of the following:

	December 31
	2011			2010
Real Estate:
Commercial	$	690,837		$	796,253
Construction		110,027			174,369
Residential		514,828			467,326
Commercial & Industrial		218,500			245,263
Individuals & lease financing		41,760			49,040
Total loans		1,575,952			1,732,251
Deferred loan fees		(3,862	)		(4,115	)
Allowance for loan losses		(30,685	)		(38,949	)
Loans, net	$	1,541,405		$	1,689,187

The Company has established credit policies applicable to each type of lending activity in which it engages. The Bank evaluates the credit worthiness of each customer and extends credit based on credit history, ability to repay and market value of collateral. The customers’ credit worthiness is monitored on an ongoing basis. Additional collateral is obtained when warranted. Real estate is the primary form of collateral. Other important forms of collateral are bank deposits and marketable securities. While collateral provides assurance as a secondary source of repayment, the Company ordinarily requires the primary source of payment to be based on the borrower’s ability to generate continuing cash flows.

88

Risk characteristics of the Company’s portfolio segments include the following:

Commercial Real Estate Loans — In underwriting commercial real estate loans, the Company evaluates both the prospective borrower’s ability to make timely payments on the loan and the value of the property securing the loan. Repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted should the borrower default or should there be a substantial decline in the value of the property securing the loan, or a decline in general economic conditions. Where the owner occupies the property, the Company also evaluates the business’s ability to repay the loan on a timely basis. In addition, the Company may require personal guarantees, lease assignments and/or the guarantee of the operating company when the property is owner occupied. These types of loans may involve greater risks than other types of lending, because payments on such loans are often dependent upon the successful operation of the business involved, therefore, repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted by adverse changes in economic conditions affecting the borrowers’ business.

Construction Loans — Construction loans are short-term loans (generally up to 18 months) secured by land for both residential and commercial development. The loans are generally made for acquisition and improvements. Funds are disbursed as phases of construction are completed. Most non-residential construction loans require pre-approved permanent financing or pre-leasing by the company or another bank providing the permanent financing. The Company funds construction of single family homes and commercial real estate, when no contract of sale exists, based upon the experience of the builder, the financial strength of the owner, the type and location of the property and other factors. Construction loans are generally personally guaranteed by the principal(s). Repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted by the builders’ inability to complete construction, by a downturn in the new construction market, by a significant increase in interest rates or by a decline in general economic conditions.

Residential Real Estate Loans — Various loans secured by residential real estate properties are offered by the Company, including 1-4 family residential mortgages, multi-family residential loans and a variety of home equity line of credit products. Repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted should the borrower default, should there be a significant decline in the value of the property securing the loan or should there be a decline in general economic conditions.

Commercial and Industrial Loans — The Company’s commercial and industrial loan portfolio consists primarily of commercial business loans and lines of credit to businesses and professionals. These loans are usually made to finance the purchase of inventory, new or used equipment or other short or long-term working capital purposes. These loans are generally secured by corporate assets, often with real estate as secondary collateral, but are also offered on an unsecured basis. In granting this type of loan, the Company primarily looks to the borrower’s cash flow as the source of repayment with collateral and personal guarantees, where obtained, as a secondary source. Commercial loans are often larger and may involve greater risks than other types of loans offered by the Company. Payments on such loans are often dependent upon the successful operation of the underlying business involved and, therefore, repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted by adverse changes in economic conditions, management’s inability to effectively manage the business, claims of others against the borrower’s assets which may take priority over the Company’s claims against assets, death or disability of the borrower or loss of market for the borrower’s products or services.

Lease Financing and Other Loans — The Company originates lease financing transactions which are primarily conducted with businesses, professionals and not-for-profit organizations and provide financing principally for office equipment, telephone systems, computer systems, energy saving improvements and other special use equipment. Payments on such loans are often dependent upon the successful operation of the underlying business involved and, therefore, repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted by adverse changes in economic conditions, and management’s inability to effectively manage the business. The Company also offers installment loans and reserve lines of credit to individuals. Repayment of such loans are often dependent on the personal income of the borrower which may be negatively impacted by adverse changes in economic conditions. The Company does not place an emphasis on originating these types of loans.

89

A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses follows:

	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of year	$	38,949		$	38,645		$	22,537
Add (deduct):
Provision for loan losses		64,154			46,527			24,306
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off		5,818			2,416			1,301
Charge-offs		(78,236	)		(48,639	)		(9,499	)
Balance, end of year	$	30,685		$	38,949		$	38,645

The following table presents the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Total			Commercial Real Estate			Construction			Residential Real Estate			Commercial & Industrial			Lease Financing & Other
Balance at beginning of year	$	38,949		$	16,736		$	7,140		$	9,851		$	4,290		$	932
Charge-offs		(78,236	)		(39,168	)		(10,026	)		(22,692	)		(6,225	)		(125	)
Recoveries		5,818			1,424			622			2,571			992			209
Net (Charge-offs) Recoveries		(72,418	)		(37,744	)		(9,404	)		(20,121	)		(5,233	)		84
Provision for loan losses		64,154			33,784			8,734			18,363			3,593			(320	)
Net change during the year		(8,264	)		(3,960	)		(670	)		(1,758	)		(1,640	)		(236	)
Balance at end of year	$	30,685		$	12,776		$	6,470		$	8,093		$	2,650		$	696

In 2011, approximately $60,200 of net charge-offs and $48,100 of the provision for loan losses were directly related to the transfer of loans to the held for sale status.

Impaired loans and the recorded investment in loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Allowance for Loan Losses Allocated		Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Allowance for Loan Losses Allocated
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial	$	31,877	$	30,762		—	$	22,714	$	21,166		—
Construction		2,690		1,723		—		16,985		11,868		—
Residential		4,599		3,824		—		11,476		7,223		—
Commercial & industrial		8,560		7,803		—		5,543		4,538		—
Lease financing & other		—		—		—		651		393		—
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial		—		—		—		—		—		—
Construction		3,758		3,758	$	2,374		3,821		3,821	$	850
Residential		—		—		—		521		521		17
Commercial & industrial		—		—		—		25		25		25
Lease financing & other		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total loans	$	51,484	$	47,870	$	2,374	$	61,736	$	49,555	$	892

The Company is not committed to extend any additional credit to borrowers whose loans are classified as TDRs.

90

Impaired loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 included $28,526 and $17,236, respectively, of loans considered to be TDRs. The carrying value of impaired loans was determined using either the fair value of the underlying collateral of the loan or by an analysis of the expected cash flows related to the loan. The Company classifies all loans considered to be troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) as impaired.

The following tables present the average recorded investment in impaired loans by portfolio segment and interest recognized on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

	December 31, 2011
	Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income
Loans:
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied	$	18,826		858
Non owner occupied		15,733		56
Construction:
Commercial		8,870		—
Residential		5,460		—
Residential:
Multifamily		3,830		28
1-4 family		4,594		36
Home equity		3,249		—
Commercial & industrial		7,311		—
Other:
Lease financing and other		269		—
Overdrafts		—		—
Total	$	68,142		978

	Total		Commercial Real Estate		Construction		Residential Real Estate		Commercial & Industrial		Lease Financing & Other
Year ended December 31, 2010:
Average recorded investment in impaired loans	$	64,390	$	26,661	$	19,091	$	14,860	$	2,235	$	1,543
Interest Income recognized during impairment	$	201	$	201		—		—		—		—

91

The following tables present the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment based on impairment method for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31, 2011
	Total		Commercial Real Estate		Construction		Residential Real Estate		Commercial & Industrial		Lease Financing & Other
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending balance attributed to loans:
Collectively evaluated for impairment	$	28,311	$	12,776	$	4,096	$	8,093	$	2,650	$	696
Individually evaluated for impairment		2,374		—		2,374		—		—		—
Total ending balance of allowance	$	30,685	$	12,776	$	6,470	$	8,093	$	2,650	$	696
Total loans:
Ending balance of loans:
Collectively evaluated for impairment	$	1,528,082	$	660,075	$	104,546	$	511,004	$	210,697	$	41,760
Individually evaluated for impairment		47,870		30,762		5,481		3,824		7,803		—
Total ending balance of loans	$	1,575,952	$	690,837	$	110,027	$	514,828	$	218,500	$	41,760
	December 31, 2010
	Total		Commercial Real Estate		Construction		Residential Real Estate		Commercial & Industrial		Lease Financing & Other
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending balance attributed to loans:
Collectively evaluated for impairment	$	38,057	$	16,736	$	6,290	$	9,834	$	4,265	$	932
Individually evaluated for impairment		892		—		850		17		25		—
Total ending balance of allowance	$	38,949	$	16,736	$	7,140	$	9,851	$	4,290	$	932
Total loans:
Ending balance of loans:
Collectively evaluated for impairment	$	1,682,696	$	775,087	$	158,680	$	459,582	$	240,700	$	48,647
Individually evaluated for impairment		49,555		21,166		15,689		7,744		4,563		393
Total ending balance of loans	$	1,732,251	$	796,253	$	174,369	$	467,326	$	245,263	$	49,040

92

Non-accrual loans at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are summarized as follows:

	2011		2010		2009
Total Non-Accrual Loans	$	29,892	$	43,684	$	50,590
Interest income that would have been recorded under the original contract terms		1,072		4,346		3,032

There was no income recorded on non-accrual loans during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The following table presents the recorded investments in non-accrual loans and loans past due 90 days and still accruing by class of loans as of December 31:

	2011				2010
	Non-Accrual		Past Due 90 Days and Still Accruing		Non-Accrual		Past Due 90 Days and Still Accruing
Loans:
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied	$	3,856		—	$	1,942	$	292
Non owner occupied		9,356		—		13,353		—
Construction:
Commercial		5,481		—		4,477		1,323
Residential		—		—		11,212		—
Residential:
Multifamily		—		—		1,437		—
1-4 family		1,470		—		4,649		—
Home equity		1,926		—		1,658		10
Commercial & industrial		7,803		—		4,563		—
Other:
Lease financing and other		—		—		393		—
Overdrafts		—		—		—		—
Total	$	29,892		—	$	43,684	$	1,625

The following tables present the aging of loans (including past due and non accrual loans) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 by class of loans:

	December 31, 2011
	Total		31-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days Or More Past Due		Total Past Due		Current
Loans:
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied	$	243,862	$	1,801		—	$	3,489	$	5,290	$	238,572
Non owner occupied		446,975		1,917		—		5,108		7,025		439,950
Construction:
Commercial		56,933		—		—		4,883		4,883		52,050
Residential		53,094		900		—		—		900		52,194
Residential:
Multifamily		227,595		—		—		—		—		227,595
1-4 family		174,714		—		—		1,470		1,470		173,244
Home equity		112,519		—	$	97		1,926		2,023		110,496
Commercial & industrial		218,500		197		50		4,403		4,650		213,850
Other:
Lease financing and other		39,898		1		10		—		11		39,887
Overdrafts		1,862		—		—		—		—		1,862
Total	$	1,575,952	$	4,816	$	157	$	21,279	$	26,252	$	1,549,700

93

	December 31, 2010
	Total		31-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days Or More Past Due		Total Past Due		Current
Loans:
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied	$	317,926	$	100	$	3,204	$	2,234	$	5,538	$	312,388
Non owner occupied		478,327		4,199		7,014		8,899		20,112		458,215
Construction:
Commercial		104,466		—		2,913		5,799		8,712		95,754
Residential		69,903		—		3,821		7,390		11,211		58,692
Residential:
Multifamily		152,295		1,160		1,132		1,437		3,729		148,566
1-4 family		187,728		1,096		2,064		4,211		7,371		180,357
Home equity		127,303		721		1,240		1,657		3,618		123,685
Commercial & industrial		245,263		2,258		738		2,414		5,410		239,853
Other:
Lease financing and other		45,096		219		70		323		612		44,484
Overdrafts		3,944		—		—		—		—		3,944
Total	$	1,732,251	$	9,753	$	22,196	$	34,364	$	66,313	$	1,665,938

Loans made directly or indirectly to executive officers, directors or principal stockholders were approximately $45,116 and $37,681 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During 2011, new loans granted to these individuals totaled $9,138 and payments and decreases due to changes in board composition totaled $1,704.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the terms of certain loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings. The modification of the terms of such loans included one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; or a permanent reduction of the recorded investment in the loan.

Modifications involving a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan were for periods ranging from 6 months to 15 years. Modifications involving an extension of the maturity date were for periods ranging from 6 months to 3 years.

94

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Number of Loans		Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Loans:
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied		5	$	11,674	$	11,611
Non owner occupied		3		6,806		6,785
Construction:
Commercial		2		4,883		4,883
Residential		—		—		—
Residential:
Multifamily		1		1,371		1,371
1-4 family		2		1,223		822
Home equity		—		—		—
Commercial & industrial		3		3,086		3,053
Other:
Lease financing and other		—		—		—
Overdrafts		—		—		—
Total		16	$	29,043	$	28,525

At December 31, 2011, seven TDR’s with carrying amounts of $18.0 million were on accrual status and performing in accordance with their modified terms. All other TDR’s at December 31, 2011 were on nonaccrual status. The troubled debt restructurings described above resulted in charge offs of $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2011.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, there were no troubled debt restructurings in which there were payment defaults within twelve months following the modification. The Company’s policy states that a loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 45 days contractually past due under the modified terms.

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of the borrowers to service their debt such as; value of underlying collateral, current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes non-homogeneous loans individually and classifies them as to credit risk. This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings.

Special Mention — Loans classified as special mention have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard — Loans classified as substandard asset are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified must have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses, that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful — Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in one classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans not meeting the above criteria that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans.

95

The following tables present the risk category by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 of non-homogeneous loans individually classified as to credit risk as of the most recent analysis performed:

	December 31, 2011
	Total		Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied	$	243,862	$	177,921	$	32,144	$	33,797		—
Non owner occupied		446,975		422,402		14,924		9,649		—
Construction:
Commercial		56,933		42,641		5,382		8,910		—
Residential		53,094		38,956		7,274		6,864		—
Residential:
Multifamily		227,595		226,224		—		1,371		—
1-4 family		90,033		72,594		15,109		2,330		—
Home equity		2,174		—		—		2,174		—
Commercial & Industrial		218,500		204,305		5,410		8,785		—
Other:
Lease Financing & Other		38,441		37,619		523		299		—
Total loans	$	1,377,607	$	1,222,662	$	80,766	$	74,179		—
	December 31, 2010
	Total		Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied	$	317,926	$	247,210	$	25,164	$	45,552		—
Non owner occupied		478,327		406,949		42,552		25,826	$	3,000
Construction:
Commercial		104,466		79,861		5,426		19,179		—
Residential		69,903		48,777		—		21,126		—
Residential:
Multifamily		152,295		139,725		2,620		9,950		—
1-4 family		91,761		67,401		12,342		12,018		—
Home equity		12,135		6,715		249		5,171		—
Commercial & Industrial		245,262		218,088		11,559		15,615		—
Other:
Lease Financing & Other		43,570		41,502		332		1,736		—
Total loans	$	1,515,645	$	1,256,228	$	100,244	$	156,173	$	3,000

Loans not individually rated, primarily consisting of certain 1-4 family residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit, are evaluated for risk in groups of homogeneous loans. The primary risk characteristic evaluated on these pools is payment history.

96

The following tables present the delinquency categories by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 for loans evaluated for risk in groups of homogeneous loans:

	December 31, 2011
	Total		31-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days Or More Past Due		Total Past Due		Current
Residential:
1-4 family	$	84,681		—		—		—		—	$	84,681
Home equity		110,345		—	$	97		—	$	97		110,248
Other:
Other loans		1,457	$	1		10		—		11		1,446
Overdrafts		1,862		—		—		—		—		1,862
Total loans	$	198,345	$	1	$	107		—	$	108	$	198,237
	December 31, 2010
	Total		31-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days Or More Past Due		Total Past Due		Current
Residential:
1-4 family	$	95,968	$	1,090	$	413		—	$	1,503	$	94,465
Home equity		115,167		342		—		—		342		114,825
Other:
Other loans		1,527		—		—		—		—		1,527
Overdrafts		3,944		—		—		—		—		3,944
Total loans	$	216,606	$	1,432	$	413		—	$	1,845	$	214,761

Loans Held for Sale

In the fourth quarter of 2011, management transferred $473,814 of loans to the held-for-sale category. This transfer was done in contemplation of bulk loan sales designed to reduce both classified loans and the Company’s overall concentration in commercial real estate loans. These loan sales are expected to be completed during the first and second quarters of 2012. During 2010, the Company transferred $21,864 of nonperforming loans to the held-for-sale category. This transfer was part of the Company’s implementation of a more aggressive workout strategy in reaction to the severity of the then economic crisis. The Company sold $14,053 of these loans in the fourth quarter of 2010. The remaining $7,811 were either returned to the portfolio or sold in 2011.

5  Premises and Equipment

A summary of premises and equipment follows:

	December 31
	2011			2010
Land	$	2,589		$	2,589
Buildings		23,320			22,869
Leasehold improvements		11,652			12,590
Furniture, fixtures and equipment		19,330			18,189
Automobiles		879			838
Total		57,770			57,075
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(31,834	)		(28,464	)
Premises and equipment, net	$	25,936		$	28,611

97

Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $3,968, $3,993 and $3,864 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

6  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following table sets forth the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each of the Company’s intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011				2010
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Deposit Premium	$	3,907	$	3,348	$	3,907	$	2,791
Customer Relationships		2,470		1,378		2,470		1,188
Employment Related		516		516		516		460
Total	$	6,893	$	5,242	$	6,893	$	4,439

Intangible assets amortization expense was $803 for 2011 and $822 for 2010 and 2009. The estimated annual intangible assets amortization expense in each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2011 is as follows:

Year	Amount
2012	$	748
2013		190
2014		190
2015		190
2016		190

The carrying amount of goodwill was $23,842 at December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in 2011 and 2010. Cumulative deferred tax on goodwill deductible for tax purposes was $3,202 and $2,446 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

7  Deposits

The following table presents a summary of deposits at December 31:

	(000’s)
	2011		2010
Demand deposits	$	910,329	$	756,917
Money market accounts		963,390		862,450
Savings accounts		114,371		120,238
Time deposits of $100,000 or more		110,967		144,497
Time deposits of less than $100,000		40,634		43,851
Checking with interest		285,591		306,459
Total Deposits	$	2,425,282	$	2,234,412

The Company had no brokered deposits at December 31, 2011 or 2010.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, certificates of deposits, including other time deposits of $100,000 or more, totalled $151,601 and $188,348, respectively.

98

Scheduled maturities of time deposits for the next five years were as follows:

Year	Amount
2012	$	132,716
2013		6,418
2014		3,147
2015		3,659
2016		5,549

8  Borrowings

The Company’s borrowings with original maturities of one year or less totaled $53,057 and $35,594 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Such short-term borrowings consisted of $53,057 of customer repurchase agreements at December 31, 2011 and $35,129 of customer repurchase agreements and note options on Treasury, tax and loan of $465 at December 31, 2010. Other borrowings totaled $16,465 and $87,751 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which consisted of fixed rate borrowings of $15,000 and $66,451 from the FHLB with initial stated maturities of five or ten years and one to four year call options and non callable FHLB borrowings of $1,300 and $21,300 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The callable borrowing of $15,000 from FHLB matures in 2016. The FHLB has the right to call this borrowing at various dates in 2012 and quarterly thereafter. A non callable borrowing of $1,300 matures in 2027. Our FHLB term borrowings are subject to prepayment penalties under certain circumstances in the event of prepayment.

Interest expense on all borrowings totaled $2,028, $5,476 and $7,709 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, these borrowings were collateralized by loans and securities with an estimated fair value of $447,209 and $267,000, respectively.

The following table summarizes the average balances, weighted average interest rates and the maximum month-end outstanding amounts of the Company’s borrowings for each of the years:

		(000’s except percentages)
		2011			2010			2009
Average balance:	Short-term	$	49,678		$	56,899		$	101,818
	Other Borrowings		40,184			109,349			153,799
Weighted average interest rate (for the year):	Short-term		0.5	%		0.5	%		0.5	%
	Other Borrowings		4.4			4.8			4.7
Weighted average interest rate (at year end):	Short-term		0.3	%		0.3	%		0.2	%
	Other Borrowings		4.4			4.5			4.9
Maximum month-end outstanding amount:	Short-term	$	61,897		$	71,822		$	256,084
	Other Borrowings		87,748			123,784			196,815

HVB is a member of the FHLB. As a member, HVB is able to participate in various FHLB borrowing programs which require certain investments in FHLB common stock as a prerequisite to obtaining funds. As of December 31, 2011, HVB had short-term borrowing lines with the FHLB of $200 million with no amounts outstanding. These and various other FHLB borrowing programs available to members are subject to availability of qualifying loan and/or investment securities collateral and other terms and conditions.

HVB also has unsecured overnight borrowing lines totaling $70 million with three major financial institutions which were all unused and available at December 31, 2011. In addition, HVB has approved lines under Retail Certificate of Deposit Agreements with three major financial institutions totaling $1.0 billion of which no balances were outstanding as at December 31, 2011. Utilization of these lines are subject to product availability and other restrictions.

99

Additional liquidity is also provided by the Company’s ability to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window. In response to the current economic crisis, the Federal Reserve Bank has increased the ability of banks to borrow from this source through its Borrower-in-Custody (“BIC”) program, which expanded the types of collateral which qualify as security for such borrowings. HVB has been approved to participate in the BIC program. There were no balances outstanding with the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had qualifying loan and investment securities totaling approximately $540 million which could be utilized under available borrowing programs thereby increasing liquidity.

The various borrowing programs discussed above are subject to certain restrictions and terms and conditions which may include continued availability of such borrowing programs, the Company’s ability to pledge qualifying collateral in sufficient amounts, the Company’s maintenance of capital ratios acceptable to these lenders and other conditions which may be imposed on the Company.

9  Income Taxes

A reconciliation of the income tax provision and the amount computed using the federal statutory rate is as follows:

	Years Ended December 31
	2011					2010					2009
Income tax at statutory rate	$	(2,643	)	35.0	%	$	1,298		35.0	%	$	9,213		35.0	%
State and local income tax, net of Federal benefit		(3	)	0.1			(85	)	(2.3	)		977		3.7
Tax-exempt interest income, net		(1,873	)	24.8			(2,307	)	(62.2	)		(2,566	)	(9.7	)
Non-deductible expenses and other		(894	)	11.8			(311	)	(8.4	)		(314	)	(1.2	)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	(5,413	)	71.7	%	$	(1,405	)	(37.9	%)	$	7,310		27.8	%

The components of the provision for income taxes (benefit) are as follows:

	Years Ended December 31
	2011			2010			2009
Federal:
Current	$	(11,167	)	$	2,771		$	13,543
Deferred		5,759			(4,046	)		(7,736	)
State and Local:
Current		678			994			3,622
Deferred		(683	)		(1,124	)		(2,119	)
Total	$	(5,413	)	$	(1,405	)	$	7,310

100

The tax effect of temporary differences giving rise to the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

	December 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	Asset		Liability		Asset		Liability
Allowance for loan losses	$	14,033		—	$	20,348		—
Supplemental pension benefit		4,394		—		4,073		—
Other-than-temporary impairment of investments		3,904		—		3,753		—
State net operating loss carryforward		1,407		—		—		—
Other		574		—		312		—
Interest on non-accrual loans		682		—		1,232		—
Accrued benefit liability		799		—		601		—
Deferred compensation		253		—		264		—
Share based compensation costs		130		—		134		—
Intangible assets		—	$	3,307		—	$	2,902
Property and equipment		—		1,657		—		1,725
Securities available for sale		—		1,390		—		1,047
Total	$	26,176	$	6,354	$	30,717	$	5,674
Net deferred tax asset	$	19,822			$	25,043

In the normal course of business, the Company’s Federal, New York State and New York City Corporation tax returns are subject to audit. The Company is currently open to audit by the Internal Revenue Service under the statute of limitations for years after 2007. The Company is currently undergoing an audit by New York State 2005 through 2008. This audit has not yet been completed, however, no significant issues have as yet been raised and the Company does not expect material adjustments.

The Company has performed an evaluation of its tax positions and has concluded that as of December 31, 2011, there were no significant uncertain tax positions requiring additional recognition in its financial statements and does not believe that there will be any material changes in its unrecognized tax positions over the next 12 months.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. There were no accruals for interest or penalties during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

10  Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of the Company and the Bank. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and HVB to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).

Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. In today’s economic and regulatory environment, banking regulators, including the OCC, which is the primary federal regulator of the Bank, are directing greater scrutiny to banks with concentrations of commercial real estate loans. Due to the concentration of commercial real estate

101

loans in our portfolio, we are among the banks subject to such greater regulatory scrutiny. As a result of this concentration, the level of our non-performing loans, and the potential for further deterioration in our loan portfolio, the OCC required HVB to maintain, by December 31, 2009, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12.0 percent (compared to 10.0 percent for a well capitalized bank), a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0 percent (compared to 6.0 percent for a well capitalized bank), and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 8.0 percent (compared to 5.0 percent for a well capitalized bank.) These capital requirements are in excess of “well capitalized” levels generally applicable to banks under current regulations. The Company has continuously met these requirements.

The following summarizes the capital requirements and capital position at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Capital Ratios:	Actual					Minimum for Capital Adequacy					Minimum to be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action					Enhanced Capitalized Requirement
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
HVB Only:
As of December 31, 2011:
Total Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)	$	266,432		12.1	%	$	176,313		8.0	%	$	220,391		10.0	%	$	264,469		12.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)		238,843		10.8	%		88,156		4.0	%		132,235		6.0	%		220,391		10.0	%
Tier 1 Cap ital (To Average Assets)		238,843		8.4	%		113,439		4.0	%		141,798		5.0	%		226,877		8.0	%
As of December 31, 2010:
Total Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)	$	264,574		14.0	%	$	150,768		8.0	%	$	188,460		10.0	%	$	226,152		12.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)		240,834		12.8	%		75,384		4.0	%		113,076		6.0	%		188,460		10.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets)		240,834		8.8	%		109,191		4.0	%		136,489		5.0	%		218,383		8.0	%
Consolidated:
As of December 31, 2011:
Total Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)	$	277,301		12.6	%	$	176,303		8.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)		249,713		11.3	%		88,151		4.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets)		249,713		8.8	%		113,567		4.0	%
As of December 31, 2010:
Total Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)	$	286,144		15.2	%	$	150,810		8.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)		262,389		13.9	%		75,405		4.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets)		262,389		9.6	%		109,277		4.0	%

Management believes, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

In addition, pursuant to Rule 15c3-1 of the Securities and Exchange Commission, ARS as a broker-dealer is required to maintain minimum “net capital” as defined under such rule. As of December 31, 2011 ARS exceeded its minimum capital requirement.

Stock Dividend

In November 2011 and November 2010 the Board of Directors of the Company declared 10 percent stock dividends. Share and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the issuance of the additional shares.

102

11  Stock-Based Compensation

In accordance with the provisions of the Hudson Valley Holding Corp. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan, approved by the Company’s stockholders on May 27, 2010, the Company may grant eligible employees, including directors, consultants and advisors, incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance awards and other types of awards. The 2010 Plan provides for the issuance of up to 1,331,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Prior to the 2010 Plan, the Company had stock option plans that provided for the granting of options to directors, officers, eligible employees, and certain advisors, based upon eligibility as determined by the Compensation Committee. Under the prior plans, options were granted for the purchase of shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price not less than the market value of the stock on the date of grant, vested over various periods ranging from immediate to five years from date of grant, and had expiration dates up to ten years from the date of grant. The Company estimates that more than 90% of options granted under the prior plans will vest. Compensation costs relating to stock-based payment transactions are recognized in the financial statements with measurement based upon the fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. Compensation costs related to share based payment transactions are expensed over their respective vesting periods. There were no stock-based compensation awards granted under either the 2010 Plan or the prior plans during the year ended December 31, 2011.

The following table summarizes stock option activity for 2011. Shares and per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect the effect of the 10% stock dividend in 2011.

	Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (1) ($000’s)		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		769,730		$	21.76
Granted		0			—
Exercised		(92,966	)		14.48
Cancelled or Expired		(51,508	)		22.14
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		625,256			22.81	$	1,253		2.5
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		616,382			22.62	$	1,253		2.5
Available for future grant		1,331,000

(1) The aggregate intrinsic value of a stock option in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2011. This amount changes based on changes in the market value of the Company’s stock.

The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices of the Company’s stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011:

	Exercise Price				Number of Options		Weighted Average
							Remaining Life (years)		Exercise Price
	$	13.80	$	18.21		218,043		1.9	$	16.94
		18.21		23.70		207,948		3.3		20.62
		23.77		41.82		199,265		2.3		31.54
Total Options Outstanding		13.80		41.82		625,256		2.5		22.81
Exercisable		13.80		41.82		616,382		2.5		22.62
Not Exercisable		35.33		41.82		8,874		1.3		35.96

103

The fair value (present value of the estimated future benefit to the option holder) of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. There were 8,874 nonvested options with a weighted average exercise price of $35.96 and 45,566 nonvested options with a weighted average exercise price of $32.81 outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During 2011, 34,129 options with a weighted average exercise price of $31.79 vested, and 2,563 options with a weighted average exercise price of $35.56 were forfeited. There were no stock options granted in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Compensation expense of $125, $148 and $254 related to the Company’s stock option plans was included in net income for the years ended December 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The total tax benefit related thereto was $5, $6 and $8, respectively. Unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested share-based compensation granted under the Company’s stock option plans totaled $68 at December 31, 2011. This expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.0 years. Cash received from option exercises was $1,223, $623 and $545 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

12  Fair Value

The Company follows the “Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures” topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification which requires additional disclosures about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other financial institutions, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

The fair values of securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges, which is a Level 1 input, or matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities, which is a Level 2 input.

The Company’s available for sale securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 include several pooled trust preferred instruments. The recent severe downturn in the overall economy and, in particular, in the financial services industry has created a situation where significant observable inputs (Level 2) are not readily available for these securities. As an alternative, the Company combined Level 2 input of market yield requirements of similar instruments together with certain Level 3 assumptions addressing the impact of current market illiquidity to estimate the fair value of these instruments — See Note 2 “Securities” for further discussion of pooled trust preferred securities.

104

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are summarized below:

	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total
	(000’s)
Measured on a recurring basis:
Available for sale securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agencies		—		—		—		—
Mortgage-backed securities — residential		—	$	393,418		—	$	393,418
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		100,599		—		100,599
Other debt securities		—		516	$	2,816		3,332
Mutual funds and other equity securities		—		10,548		—		10,548
Total assets at fair value		—	$	505,081	$	2,816	$	507,897
Measured on a non-recurring basis:
Impaired loans: (1)
Commercial Real Estate		—		—	$	1,410	$	1,410
Construction		—		—		3,107		3,107
Residential		—		—		1,529		1,529
Commercial & Industrial		—		—		2,145		2,145
Other		—		—		—		—
Loans held for sale (2)		—		—		473,814		473,814
Other real estate owned (3)		—		—		1,174		1,174
Total assets at fair value		—		—	$	483,179	$	483,179

(1) Impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Collateral values are estimated using Level 2 and Level 3 inputs which include independent appraisals and internally customized discounting criteria. The recorded investment in impaired loans subject to fair value reporting on December 31, 2011 was $10,565 for which a specific allowance of $2,374 has been established within the allowance for loan losses. The fair values were based on internally customized discounting criteria of the collateral and thus classified as Level 3 fair values.

(2) Loans held for sale are reported at lower of cost or fair value. Fair value is based on average bid indicators received from third parties expected to participate in the loan sales.

(3) Other real estate owned is reported at lower of cost or fair value less anticipated costs to sell. Fair value is based on third party or internally developed appraisals which, considering the assumptions in the valuation, are considered Level 2 or Level 3 inputs. The fair value of other real estate owned at December 31, 2011 was derived by management from appraisals which used various assumptions and were discounted as necessary, resulting in a Level 3 classification.

105

	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010
	Quoted Prices  in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total
	(000’s)
Measured on a recurring basis:
Available for sale securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agencies		—	$	3,012		—	$	3,012
Mortgage-backed securities — residential		—		309,540		—		309,540
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		116,081		—		116,081
Other debt securities		—		686	$	3,687		4,373
Mutual funds and other equity securities		—		10,661		—		10,661
Total assets at fair value		—	$	439,980	$	3,687	$	443,667
Measured on a non-recurring basis:
Impaired loans: (1)
Commercial Real Estate		—		—	$	2,805	$	2,805
Construction		—		—		10,806		10,806
Residential		—		—		3,373		3,373
Commercial & Industrial		—		—		1,420		1,420
Other		—		—		190		190
Loans held for sale (2)		—		—		7,811		7,811
Other real estate owned (3)		—		—		11,028		11,028
Total assets at fair value		—		—	$	37,433	$	37,433

(1) Impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Collateral values are estimated using Level 2 and Level 3 inputs which include independent appraisals and internally customized discounting criteria. The recorded investment in impaired loans subject to fair value reporting on December 31, 2010 was $19,486 for which a specific allowance of $892 has been established within the allowance for loan losses. The fair values were based on internally customized discounting criteria of the collateral and thus classified as Level 3 fair values.

(2) Loans held for sale are reported at lower of cost or fair value. Fair value is based on average bid indicators received from third parties expected to participate in the loan sales.

(3) Other real estate owned is reported at lower of cost or fair value less anticipated costs to sell. Fair value is based on third party or internally developed appraisals which, considering the assumptions in the valuation, are considered Level 2 or Level 3 inputs. The fair value of other real estate owned at December 31, 2010 was derived by management from appraisals which used various assumptions and were discounted as necessary, resulting in a Level 3 classification.

106

The table below presents a reconciliation and income statement classification of gains and losses for securities available for sale measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Level 3 Assets     Measured on a Recurring
	Basis For the Year Ended              December 31
	2011			2010
	(000’s)
Balance at beginning of period	$	3,687		$	3,938
Transfers into (out of) Level 3		388			367
Net unrealized gain (loss) included in other comprehensive income (1)		(888	)		1,934
Principal payments		(3	)		—
Recognized impairment charge included in the statement of income (2)		(368	)		(2,552	)
Balance at end of period	$	2,816		$	3,687

(1) Reported under “Unrealized (loss) gain on securities available for sale arising during the period”

(2) Reported under “Recognized impairment charge on securities available for sale, net”

13  Benefit Plans

The Hudson Valley Bank Employees’ Defined Contribution Pension Plan covers substantially all employees. Pension costs charged to current operations included 5.0 percent and 2.5 percent, respectively, of each participants earnings in 2011 and 2009. There were no pension costs accrued in 2010. Pension costs charged to operating expenses totaled $1,265 and $387 in 2011 and 2009, respectively.

The Hudson Valley Bank Employees’ Savings Plan covers substantially all employees. The Company matches 25 percent of employee contributions annually, up to 4 percent of base salary. Savings Plan costs charged to expense totaled approximately $168, $170 and $170 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company’s matching contribution under the Employees’ Savings Plan as well as its contribution to the Defined Contribution Pension Plan is in the form of cash. Neither plan holds any shares of the Company’s stock.

Additional retirement benefits are provided to certain officers and directors of HVB pursuant to unfunded supplemental plans. Costs for the supplemental pension plans totaled $1,397, $1,299 and $2,123 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for the supplemental plans and makes contributions to the plans only as benefit payments become due. In the fourth quarter of 2010, one employee was added to the officers’ supplemental plan resulting in an additional $24 of expense for the year. Also during 2010, two directors included in the directors’ supplemental retirement plan elected to retire. In accordance with the terms of the plan, one retiring director began receiving monthly benefits beginning in June 2010 and the other elected a lump sum payment which was paid in December 2010.

107

The following tables set forth the status of the Company’s supplemental plans as of December 31:

	2011			2010			2009
Change in benefit obligation :
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	11,413		$	11,161		$	11,754
Service cost		429			296			1,006
Interest cost		638			596			560
Amendments		—			—			(1,155	)
Actuarial (gain) loss		819			164			(336	)
Benefits paid		(612	)		(803	)		(668	)
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	12,687		$	11,414		$	11,161
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
Actual return on assets		—			—			—
Employer contribution		612			803			668
Benefits paid		(612	)		(803	)		(668	)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year		—			—			—
Funded status at year end	$	(12,687	)	$	(11,414	)	$	(11,161	)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31 consist of:

	2011			2010
Net actuarial loss	$	2,447		$	2,184
Prior service cost		(449	)		(681	)
	$	1,998		$	1,503

The accumulated benefit obligation was $11,999 and $10,658 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following table consists of the weighted average assumptions and components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income for the years indicated:

	2011			2010
Weighted Average Assumptions:
Discount rate		4.50	%		5.25	%
Expected return on plan assets		—			—
Rate of compensation increase		3.00	%		3.00	%
Components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income:
Service cost	$	429		$	296
Interest cost		638			596
Expected return on plan assets		—			—
Amortization of transition obligation		—			—
Amortization of prior service cost		(233	)		(191	)
Amortization of net loss		557			598
Net periodic benefit cost	$	1,391		$	1,299
Net (gain) loss		262			(434	)
Amortization of prior service cost		233			191
Total recognized in other comprehensive income		495			(243	)
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income	$	1,886		$	1,056

108

The estimated net loss and prior service costs that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost in 2012 are $706 and $(232).

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

Year	Pension Benefit
2012	$	813
2013		1,110
2014		1,088
2015		1,088
2016		947
Years 2017-2021		5,275

14  Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Disclosures

The Company is obligated under leases for certain of its branches and equipment. Minimum rental commitments for bank premises and equipment under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:

Year	Amount
2012	$	4,856
2013		4,629
2014		4,482
2015		4,444
2016		4,159
Thereafter		10,309
Total minimum future payments	$	32,879

Rent expense for premises and equipment was $4,254, $3,533 and $3,462 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) is currently conducting an investigation of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc. (ARS), relating to its compliance with certain regulatory provisions of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The investigation resulted from a routine examination of ARS’s investment advisory business and relates to the Company’s brokerage practices and policies and disclosure about such practices. The Company is in discussions with the staff of the SEC to settle this matter and has made accruals for such resolution as of December 31, 2011. At this stage in the investigation, it is reasonably possible the outcome could differ from the accrual that has been made. Management is unable to reasonably estimate the range of possible additional loss, if any, at this time, which could be material.

Other than the matter discussed above, in the ordinary course of business, the Company is party to various outstanding commitments, legal proceedings and other contingent liabilities which are not reflected in the consolidated balance sheets. None of these matters, in the opinion of management, will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Cash Reserve Requirements

HVB is required to maintain average reserve balances under the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation D issued thereunder. Such reserves totaled $12,821 at December 31, 2011.

109

Restrictions on Funds Transfers

There are various restrictions which limit the ability of a bank subsidiary to transfer funds in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances to the parent company. Under federal law, the approval of the primary regulator is required if dividends declared by a bank in any year exceed the net profits of that year, as defined, combined with the retained net profits for the two preceding years. Under applicable banking statutes, at December 31, 2011, the Bank had no additional dividends that could have been paid to the Company.

In connection with the Company’s efforts to reduce certain asset concentrations as they relate to capital, the board has adopted a dividend policy to cap dividend payments going forward at no more than 50 percent of quarterly net income in 2012 and in future periods if commercial real estate loans and classified assets exceed 400 percent and 25 percent of risk-based capital, respectively.

15  Segment Information

The Company has one reportable segment, “Community Banking.” All of the Company’s activities are interrelated, and each activity is dependent and assessed based on how each of the activities of the Company supports the others. For example, commercial lending is dependent upon the ability of the Company to fund itself with retail deposits and other borrowings and to manage interest rate and credit risk. This situation is also similar for consumer and residential mortgage lending. Accordingly, all significant operating decisions are based upon analysis of the Company as one operating segment or unit.

The Company operates only in the U.S. domestic market, primarily in the New York metropolitan area. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there is no customer that accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenue.

16  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The “Financial Instruments” topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification requires the disclosure of the estimated fair value of certain financial instruments. These estimated fair values as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been determined using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop estimates of fair value. The estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of alternative market assumptions and estimation methodologies could have had a material effect on these estimates of fair value.

Carrying amount and estimated fair value of financial instruments, not previously presented, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	December 31
	2011				2010
	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value
			(in millions)
Assets:
Financial assets for which carrying value approximates fair value	$	94.5	$	94.5	$	356.2	$	356.2
Held to maturity securities and accrued interest		13.0		13.9		16.3		17.3
FHLB Stock		3.8		N/A		7.0		N/A
Loans and accrued interest		1,571.3		1,609.2		1,717.8		1,759.8
Liabilities:
Deposits with no stated maturity and accrued interest		2,274.7		2,274.7		2,047.4		2,047.4
Time deposits and accrued interest		151.7		152.1		188.5		188.9
Securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowing and accrued interest		53.1		53.1		36.6		36.6
Other borrowings and accrued interest		16.6		14.0		88.2		85.6

110

The estimated fair value of the indicated items was determined as follows:

Financial assets for which carrying value approximates fair value — The estimated fair value approximates carrying amount because of the immediate availability of these funds or based on the short maturities and current rates for similar deposits. Cash and due from banks as well as Federal funds sold are reported in this line item.

Held to maturity securities and accrued interest — The fair value of securities held to maturity was estimated based on quoted market prices or dealer quotations. Accrued interest is stated at its carrying amounts which approximates fair value.

FHLB Stock — It is not practicable to determine its fair value due to restrictions placed on its transferability.

Loans and accrued interest — The fair value of loans was estimated by discounting projected cash flows at the reporting date using current rates for similar loans. Accrued interest is stated at its carrying amount which approximates fair value.

Deposits with no stated maturity and accrued interest — The estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity and accrued interest, as applicable, are considered to be equal to their carrying amounts.

Time deposits and accrued interest — The fair value of time deposits has been estimated by discounting projected cash flows at the reporting date using current rates for similar deposits. Accrued interest is stated at its carrying amount which approximates fair value.

Securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings and accrued interest —The estimated fair value of these instruments approximate carrying amount because of their short maturities and variable rates. Accrued interest is stated at its carrying amount which approximates fair value.

Other borrowings and accrued interest — The fair value of callable FHLB advances was estimated by discounting projected cash flows at the reporting date using the rate applicable to the projected call date option. Accrued interest is stated at its carrying amount which approximates fair value.

17  Condensed Financial Information of Hudson Valley Holding Corp.

(Parent Company Only)

Condensed Balance Sheets

December 31, 2011 and 2010

Dollars in thousands

	2011		2010
Assets
Due from banks	$	8,133	$	19,895
Investment in subsidiaries		268,927		269,469
Equity securities		1,027		1,133
Other assets		26		29
Total Assets	$	278,113	$	290,526
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Other liabilities	$	551	$	609
Stockholders’ equity		277,562		289,917
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	$	278,113	$	290,526

111

Condensed Statements of Operations

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Dollars in thousands

	2011			2010			2009
Dividends from subsidiaries	$	5		$	7		$	24,354
Dividends from equity securities		76			77			78
Other income		2			—			—
Operating expenses		699			720			243
(Loss) Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries		(616	)		(636	)		24,189
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries		(1,521	)		5,749			(5,177	)
Net (Loss) Income	($	2,137	)	$	5,113		$	19,012

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Dollars in thousands

	2011			2010			2009
Operating Activities:
Net (loss) income	($	2,137	)	$	5,113		$	19,012
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries		1,521			(5,749	)		5,177
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities		25			(119	)		118
(Increase) decrease in other assets		3			43			48
Other changes, net		—			1			11
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		(588	)		(711	)		24,366
Investing Activities:
Additional investment in subsidiaries		—			(15,350	)		(44,000	)
Proceeds from sales of equity securities		4			22			—
Purchases of equity securities		—			—			(3	)
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities		4			(15,328	)		(44,003	)
Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock and exercises of stock options		1,223			623			93,868
Net acquisition/sale of treasury stock		—			—			(15,631	)
Cash dividends paid		(12,401	)		(11,396	)		(15,680	)
Net cash (used in) used in financing activities		(11,178	)		(10,773	)		62,557
Increase (decrease) in Cash and Due from Banks		(11,762	)		(26,812	)		42,920
Cash and due from banks, beginning of period		19,895			46,707			3,787
Cash and due from banks, end of year	$	8,133		$	19,895		$	46,707

112

ITEM 9 — CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information the Company must disclose in its reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported on a timely basis. Any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can only provide reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2011. Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2011, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective in bringing to their attention on a timely basis information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act. Also, during the year ended December 31, 2011, there has not been any change that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment and those criteria, management concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued their report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. That report is included under the heading, Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable.

113

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information set forth under the captions “Nominees for the Board of Directors”, “Executive Officers”, “Corporate Governance” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information set forth under the caption “Executive Compensation” in the 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT, AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information set forth under the captions “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information set forth under the captions “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”, “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance” in the 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information set forth under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees” in the 2012 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

114

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

1. Financial Statements:

The following financial statements of the Company are included in this document in Item 8 — Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

• Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

• Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

• Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

• Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010

• Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

• Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

• Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Financial Statement Schedules:

Financial Statement Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown elsewhere in the document in the Financial Statements or Notes thereto, or in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

3. Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K:

Number	Exhibit Title
3.1	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Hudson Valley Holding Corp. (2)
3.2	Amended and Restated By-Laws of Hudson Valley Holding Corp. (3)
4.1	Specimen of Common Stock Certificate (1)
10.1	Hudson Valley Bank Amended and Restated Directors Retirement Plan Effective December 31, 2008*(7)
10.2	Hudson Valley Bank Restated and Amended Supplemental Retirement Plan of 1995* (1)
10.3	Form of Amendment No. 1 to Hudson Valley Bank Restated and Amended Supplemental Retirement Plan of 1995* (5)
10.4	Hudson Valley Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan of 1997* (1)
10.5	Form of Amendment No. 1 to Hudson Valley Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan of 1997* (5)
10.6	Form of Amendment No. 2 to Hudson Valley Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan of 1995 and 1997* (5)
10.7	Form of Amendment No. 3 to Hudson Valley Bank Supplemental Retirement Plan of 1995 and 1997* (5)
10.8	Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Option Plan* (4)
10.9	Specimen Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement* (1)
10.10	Specimen Incentive Stock Option Agreement* (7)

115

Number	Exhibit Title
10.11	Consulting Agreement Between the Company and Director John A. Pratt, Jr.* (1)
10.12	Hudson Valley Holding Corp. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended February 28, 2012* (7)
10.13	Hudson Valley Holding Corp. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan: Form of agreement with regard to Restricted stock awards to directors (7)
10.14	Hudson Valley Holding Corp. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan: Form of agreement with regard to Restricted stock awards to employees (7)
10.15	Hudson Valley Holding Corp. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan: Form of agreement with regard to Restricted stock awards to consultants and advisors (7)
11	Statements re: Computation of Per Share Earnings (7)
12	Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges (7)
14	Code of Ethics for Directors, Officers and Employees (6)
21	Subsidiaries of the Company (7)
23.1	Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP (7)
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (7)
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (7)
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (7)
32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (7)
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document (8)
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema (8)
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase (8)
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase (8)
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase (8)
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase (8)

* Management contract and compensatory plan or arrangement

(1) Incorporated herein by reference in this document to the Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2007

(2) Incorporated herein by reference in this document to the Form 10-Q filed October 20, 2009

(3) Incorporated herein by reference in this document to the Form 8-K filed on April 28, 2010

(4) Incorporated herein by reference in this document to the Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2009

(5) Incorporated herein by reference in this document to the Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2010

(6) Incorporated herein by reference in this document to the Form 8-K filed on July 27, 2011

(7) Filed herewith

(8) Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this interactive data file is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or section 34(b) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

116

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP.

March 15, 2012

By:	/s/  JAMES J. LANDY
	James J. Landy
	President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on March 15, 2012 by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

/S/  JAMES J. LANDY

James J. Landy

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

/S/  STEPHEN R. BROWN

Stephen R. Brown

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Director

(Principal Financial Officer)

JOHN P. CAHILL

John P. Cahill

Director

/s/  WILLIAM E. GRIFFIN

William E. Griffin

Chairman of the Board and Director

/s/  MARY JANE FOSTER

Mary Jane Foster

Director

/s/  GREGORY F. HOLCOMBE

Gregory F. Holcombe

Director

/s/  ADAM IFSHIN

Adam Ifshin

Director

/s/  MICHAEL J. MALONEY

Michael J. Maloney

Executive Vice President, Chief Banking Officer of the Bank and Director

117

/s/  ANGELO R. MARTINELLI

Angelo R. Martinelli

Director

/s/  JOHN A. PRATT JR.

John A. Pratt Jr.

Director

/s/  CECILE D. SINGER

Cecile D. Singer

Director

/s/  CRAIG S. THOMPSON

Craig S. Thompson

Director

/s/  ANDREW J. REINHART

Andrew J. Reinhart

First Senior Vice President and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

118

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

AMENDMENT TO THE HUDSON VALLEY BANK AMENDED AND

RESTATED DIRECTORS RETIREMENT PLAN

THIS AMENDMENT (the “Amendment”), having an effective date of October     , 2011 (the “Effective Date”), is hereby made by the Board of Directors of Hudson Valley Bank, N.A. (each, a “Director” and collectively the “Directors”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Hudson Valley Bank, N.A. has heretofore adopted the Hudson Valley Bank Amended and Restated Directors Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), a copy of which Plan is attached hereto as Exhibit A; and

WHEREAS, Article Thirteen of the Plan provides that Hudson Valley Bank, NA., through its Directors, reserves the right to amend the Plan at any time; and

WHEREAS, the Directors hereby desire to amend certain provisions of the Plan; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, it is mutually understood and agreed that the Plan shall be amended as follows:

ARTICLE SEVEN: BENEFIT COMMENCEMENT DATE

Article Seven is hereby amended and restated as follows:

Each Director shall begin to receive all benefits due and payable under the Plan on the first day of the month following his or her Termination Date. For purposes of the Plan, the words “Termination Date” shall mean the date of a Director’s termination from service as a director of Hudson Valley Bank, N.A. by retirement, resignation, discharge, Change of Control (as hereinafter defined). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Director who remains as a Director following any Change in Control shall be deemed terminated under the Plan and shall be entitled to all benefits payable under the Plan.

For purposes of this Plan, a “Change of Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if the Board of Directors certifies on an objective basis that one of the following has occurred:

(a) a sale or other transfer of ownership or all or substantially all (50% or more of the total gross fair market value) of the assets of Hudson Valley Bank, N.A. or Hudson Valley Holding Corp. by any person or entity or by any persons or entities acting in concert;

(b) approval by the stockholders of Hudson Valley Bank, NA. or Hudson Valley Holding Corp. of an agreement providing for the merger or consolidation of Hudson Valley Bank, N.A. or Hudson Valley Holding Corp. with another corporation where the stockholders of Hudson Valley Bank, NA. or Hudson Valley Holding Corp. immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, would not beneficially own, directly or indirectly, immediately after the consolidation, shares entitling such stockholders to 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the surviving corporation;

(c) the replacement of a majority of members of the Board of Directors of Hudson Valley Bank, N.A. or Hudson Valley Holding Corp. over any one year period or less by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of such Board of Directors prior to the date of the appointment or election.

All other terms and conditions of the Plan, except as modified herein, shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Directors of Hudson Valley Bank, N.A. have executed this Amendment this      day of October , 2011.

WILLIAM E. GRIFFIN, Chairman of the Board

JAMES J. LANDY, President and CEO

STEPHEN R. BROWN

GREGORY F. HOLCOMBE

ANGELO R. MARTINELLI

JOHN A. PRATT JR.

CECILE D. SINGER

CRAIG S. THOMPSON

MICHAEL P. MALONEY

VINCENT T. PALAIA

EX-10.10

Exhibit 10.10

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP.

2002 STOCK OPTION PLAN

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”), is dated this          day of                     ,         , by and between HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP., a New York Corporation having its office and principal place of business at 21 Scarsdale Road, Yonkers, New York (the “Corporation”) and                      an individual residing at                      the “Optionee”).

WHEREAS, the Corporation seeks to provide a means by which the Corporation, through the grant of stock options to the Optionee, may retain the Optionee as an employee of Hudson Valley Bank (“HVB”) or of any subsidiary of the Corporation and motivate the Optionee to exert his or her best efforts on behalf of the Corporation, HVB or of any subsidiary of the Corporation (the “Subsidiary Corporation”).

WHEREAS, the stock option provided for hereunder is granted pursuant to the terms of the Hudson Valley Holding Corp. 2002 Stock Option Plan dated May 14, 2002 (the “Plan”);

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises contained in this Agreement and the benefits to be derived from those promises and for other consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Corporation and the Optionee agree as follows.

1. GRANT OF OPTION. From time to time the Corporation may provide a grant to Optionee (the “Grant”) of a stock option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase from the Corporation an aggregate of one or more shares of the common stock of the Corporation (the “Common Stock”), provided that at the time of any such Grant the Optionee does not own more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation, HVB and of any Subsidiary Corporation. It is intended that each such Stock Option shall qualify as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Each such Stock Option shall be evidenced by an option grant notice (the “Option Grant Notice”) addressed to the Optionee from the Corporation and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of (i) the Plan, (ii) this Agreement and (iii) the Option Grant Notice. Each Option Grant Notice shall state the vesting terms of the Stock Option.

2. TERMS AND CONDITIONS. It is understood and agreed that any Stock Option is subject to the following terms and conditions of this Agreement:

A. EXPIRATION DATE OF STOCK OPTION. The Stock Option shall expire ten (10) years from the date of grant as stated in the Option Grant Notice.

1

B. EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTION DURING CONTINUOUS EMPLOYMENT.

(1) Stock Options may be exercised pursuant to the following terms and conditions:

i. The Optionee must exercise and purchase the lesser of (i) 500 shares; or (ii) the entire Stock Option grant;

ii. The Optionee cannot exercise a Stock Option granted to him or her if at the time of said exercise there exists any unexercised Stock Option previously granted to him or her.

C. EXERCISE IN THE EVENT OF DEATH, DISABILITY OR TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

(1) Death. If the Optionee dies while an employee of the Corporation, HVB or of any Subsidiary Corporation, the Stock Option may be exercised by the Optionee’s estate or by any person who acquired such Stock Option(s) by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of Optionee within twelve (12) months immediately following the Optionee’s death and subject to verification that the Optionee was entitled to exercise such Stock Option at the date of his or her death; provided, however, that the Stock Option may not be exercised after the expiration date as set forth in Section 2.A. of this Agreement.

(2) Disability. If the Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Corporation, HVB or any Subsidiary Corporation because of his or her disability, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, such Stock Option may be exercised by the Optionee, his or her attorney-in-fact or conservator, as appropriate, within twelve (12) months immediately following the date that he or she ceased to be an employee and to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Stock Option on the date when his or her employment ceased; provided, however, that the Stock Option may not be exercised after the expiration date as set forth in Section 2.A. of this Agreement and that such exercise by the attorney-in-fact or by the conservator of the Optionee does not disqualify the Stock Option as an incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

If the disability leave does not exceed ninety (90) days, the Optionee will be deemed to be in continuous employment with the Corporation, HVB and/or a Subsidiary Corporation during the leave period. However, if the disability leave exceeds ninety (90) days, the Optionee will be deemed to have terminated his or her employment on the ninety-first (91^st) day of the leave, and will not, pursuant to Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, continue to accrue hours of employment service unless reemployment is guaranteed by statue or contract.

(3) Termination of Employment. If the Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Corporation, HVB or of any Subsidiary Corporation for any reason other than death or disability, such Stock Option(s) may be exercised by him or her within ninety (90)

2

days immediately following the termination date to the extent that the Optionee was entitled to exercise such Stock Option(s) on the date of his or her termination of employment; provided, however that such Stock Option may not be exercised after the expiration date provided in Section 2.A. of this Agreement; provided further, that if the Optionee ceases to be an employee of the Corporation, HVB or of any Subsidiary Corporation because he or she voluntarily terminates his or her employment or because his or her employment is voluntarily terminated by the Corporation, HVB or by any Subsidiary Corporation as a result of his or her willful misconduct, as determined in the sole discretion of the Corporation, all rights to exercise the Stock Option shall terminate on the date when his or her employment ceases.

D. OPTION PRICE. The Stock Option price per share shall be determined in good faith by the Corporation at the time a Stock Option is granted and shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value of a share of the Common Stock of the Corporation on the date of the grant of such Stock Option.

E. PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE UPON EXERCISE. At the time of any exercise of a Stock Option, the purchase price of the shares for which such option may be exercised shall be paid in cash to the Corporation.

F. NONTRANSFERABILITY. No Stock Option shall be transferable under the Plan other than by a will of the Optionee or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of the Optionee, the Stock Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or by his or her attorney-in-fact or conservator, unless such exercise by the attorney-in-fact or by the conservator of the Optionee would disqualify the option as an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

G. ADJUSTMENTS. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of any change in the outstanding common stock of the Corporation, by reason of any stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of shares, rights offering to purchase the common stock at a price substantially below fair market value, or of any similar change affecting the purchase price per share of those subject shares, shall be appropriately adjusted consistent with such change in such manner as the Corporation may deem equitable to prevent substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to Optionee hereunder or under the Plan. Any adjustment so made shall be final and binding upon the Optionee.

H. NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER. The Optionee shall have no right as a shareholder with respect to shares of stock subject to the Stock Option prior to the date of issuance to him or her of a certificate or certificates for such shares.

I. NO RIGHTS CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT. The Plan and any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall not confer upon the Optionee any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Corporation, HVB or by any Subsidiary Corporation, nor shall it interfere in any way with the rights of his or her employer to terminate his or her employment at any time.

3

J. REORGANIZATION, MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, OR SALE OF ASSETS. Upon a reorganization in which the Corporation is not the surviving or acquiring corporation, any and all unexercised Stock Option(s) under the Plan shall be canceled as of the effective date of the reorganization; provided, however, that the Corporation shall give to the Optionee, or the holder of the Stock Option(s) at least fifteen (15) days written notice of the reorganization and during the period beginning when the Optionee, or the holder of the Stock Option(s) shall have the right to exercise the unexercised Stock Option(s) under the Plan without regard to employment or directorship tenure requirements or installment exercise limitations, if any; provided further, however, that the Stock Option(s) may not be exercised after the period provided in either Section 5A or 5B of the Plan. For the purposes of the Plan, this Agreement and any Stock Option(s) granted under the Plan, the term “reorganization” shall mean any merger, consolidation, sale of substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or sale of the securities of the Corporation pursuant to which the Corporation becomes a wholly–owned subsidiary of another corporation after the effective date of the reorganization.

K. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS. The Stock Option and the obligation of the Corporation to sell and deliver shares hereunder, shall be subject to all applicable federal and state laws and rules and regulations and to such approvals by any government or regulatory agency as may be required. The Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Common Stock prior to the completion of any registration or qualification of such shares under any federal or state law or any rule or regulation or any governmental body which the Corporation shall, in its sole discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable.

3. Ceased to be applicable – September 22, 2009 with listing on NASDAQ

STOCK RESTRICTION AGREEMENT. The Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any share of Common Stock upon the exercise of any Stock Option granted under the Plan until the Optionee, or the holder of the Stock Option becomes a signatory to a stock restriction agreement (the “Stock Restriction Agreement”) with respect to all of his or her Common Stock, including all shares presently owned or hereinafter acquired. This Stock Restriction Agreement will be substantially in the form of Exhibit “A” attached hereto.

4. VESTING. The vesting of the Stock Option for the Optionee shall be determined in good faith by the Corporation at the time it grants a Stock Option to the Optionee and said vesting period shall be specified in the Option Grant Notice.

5. INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION. Prior to the issuance of any share the Corporation shall require the Optionee to furnish to the Corporation an agreement (in such form as the Corporation may specify) in which the Optionee represents that the shares acquired by him or her upon exercise of the Stock Option are being acquired for investment and not with a view of resale, distribution, offering, transferring, mortgaging, pledging, hypothecating, or otherwise disposing of any such stock under the circumstances which would constitute a public offering or distribution under the Securities Act of 1933 or applicable securities laws of any state. No shares of stock shall be issued upon the exercise of the Stock Option unless the Corporation shall have received from the Optionee a written statement satisfactory to the Corporation, or the

4

Corporation’s counsel, containing the above representations, stating that the certificates representing such shares may bear a legend restricting their transfer, and stating that the Corporation’s transfer agent or agents may be give instructions to stop transfer of any certificate bearing such legend.

6. OPTIONEE BOUND BY PLAN. The Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions thereof. To the extent that the terms of this Agreement or of any Option Grant Notice are inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern.

7. APPROVAL BY SHAREHOLDERS. The granting of any Stock Option by the Corporation is made pursuant to the terms of the adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and which Plan was approved by a majority of the shareholders of the Corporation on May 14, 2002.

8. NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and if sent by Certified or Registered Mail. As to the Corporation any required notice shall be addressed to the Chairman of the Board, Hudson Valley Holding Corp., 21 Scarsdale Road, Yonkers, New York 10707. As to the Optionee any required notice shall be addressed to him or her at his or her last address on file with Hudson Valley Holding Corp.

Any party, by notice given as provided above, may change the address to which its future notices shall be sent.

9. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without reference to conflict of law principles.

10. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEROF, the Corporation has caused this Agreement to be executed by its President and the Optionee has executed this Agreement, both as of the day and year first above written.

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP.
By:
	James J. Landy, President & CEO
Attest:
OPTIONEE

5

STATE OF NEW YORK	)
	)       s.s.:
COUNTY OF WESTCHESTER	)

On the         day of                 ,          before me personally came James J. Landy to me known , who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides at 25 Constant Ave., Yonkers, New York, 10701; and that he is the President & CEO of HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP., the Corporation described in and which executed the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said Corporation; that the seal affixed to said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Corporation, and that he signed his name thereto by like order.

STATE OF NEW YORK	)
	)       s.s.:
COUNTY OF WESTCHESTER	)

On the         day of                              before me personally came                      to me known to be the individual described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged that he executed the same

6

EX-10.12

Exhibit 10.12

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP.

2010 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

(Approved by Shareholders May 27, 2010)

- 1 -

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP.

2010 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

(Adopted by Board of Directors April 15, 2010)

(Approved by Shareholders May 27, 2010)

(As amended by Board of Directors February 28, 2012)

1. Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide additional incentive to those officers and key employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries whose substantial contributions are essential to the continued growth and success of the Company’s business in order to strengthen their commitment to the Company and its Subsidiaries, to motivate such officers and employees to faithfully and diligently perform their assigned responsibilities and to attract and retain competent and dedicated individuals whose efforts will result in the long-term growth and profitability of the Company. An additional purpose of the Plan is to provide additional incentive for directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries as well as individuals who are consultants or advisors to the Company or its Subsidiaries. To accomplish such purposes, the Plan provides that the Company may grant Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Awards and other Awards.

2. Definitions. For purposes of this Plan:

(a) “Agreement” means the written agreement between the Company and an Optionee or Grantee evidencing the grant of an Option or Award and setting forth the terms and conditions thereof.

(b) “Award” means a grant of Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Awards or other types of Awards, or a combination thereof.

(c) “Bank” means Hudson Valley Bank, N.A., a Subsidiary.

(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “Cause” means (i) the willful failure by an Optionee or Grantee to substantially perform his duties with the Company or with any Subsidiary (but, for purposes of this Plan only, with the opportunity to cure such behavior, if practicable), or (ii) Optionee or Grantee’s conviction (or similar plea) for any criminal act, except that no misdemeanor (or similar level act) will constitute Cause unless it shall have involved misappropriate use of funds or property, fraud, moral turpitude, or similar activities. Whether Cause exists (for purposes of this Plan only), shall be determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee.

(f) “Change in Capitalization” means any increase, reduction, change or exchange of Shares for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company by reason of a reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, issuance of warrants or rights, stock dividend, stock split or reverse stock split, combination or exchange of shares, repurchase of shares, change in corporate structure or otherwise.

(g) “Change in Control” means any of the following events: (i) when the Company or a Subsidiary acquires actual knowledge that any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), other than an affiliate of the Company or a Subsidiary or an employee benefit plan established or maintained by the Company, a Subsidiary or any of their respective affiliates, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities (a “Control Person”), (ii) upon the first purchase of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a tender or exchange offer (other than a tender or exchange offer made by the Company, a Subsidiary or an employee benefit plan established or maintained by the Company, a Subsidiary or any of their respective affiliates), (iii) the consummation of (A) a transaction, other than a Non-Control Transaction, pursuant to which the Company is merged with or into, or is consolidated with, or becomes the subsidiary of another corporation, (B) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or (C) a plan of liquidation or dissolution of the Company, (iv) if during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals (the “Continuing Directors”) who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least 60% thereof or, following a Non-Control Transaction, 60% of the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation; provided that any individual whose election or nomination for election as a member of

- 2 -

the Board (or, following a Non-Control Transaction, the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation) was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office shall be considered a Continuing Director, or (v) upon a sale of (A) common stock of the Bank if after such sale any person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) other than the Company, an employee benefit plan established or maintained by the Company or a Subsidiary, or an affiliate of the Company or a Subsidiary, owns a majority of the Bank’s common stock or (B) all or substantially all of the Bank’s assets (other than in the ordinary course of business). No person shall be considered a Control Person for purposes of clause (i) above if (A) such person is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than ten percent (10%) but less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities if the acquisition of all voting securities in excess of ten percent (10%) was approved in advance by a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office or (B) such person acquires in excess of ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities in violation of law and by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, settlement or otherwise, disposes or is required to dispose of all securities acquired in violation of law. For purposes of this paragraph: (I) the Company will be deemed to have become a subsidiary of another corporation if any other corporation (which term shall include, in addition to a corporation, a limited liability company, partnership, trust, or other organization) owns, directly or indirectly, 50 percent or more of the total combined outstanding voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any successor to the Company; (II) “Non-Control Transaction” means a transaction in which the Company is merged with or into, or is consolidated with, or becomes the subsidiary of another corporation pursuant to a definitive agreement providing that at least 60% of the directors of the Surviving Corporation immediately after the transaction are persons who were directors of the Company on the day before the first public announcement relating to the transaction; (III) the “Surviving Corporation” in a transaction in which the Company becomes the subsidiary of another corporation is the ultimate parent entity of the Company or the Company’s successor; and (IV) the “Surviving Corporation” in any other transaction pursuant to which the Company is merged with or into another corporation is the surviving or resulting corporation in the merger or consolidation. Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, no event (or series of events) that constitutes a Change in Control under the above definition, but which does not also satisfy the definition of change in ownership or effective control, or ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, determined under Section 409A(a)(2)((A)(v) of the Code, shall cause the acceleration of any payment under the Plan, unless such payment is exempt from the payment restrictions under Section 409A (with such exempt payments including, but not limited to, Options and Restricted Stock); in such event, however, the payment that is not permitted to be accelerated may still be permitted to vest as a result of the Change in Control, but the payment date will remain as originally scheduled.

(h) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(i) “Committee” means a committee consisting solely of two (2) or more directors who are Non-Employee Directors (as defined in Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act as it may be amended from time to time) of the Company and outside directors as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code (as it may be amended from time to time) appointed by the Board to administer the Plan and to perform the functions set forth herein. Directors appointed by the Board to the Committee shall have the authority to act notwithstanding the failure to be so qualified.

(j) “Company” means Hudson Valley Holding Corp., a New York corporation.

(k) “Eligible Employee” means any officer or other key employee of the Company or a Subsidiary designated by the Committee as eligible to receive Options or Awards, subject to the conditions set forth herein. Also included within the definition of Eligible Employee are members of the board of directors of the Company or any Subsidiary, as well as individuals who are consultants or advisors to the Company or a Subsidiary who are designated by the Committee as eligible to receive Options or Awards, subject to the conditions set forth herein.

(l) “Escrow Agent” means the escrow agent under the Escrow Agreement, designated by the Committee.

(m) “Escrow Agreement” means an agreement between the Company, the Escrow Agent and a Grantee, in the form specified by the Committee, under which shares of Restricted Stock awarded pursuant hereto shall be held by the Escrow Agent until either (a) the restrictions relating to such Shares expire and the Shares are delivered to the Grantee or (b) the Company reacquires the Shares pursuant hereto and the Shares are delivered to the Company.

(n) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

- 3 -

(o) “Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of the Shares as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that (A) if the Shares are admitted to quotation on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or other comparable quotation system and have been designated as a National Market System (“NMS”) security, Fair Market Value on any date shall be the last sale price reported for the Shares on such system for the preceding trading day, or on the last day preceding such date on which a sale was reported, (B) if the Shares are admitted to quotation on NYSE and have not been designated a NMS security, Fair Market Value on any date shall be the average of the highest bid and lowest asked prices of the Shares on such system on such date, or (C) if the Shares are admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, Fair Market Value on any date shall be the last sale price reported for the Shares on such exchange on such date or on the last date preceding such date on which a sale was reported. In all instances, Fair Market Value shall be determined in accord with Section 409A of the Code.

(p) “Grantee” means a person to whom an Award has been granted under the Plan.

(q) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(r) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option.

(s) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonqualified Stock Option, or either or both of them.

(t) “Optionee” means a person to whom an Option has been granted under the Plan.

(u) “Parent” means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of one of the other corporations in such chain.

(v) “Plan” means the Hudson Valley Holding Corp. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan as set forth in this instrument and as it may be amended from time to time.

(w) “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued or transferred to an Eligible Employee which are subject to restrictions as provided in Section 8 hereof.

(x) “Performance Awards” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10 hereof.

(y) “Restricted Stock Unit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9 hereof.

(z) “Retirement” means the retirement from active employment or service of an employee, officer, or member of the board of directors of the Company or a Subsidiary, but only if such person then meets the requirements contained in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) below (unless otherwise provided in an applicable Agreement, or unless otherwise determined by the Committee):

(i) the person has a minimum combined total of years of service and age equal to eighty (80); he is age sixty-two (62) or older; and he provides three (3) months prior written notice to the Company of the retirement; or

(ii) the person has a minimum of five (5) years of service; he is age sixty-five (65) or older and he provides three (3) months prior written notice to the Company of the retirement; or

(iii) the person satisfies the conditions for retirement under a retirement plan of the Company or a Subsidiary (which need not be a tax qualified plan) in which such person was a participant immediately before retirement.

“Years of service” will mean only employment by the Company or a Subsidiary, and will not include employment by any company or entity acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary for the period prior to its acquisition by the Company (unless otherwise determined by the Committee). An employee or officer who retires but fails to meet such requirements shall not be deemed to be within the definition of “Retirement” for any purpose under this Plan or any Award granted thereunder; provided, however, after a Change in Control transaction, no prior notice of a Retirement shall be required for purposes of this Plan only and any Optionee (as defined in the Plan) who meets all of

- 4 -

the other conditions contained in clause (i), (ii) or (iii), but is terminated without Cause, shall be deemed to meet all the conditions for Retirement for purposes of the Plan only and shall be deemed to have terminated employment due to Retirement for purposes of this Plan only. Consultants and advisors shall not qualify for Retirement.

(aa) “Shares” means the common stock of the Company (including any new, additional or different stock or securities resulting from a Change in Capitalization).

(ab) “Stock Appreciation Right” means a right to receive all or some portion of the increase in the value of Shares as provided in Section 7 hereof.

(ac) “Subsidiary” means any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations, beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

(ad) “Successor Corporation” means a corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, which issues or assumes a stock option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies.

(ae) “Ten-Percent Shareholder” means an eligible Employee, who, at the time an Incentive Stock Option is to be granted to him, owns (within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

3. Administration.

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Committee which shall hold meetings at such times as may be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan. The Committee shall keep minutes of its meetings. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and a majority of a quorum may authorize any action. Each member of the Committee shall be a Non-Employee Director (as defined in Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act as it may be amended from time to time) and an outside director as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code as it may be amended from time to time. No failure to be so qualified shall invalidate any Option or Award or any action or inaction under the Plan. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, the Options or the Awards, and all members of the Committee shall be fully indemnified by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.

Subject to the express terms and conditions set forth herein, the Committee shall have the power from time to time:

(1) to determine those Eligible Employees to whom Options shall be granted under the Plan and the number of Incentive Stock Options and/or Nonqualified Options to be granted to each Eligible Employee and to prescribe the terms and conditions (which need not be identical) of each Option, including the purchase price per share of each Option (which shall in no event be less than Fair Market Value);

(2) to select those Eligible Employees to whom Awards shall be granted under the Plan and to determine the size of such Awards to be granted, the terms and conditions of each Award, including the restrictions or performance criteria relating to such shares or rights, the purchase price per share, if any, of Restricted Stock and whether Stock Appreciation Rights will be granted alone or in conjunction with an Option;

(3) to construe and interpret the Plan and the Options and Awards granted thereunder and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to, correcting any defect or supplying any omission, or reconciling any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Agreement, in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or advisable to make the Plan fully effective, and all decisions and determinations by the Committee in the exercise of this power shall be final and binding upon the Company or a Subsidiary, the Optionees and the Grantees, as the case may be;

(4) to determine the duration and purposes for leaves of absence which may be granted to an Optionee or Grantee without constituting a termination of employment or service for purposes of the Plan; and

- 5 -

(5) generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as are deemed necessary or advisable to promote the best interests of the Company with respect to the Plan.

4. Stock Subject to Plan.

(a) The maximum number of Shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to all Options and Awards under this Plan is 1,331,000 shares (which reflects the original number of shares authorized for issuance under this plan as adjusted for 10% stock dividends declared and paid in 2010 and 2011) of which not more than 1,331,000 shares (reflective of adjustment for dividends as described above) may be issued or transferred pursuant to Options and/or Awards to any one Eligible Employee. Subject to the foregoing aggregate limitations, the maximum number of Shares (i) that may be issued or transferred pursuant to Options or Awards for Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall be 1,331,000 shares (reflective of adjustment for dividends as described above) and (ii) that may be issued or transferred pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock shall be 1,331,000 shares (reflective of adjustment for dividends as described above). In each case, upon a Change in Capitalization after the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the Shares shall be adjusted to the number and kind of Shares of stock or other securities existing after such Change in Capitalization.

(b) Whenever any outstanding Option or portion thereof expires, is cancelled or is otherwise terminated (other than by exercise of the Option or any related Stock Appreciation Right), the Shares allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option may again be the subject of Options and Awards hereunder.

(c) Whenever any Shares subject to an Award or Option are forfeited for any reason pursuant to the terms of the Plan, such Shares may again be the subject of Options and Awards hereunder.

5. Eligibility. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full and final authority to select those Eligible Employees who will receive Options and/or Awards but no person shall receive any Options that are Incentive Stock Options unless he is an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary at the time the Option is granted.

6. Stock Options. The Committee may grant Options in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Agreement. Each Option and Option Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions:

(a) Purchase Price. The purchase price or the manner in which the purchase price is to be determined for Shares under each Option shall be set forth in the Agreement, provided that the purchase price per Share under each Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share at the time the Option is granted (110% in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten-Percent Shareholder) and under each Nonqualified Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share at the time the Option is granted.

(b) Duration. Options granted hereunder shall be for such term as the Committee shall determine, provided that (i) no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date it is granted (five (5) years in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten-Percent Shareholder) and (ii) no Nonqualified Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years and one (1) day from the date it is granted. The Committee may, subsequent to the granting of any Option, extend the term thereof but in no event shall the term as so extended exceed the maximum term provided for in the preceding sentence. Any such extension shall only be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

(c) Non-Transferability. No Option granted hereunder shall be transferable by the Optionee to whom granted otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and an Option may be exercised during the lifetime of such Optionee only by the Optionee or his guardian or legal representative. The terms of such Option shall be binding upon the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, heirs and successors of the Optionee.

(d) Stock Options; Vesting. Subject to Section 6(h) hereof, each Option shall be exercisable in such installments (which need not be equal) and at such times as may be designated by the Committee and set forth in the Option Agreement. Unless otherwise provided in the Agreement, to the extent not exercised, installments shall accumulate and be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time after becoming exercisable, but not later than the date

- 6 -

the Option expires. Upon the death or Retirement of an Optionee, all Options shall become immediately exercisable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may accelerate the exercisability of any Option or portion thereof at any time.

(e) Method of Exercise. The exercise of an Option shall be made only by a written notice delivered in person or by mail (including electronic mail) to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal executive office, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased and accompanied by payment therefore, as well as for any required tax withholding, and otherwise in accordance with the Agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted. The purchase price and required tax withholding for any shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid in full upon such exercise (i) in cash, (ii) by check, (iii) at the discretion of the Committee, by transferring Shares having a Fair Market Value on the day preceding the date of exercise of such option equal to the aggregate purchase price for the Shares being purchased to the Company and satisfying such other terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Committee; provided that such Shares have been held by the Optionee for no less than six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee or generally accepted accounting principles), (iv) at the discretion of the Committee, subject to such other terms and conditions as may be imposed by the Committee, by having Shares that would otherwise have been delivered to the Optionee upon exercise of an Option withheld by the Company, or (v) such other method as approved by the Committee at the discretion of the Committee. If requested by the Committee, the Optionee shall deliver the Agreement evidencing the Option and the Agreement evidencing any related Stock Appreciation Right to the Secretary of the Company who shall endorse thereon a notation of such exercise and return such Agreement to the Optionee. Not less than 100 Shares may be purchased at any time upon the exercise of an Option unless the number of Shares so purchased constitutes the total number of Shares then purchasable under the Option.

(f) Rights of Optionees. No Optionee shall be deemed for any purpose to be the owner of any Shares subject to any Option unless and until (i) the Option shall have been exercised pursuant to the terms thereof, (ii) the Company shall have issued and delivered the Shares to the Optionee, and (iii) the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as a shareholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such Shares.

(g) Termination of Employment. In the event that an Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company or any Subsidiary, any outstanding Options held by such Optionee shall, unless the Option Agreement evidencing such Option provides otherwise, terminate as follows:

(i) If the Optionee’s termination of employment is due to his death the Option shall be exercisable for a period of one (1) year following such termination of employment, and shall thereafter terminate; provided, however , that the Company shall have given written notice to the Optionee’s designated beneficiary for the Plan as permitted under Section 20(c) or, if there is no designated beneficiary for the Plan, then to the Optionee’s designated beneficiaries under the Company’s group term life insurance plan, within the six (6) months following the Optionee’s termination of employment. If the Company’s notice is given more than six (6) months after the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment, the Option shall be exercisable for six (6) months from the date of such notice, and shall thereafter terminate; provided, however , that in no event shall the Option be exercisable beyond two (2) years following the Optionee’s termination of employment. If no notice is given by the Company, the Option shall be exercisable for a period of two (2) years following such termination of employment, and shall thereafter terminate. The written notice to be given under this paragraph may be given by regular mail and shall identify the option including the number of Shares subject to the option, the current exercise price and remaining exercise period and such other appropriate information as the Company may determine, provided that any defect in the notice shall not affect the validity of the notice;

(ii) If the Optionee’s termination of employment is by the Company or a Subsidiary for Cause, the Option shall terminate on the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment;

(iii) If the termination of employment is due to the Optionee’s Retirement, the Option shall be exercisable for the remaining term of the Option and thereafter shall be unaffected by the death of the Optionee. (An Optionee who exercises his or her Options more than 90 days after the termination of employment due to Retirement shall acknowledge that the Options so exercised will not be Incentive Stock Options.); and

- 7 -

(iv) If the Optionee’s termination of employment is for any other reason (including an Optionee’s ceasing to be employed by a Subsidiary as a result of the sale of such Subsidiary or an interest in such Subsidiary), and also including the voluntary resignation of the Optionee (at a time when Cause does not exist), the Option (to the extent exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s termination of employment) shall be exercisable for a period of ninety (90) days following such termination of employment, and shall thereafter terminate.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may provide, either at the time an Option is granted or thereafter, that the Option may be exercised after the periods provided for in this Section 6(g), but in no event beyond the term of the Option. To the extent that the exercise period is extended by the Committee after the Option is granted, such extension may only be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. In addition, nothing above shall serve to extend the maximum term of an Option.

(h) Effect of Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, all Options outstanding on the date of such Change in Control shall become immediately and fully exercisable.

(i) Substitution and Modification. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee may modify outstanding Options or accept the surrender of outstanding Options (to the extent not exercised) and grant new Options in substitution for them. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no modification of an Option shall alter or impair any rights or obligations under the Option without the Optionee’s consent, except as provided for in this Plan or the Agreement. In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or modification of an Option shall cause an Option issued under the Plan to be repriced or to lower the exercise price of a previously granted Option.

7. Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee may, in its discretion, either alone or in connection with the grant of an Option, grant Stock Appreciation Rights in accordance with the Plan, the terms and conditions of which shall be set forth in an Agreement. If granted in relation to an Option, a Stock Appreciation Right shall cover the same shares covered by the Option (or such lesser number of shares as the Committee may determine) and shall, except as provided in this Section 7, be subject to the same terms and conditions as the related Option.

(a) Time of Grant. A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted:

(i) at any time if unrelated to an Option; or

(ii) if related to an Option, either at the time of grant, or at any time thereafter during the term of the Option.

(b) Stock Appreciation Rights Related to an Option.

(i) Payment. A Stock Appreciation Right granted in relation to an Option shall entitle the holder thereof, upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right or any portion thereof, to receive payment of an amount computed pursuant to Section 7(b)(iii).

(ii) Exercise. Subject to Section 7(f), a Stock Appreciation Right granted in relation to an Option shall be exercisable at such time or times and only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable, and will not be transferable except to the extent the related Option may be transferable. A Stock Appreciation Right granted in relation to an Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable only if the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise exceeds the purchase price specified in the related Incentive Stock Option.

(iii) Amount Payable. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7(g), upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right related to an Option, the Grantee shall be entitled to receive an amount determined by multiplying (A) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right over the per Share purchase price under the related Option, by (B) the number of Shares as to which such Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may limit in any manner the amount payable with respect to any Stock Appreciation Right by including such a limit in the Agreement evidencing the Stock Appreciation Right at the time it is granted.

- 8 -

(iv) Treatment of Related Options and Stock Appreciation Rights Upon Exercise. Except as provided in Section 7(b)(v), (A) upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right granted in relation to an Option, the Option shall be cancelled to the extent of the number of Shares as to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised and (B) upon the exercise of an Option granted in relation to a Stock Appreciation Right, the Stock Appreciation Right shall be cancelled to the extent of the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(v) Simultaneous Exercise of Stock Appreciation Right and Option. The Committee may provide, either at the time a Stock Appreciation Right is granted in relation to a Nonqualified Stock Option or thereafter during the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, that, subject to Section 7(f), upon exercise of such Option, the Stock Appreciation Right shall automatically be deemed to be exercised to the extent of the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised. In such event, the Grantee shall be entitled to receive the amount described in Section 7(b)(iii) hereof (or some percentage of such amount if so provided in the Agreement evidencing the Stock Appreciation Right), in addition to the Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of the Option. If a Stock Appreciation Right Agreement contains an automatic exercise provision described in this Section 7(b)(v) and the Option or any portion thereof to which it relates is exercised within six (6) months from the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted, such automatic exercise provision shall not be effective with respect to that exercise of the Option. The inclusion in an Agreement evidencing a Stock Appreciation Right of a provision described in this Section 7(b)(v) may be in addition to and not in lieu of the right to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right as otherwise provided herein and in the Agreement.

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights Unrelated to an Option. The Committee may grant to Eligible Employees Stock Appreciation Rights unrelated to Options. Stock Appreciation Rights unrelated to Options shall contain such terms and conditions as to exercisability, vesting and duration as the Committee shall determine, but in no event shall they have a term of greater than ten (10) years. Upon the death or Retirement of a Grantee, all Stock Appreciation Rights shall become immediately exercisable. Upon the death of a Grantee, the Stock Appreciation Rights held by that Grantee shall be exercisable for a period of one (1) year following such termination of employment, and shall thereafter terminate. Upon the Retirement of a Grantee, the Stock Appreciation Rights held by that Grantee shall be exercisable for a period of ninety (90) days following such termination of employment, and shall thereafter terminate. The amount payable upon exercise of such Stock Appreciation Rights shall be determined in accordance with Section 7(b)(iii), except that “Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of the grant of the Stock Appreciation Right” shall be substituted for “purchase price under the related Option.”

(d) Method of Exercise. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercised by a Grantee only by a written notice delivered in person or by mail to the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal executive office, specifying the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is being exercised. If requested by the Committee, the Grantee shall deliver the Agreement evidencing the Stock Appreciation Right being exercised and the Agreement evidencing any related Option to the Secretary of the Company who shall endorse thereon a notation of such exercise and return such Agreements to the Grantee.

(e) Form of Payment. Payment of the amount determined under Sections 7(b)(iii) or 7(c), may be made solely in whole Shares in a number determined at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right or, alternatively, at the sole discretion of the Committee, solely in cash, or in a combination of cash and Shares as the Committee deems advisable. In the event that a Stock Appreciation Right is exercised within the sixty-day period following a Change in Control, any amount payable shall be solely in cash. If the Committee decides to make full payment in Shares, and the amount payable results in a fractional Share, payment for the fractional Share will be made in cash.

(f) Restrictions. No Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised before the date six (6) months after the date it is granted, except in the event that the death of the Grantee occurs before the expiration of the six-month period.

(g) Effect of Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, subject to Section 7(f), all Stock Appreciation Rights shall become immediately and fully exercisable.

- 9 -

8. Restricted Stock. The Committee may grant Awards of Restricted Stock which shall be evidenced by an Agreement between the Company and the Grantee. Each Agreement shall contain such restrictions, terms and conditions as the Committee may require and (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) such Agreements may require that an appropriate legend be placed on Share certificates. Awards of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following terms and provisions:

(a) Rights of Grantee.

(i) Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to an Award hereunder shall be issued in the name of the Grantee as soon as reasonably practicable after the Award is granted and the purchase price, if any, is paid by the Grantee, provided that the Grantee has executed an Agreement evidencing the Award, an Escrow Agreement, appropriate blank stock powers and any other documents which the Committee, in its absolute discretion, may require as a condition to the issuance of such Shares. If a Grantee shall fail to execute the Agreement evidencing a Restricted Stock Award, an Escrow Agreement or appropriate blank stock powers or shall fail to pay the purchase price, if any, for the Restricted Stock, the Award shall be null and void. Shares issued in connection with a Restricted Stock Award, together with the stock powers, shall be deposited with the Escrow Agent. Except as restricted by the terms of the Agreement, upon the delivery of the Shares to the Escrow Agent, the Grantee shall have all of the rights of a shareholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote the shares and to receive, subject to Section 8(d), all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to the Shares.

(ii) If a Grantee receives rights or warrants with respect to any Shares which were awarded to him as Restricted Stock, such rights or warrants or any Shares or other securities he acquires by the exercise of such rights or warrants may be held, exercised, sold or otherwise disposed of by the Grantee free and clear of the restrictions and obligations provided by this Plan.

(b) Non-Transferability. Until any restrictions upon the Shares of Restricted Stock awarded to a Grantee shall have lapsed in the manner set forth in Section 8(c), such Shares shall not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of and shall not be pledged or otherwise hypothecated, nor shall they be delivered to the Grantee. Upon the termination of employment of the Grantee, all of such Shares with respect to which restrictions have not lapsed shall be resold by the Grantee to the Company at the same price paid by the Grantee for such Shares or shall be forfeited and automatically transferred to and reacquired by the Company at no cost to the Company if no purchase price had been paid for such Shares. The Committee may also impose such other restrictions and conditions on the Shares as it deems appropriate.

(c) Lapse of Restrictions.

(i) Restrictions upon Shares of Restricted Stock awarded hereunder shall lapse at such time or times and on such terms, conditions and satisfaction of performance criteria as the Committee may determine; provided, however, that the restrictions upon such Shares shall lapse only if the Grantee on the date of such lapse is then and has continuously been an employee (or member of board of directors, consultant or advisor) of the Company or a Subsidiary from the date the Award was granted, or unless the Committee sets a later date for the lapse of such restrictions.

(ii) In the event of a Change in Control, all restrictions upon any Shares of Restricted Stock shall lapse immediately and all such Shares shall become fully vested in the Grantee thereof.

(iii) In the event of termination of employment as a result of death or Retirement of a Grantee, all restrictions upon Shares of Restricted Stock awarded to such Grantee shall thereupon immediately lapse.

(iv) The Committee may also decide at any time in its absolute discretion and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, to remove or modify the restrictions upon Shares of Restricted Stock awarded hereunder, unless the Committee sets a later date for the lapse of such restrictions or otherwise modifies the restrictions in a manner adverse to the Grantee which shall require the Grantee’s consent.

(d) Treatment of Cash Dividends. At the time of an Award of Shares of Restricted Stock, the Committee may, in its discretion, determine that the payment to the Grantee of cash dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on Shares of Restricted Stock by the Company shall be deferred until the earlier to occur of (i) the lapsing of the restrictions imposed upon such Shares, in which case such cash dividends shall be paid over to the Grantee, or (ii) the forfeiture of such Shares under Section 8(b) hereof, in which case such cash dividends shall be forfeited to the Company, and such cash dividends shall be held by the Company for the account of the Grantee until such time. In

- 10 -

the event of such deferral, interest shall be credited on the amount of such cash dividends held by the Company for the account of the Grantee from time to time at such rate per annum as the Committee, in its discretion, may determine. Payment of deferred cash dividends, together with interest accrued thereon as aforesaid, shall be made upon the earlier to occur of the events specified in (i) and (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence, in the manner specified therein.

(e) Delivery of Shares. When the restrictions imposed hereunder and in the Plan expire or have been cancelled with respect to one or more shares of Restricted Stock, the Company shall notify the Grantee and the Escrow Agent of same. The Escrow Agent shall then return the certificate covering the Shares of Restricted Stock to the Company and upon receipt of such certificate the Company shall deliver to the Grantee (or such Grantee’s legal representative, beneficiary or heir) a certificate for a number of Shares, without any legend or restrictions (except those required by any federal or state securities laws), equivalent to the number of Shares of Restricted Stock for which restrictions have been cancelled or have expired. A new certificate covering Shares of Restricted Stock previously awarded to the Grantee which remain restricted shall be issued to the Grantee and held by the Escrow Agent and the Agreement, as it relates to such shares, shall remain in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if requested by the Grantee, the Committee, in its discretion, has the right to cancel Shares of Restricted Stock to be delivered to the Grantee having a Fair Market Value, on the day preceding the date of vesting of the Restricted Stock, equal to the aggregate required tax withholding in connection with such vesting, and to apply the value of such Shares of Restricted Stock as payment for the Grantee’s aggregate required tax withholding for the vesting of any Shares of Restricted Stock.

(f) Issuance of Uncertificated Shares. The Company may issue Shares, or other securities into which Shares may have been converted under Sections 13 or 14 hereof, in uncertificated form. If the Company issues Shares or other securities in such form, the Company or the Committee shall have the authority, without the consent of the Grantee, to take whatever actions are deemed appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the Company and the Committee, to achieve with respect to uncertificated Shares or other securities, the same, or substantially similar, consequences under this Section 8, as if the Shares or other securities were certificated.

9. Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Awards need not be identical, provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Unit Award shall conform (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference or otherwise) to the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Committee will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Grantee upon delivery of each Share subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Grantee for each Share subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(b) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Committee may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. The Committee may also provide for vesting of such Award on or after the first anniversary of the date of grant upon the achievement by the Grantee of performance goals specified by the Committee at the time of grant. The determination of whether the Grantee has achieved such performance goals shall be made by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion. Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, all outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall become fully vested.

(c) Payment. A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of Shares, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Committee.

(d) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Committee, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the Shares (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(e) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of Shares covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Committee and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award. At the sole

- 11 -

discretion of the Committee, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional Shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Committee. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award to which they relate, including vesting restrictions.

(f) Termination of Grantee’s Employment. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee consistent with the terms of this Plan, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Grantee’s termination of employment or performance of services.

(g) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Restricted Stock Units are intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and provisions of the Plan and Awards shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Section 409A.

10. Performance Awards.

(a) Performance Awards Generally. The Committee is authorized to grant Performance Awards on the terms and conditions specified in this Section 10. Performance Awards may be denominated as a cash amount, number of Shares, or specified number of other Awards (or a combination) which may be earned upon achievement or satisfaction of performance conditions specified by the Committee. In addition, the Committee may specify that any other Award shall constitute a Performance Award by conditioning the right of a Grantee to exercise the Award or have it settled, and the timing thereof, upon achievement or satisfaction of such performance conditions as may be specified by the Committee. The Committee may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions, and may exercise its discretion to reduce or increase the amounts payable under any Award subject to performance conditions, except as limited under Section 10(b) in the case of a Performance Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(b) Performance Awards Granted to Covered Employees. If the Committee in its discretion determines that a Performance Award to be granted to a Grantee who is designated by the Committee as likely to be a “covered employee” as defined under Section 162(m) of the Code is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m), the grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Award shall be contingent upon achievement of a pre-established performance goal and other terms set forth in this Section 10(b).

(i) Performance Goal Generally. The performance goal for such Performance Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee consistent with this Section 10(b). The performance goal shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Section 162(m) and the regulations thereunder (including Regulation 1. 162-27 and successor regulations thereto), including the requirement that the level or levels of performance targeted by the Committee result in the achievement of performance goals being “substantially uncertain.” The Committee may determine that such Performance Awards shall be granted, exercised and/or settled upon achievement of any one performance goal or that two or more of the performance goals must be achieved as a condition to grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Performance Awards. Performance goals may differ for Performance Awards granted to any one Grantee or to different Grantees.

(ii) Business Criteria. One or more of the following performance measures for the Company, determined on a consolidated basis, and/or for specified subsidiaries or Affiliates or other business units of the Company, shall be used by the Committee in establishing performance goals for such Performance Awards: (1) revenues or comparable sales; (2) net income; (3) earnings from operations, earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation, amortization, or extraordinary or other special or other items (or any combination); (4) net income, earnings from operations, earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation, amortization, or extraordinary or other special or other items (or any combination), any of which may be determined on a per share basis (basic or diluted); (5) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital or return on equity (or any combination); (6) cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations, or cash flow in excess of cost of capital, in each case before or after any special or other items; (7) economic value created; (8) gross margin, operating margin or other financial margin, in each case before or after any special or other items; (9) stock price or shareholder

- 12 -

return (on a gross or net basis); (10) dividend payout; (11) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives or goals based on: specified market penetration; goals based on geographic expansion or reduction; goals based on cost or cost savings targets; goals based on strategic initiatives; goals based on customer satisfaction; goals based on employee satisfaction; goals based on management of personnel; goals based on business or operations efficiencies; goals based on employment practices; goals related to individual or group improvement in, or goals related to supervision or management of, operations or areas of responsibility; and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures or integration of acquisitions. The Committee may specify that any such performance measures will be calculated before or after extraordinary or any nonrecurring, special or other income, gain, expense or other special or identified items, before or after changes in accounting principles or standards, before or after capital charges, before or after revenues, operations, earnings or losses of discontinued operations or acquisitions or other events or transactions, or before or after Awards under this Plan or other incentive compensation. The targeted level or levels of performance with respect to such business criteria may be established at such levels and in such terms as the Committee may determine, in its discretion, including in absolute terms, as a goal relative to performance in prior periods, or as a goal compared to the performance of one or more third parties or other companies, special index or group selected for comparison.

(iii) Performance Period; Timing for Establishing Performance Goals. Achievement of performance goals in respect of such Performance Awards shall be measured over a performance period of up to one year or more than one year, as specified by the Committee. A performance goal shall be established not later than the earlier of (A) 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Performance Award, or (B) the time 25% of such performance period has elapsed.

(iv) Performance Award Pool. The Committee may establish a Performance Award pool, which shall be an unfunded pool, for purposes of measuring performance in connection with Performance Awards. The amount of such Performance Award pool shall be based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more of the business criteria set forth in Section 10(b)(ii) during the given performance period, as specified by the Committee in accordance with Section 10(b)(iii). The Committee may specify the amount of the Performance Award pool as a percentage of any of such business criteria, a percentage thereof in excess of a threshold amount, or as another amount.

(v) Settlement of Performance Awards; Limitation on Award Amount; Other Terms. Settlement of such Performance Awards shall be in cash, Common Stock, other Awards or other property, in the discretion of the Committee. The Committee may, in its discretion, increase or reduce the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with such Performance Awards, but to the extent required by Section 162(m) may not exercise discretion to increase any such amount payable to a covered employee in respect of a Performance Award subject to this Section 10(b). Any settlement which changes the form of payment from that originally specified shall be implemented in a manner such that the Performance Award and other related Awards do not, solely for that reason, fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m), if and to the extent the Award is intended to qualify under Section 162(m). The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which such Performance Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of employment by the Grantee or other event (including a Change in Control prior to the end of a performance period or settlement of such Performance Awards). However, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 13 concerning Changes in Capitalization, no covered employee may be granted a Performance Award under this Section 10(b) for an amount (whether payable in cash, or in Shares or other property determined at Fair Market Value at the date of payment, or any combination) greater than the following limitation: (A) if the Award is for performance over a period of one year or less, such Performance Award shall not be for an amount greater than the lesser of $1 million or ten times such person’s annual base salary in effect as of the date of the commencement of the performance period and (B) if the Award is for a performance period of more than one year, such Performance Award shall not be for an amount in excess of the amount determined under (A) above multiplied by the number of years and fractions of a year comprising the performance period.

(c) Written Determinations. Determinations by the Committee as to the establishment of performance goals, the amount potentially payable in respect of Performance Awards, the level of actual achievement of the specified performance goals relating to Performance Awards, and the amount of any final Performance Award, shall be recorded in writing in the case of Performance Awards intended to qualify under Section 162(m). Specifically, the

- 13 -

Committee shall certify in writing, in a manner conforming to applicable regulations under Section 162(m), prior to settlement of each such Performance Award granted to a covered employee, that the performance objective relating to the Performance Award and other material terms of the Performance Award upon which settlement of the Performance Award was conditioned have been satisfied. To the extent that the Committee wishes to grant Performance Awards in satisfaction of the Section 162(m) rules, shareholder approval will be sought and obtained with respect to the performance criteria every five (5) years.

11. Other Awards. Other forms of Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Shares may be granted either alone or in addition to Awards provided for above. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have sole and complete authority to determine the Grantees to whom and the time or times at which such Other Awards will be granted, the number of Shares (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Awards, and all other terms and conditions of such Other Awards.

12. Loans.

(a) The Company shall not make or arrange any personal loans to a Grantee or Optionee who is an executive officer of the Company in connection with the purchase of Shares pursuant to an Award or in connection with the exercise of an Option. Such prohibition shall not prevent the Company or a Subsidiary from making or arranging such loans to an Optionee or Grantee who is not an executive officer of the Company (if approved by the Committee), in connection with the purchase of Shares pursuant to an Award or in connection with the exercise of an Option, subject to the following terms and conditions and such other terms and conditions, including the rate of interest, if any, as the Committee shall impose from time to time, not inconsistent with the Plan.

(b) No loan made in connection with the purchase of Shares pursuant to an Award or in connection with the exercise of an Option under the Plan shall exceed the sum of (i) the aggregate purchase price payable pursuant to the Option or Award with respect to which the loan is made, plus (ii) the amount of the reasonably estimated income taxes payable by the Optionee or Grantee with respect to the Option or Award. In no event may any such loan exceed the Fair Market Value, at the date of exercise, of any such Shares.

(c) No loan in connection with the purchase of Shares pursuant to an Award or in connection with the exercise of an Option made under the Plan shall have an initial term exceeding ten (10) years; provided, that loans under the Plan shall be renewable at the discretion of the Committee; and provided, further, that the indebtedness under each loan shall become due and payable, as the case may be, on a date no later than (i) one (1) year after termination of the Optionee’s or Grantee’s employment due to death or retirement, or (ii) the date of termination of the Optionee’s or Grantee’s employment for any reason other than death or retirement.

(d) Loans in connection with the purchase of Shares pursuant to an Award or in connection with the exercise of an Option under the Plan may be satisfied by an Optionee or Grantee, as determined by the Committee, in cash or, with the consent of the Committee, in whole or in part by the transfer to the Company of Shares whose Fair Market Value on the date of such payment is equal to the cash amount for which such Shares are transferred.

(e) A loan in connection with the purchase of Shares pursuant to an Award or in connection with the exercise of an Option under the Plan shall be secured by a pledge of Shares with a Fair Market Value on the date of pledge of not less than the principal amount of the loan. After partial repayment of a loan, pledged shares that are no longer required as security may be released to the Optionee or Grantee.

(f) Every loan in connection with the purchase of Shares pursuant to an Award or in connection with the exercise of an Option under the Plan shall meet all applicable laws, regulations and rules of the Federal Reserve Board and any other governmental agency having jurisdiction.

(g) Every loan under this Section 12 is subject to additional restrictions or limitations made applicable to the Company by virtue of any law, regulation, rule or order.

- 14 -

13. Adjustment Upon Changes in Capitalization.

(a) In the event of a Change in Capitalization, the Committee shall conclusively determine the appropriate adjustments, if any, to the maximum number and class of shares of stock with respect to which Options or Awards may be granted under the Plan, the number and class of shares as to which Options or Awards have been granted under the Plan, and the purchase price therefore, if applicable.

(b) Any such adjustment in the Shares or other securities subject to outstanding Incentive Stock Options (including any adjustments in the purchase price) shall be made in such manner as not to constitute a modification as defined by Section 424(h)(3) of the Code and only to the extent otherwise permitted by Sections 422 and 424 of the Code.

(c) If, by reason of a Change in Capitalization, a Grantee of an Award shall be entitled to new, additional or different shares of stock or securities (other than rights or warrants to purchase securities), such new additional or different shares shall thereupon be subject to all of the conditions, restrictions and performance criteria which were applicable to the Shares or units pursuant to the Award prior to such Change in Capitalization.

14. Effect of Certain Transactions. In the event of (i) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or (iii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, provision shall be made in connection with such transaction for the assumption of the Plan and the Options or Awards theretofore granted under the Plan, or the substitution for such Options or Awards of new options or awards of the Successor Corporation, with appropriate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and the purchase price for shares thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any other provision in this Plan or in an Option or Award Agreement, in the event of a transaction listed above or a Change in Control, the Committee, with the approval of the Board, shall have the right and authority to cancel and terminate all outstanding Options and Awards by paying each holder of an Option or Award in cash the difference between the exercise price, if any, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying the Option or Award on the date of the consummation of the transaction or Change in Control. If the Committee elects to exercise its authority hereunder it shall provide each holder of an Option with the right to exercise the option (regardless of any vesting period) immediately prior to the transaction or Change in Control and shall provide each holder of an Award the right to fully vest that Award immediately prior to the transaction or Change in Control. A decision to exercise its right and authority, the manner of exercising its right and authority and interpretations by the Committee under the foregoing provision shall be final and binding on the holders of all Options and Awards.

15. Release of Financial Information. A copy of the Company’s annual report to shareholders shall be delivered or made available to each Optionee and Grantee at the time such report is distributed to the Company’s shareholders. Upon request the Company shall furnish to each Optionee and Grantee a copy of its most recent annual report and each quarterly report and current report filed under the Exchange Act, since the end of the Company’s prior fiscal year.

16. Termination and Amendment of the Plan. The Plan shall terminate on the day preceding the tenth anniversary of its effective date and no Option or Award may be granted thereafter. The Board may sooner terminate or amend the Plan at any time, and from time to time; provided, however, that, except as provided in Sections 13 and 14 hereof, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the shareholders of the Company in accordance with applicable law and regulations at an annual or special meeting held within twelve months before or after the date of adoption of such amendment, where such amendment will:

(a) increase the number of Shares as to which Options or Awards may be granted under the Plan;

(b) change the class of persons eligible to participate in the Plan; or

(c) cause Options issued under the Plan to be repriced or to lower the exercise price of a previously granted Option.

- 15 -

Except as provided in Sections 13 and 14 hereof, rights and obligations under any Option or Award granted before any amendment of the Plan shall not be altered or impaired by such amendment, except with the consent of the Optionee or Grantee, as the case may be.

17. Non-Exclusivity of the Plan. The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as amending, modifying or rescinding any previously approved incentive arrangement or as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

18. Limitation of Liability. As illustrative of the limitations of liability of the Company, but not intended to be exhaustive thereof, nothing in the Plan shall be construed to:

(a) give any person any right to be granted an Option or Award other than at the sole discretion of the Committee;

(b) give any person any rights whatsoever with respect to Shares except as specifically provided in the Plan;

(c) limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time; or

(d) be evidence of any agreement or understanding, expressed or implied, that the Company will employ any person in any particular position at any particular rate of compensation or for any particular period of time.

19. Regulations and Other Approvals; Governing Law.

(a) This Plan and the rights of all persons claiming hereunder shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the choice of law principles thereof, except to the extent that such law is preempted by federal law.

(b) The obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Shares with respect to Options and Awards granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

(c) The Plan is intended to comply with Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and, with respect to the grant of Options, Section 162(m) of the Code (each as amended from time to time), and Section 409A of the Code, and the Committee shall interpret and administer the provisions of the Plan or any Agreement in a manner consistent therewith to the extent necessary. Any provisions inconsistent with such Rule or Section shall be inoperative but shall not affect the validity of the Plan or any grants thereunder.

(d) Except as otherwise provided in Section 16, the Board may make such changes as may be necessary or appropriate to comply with the rules and regulations of any government authority or to obtain for Eligible Employees granted Incentive Stock Options the tax benefits under the applicable provisions of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(e) Each Option and Award is subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Committee determines, in its absolute discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of Shares issuable pursuant to the Plan is required by any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the grant of an Option or the issuance of Shares, no Options shall be granted or payment made or Shares issued, in whole or in part, unless listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions unacceptable to the Committee.

(f) In the event that the disposition of Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan is not covered by a then current registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is not otherwise exempt from such registration, such Shares shall be restricted against transfer to the extent required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or regulations thereunder, and the Committee may require any individual receiving Shares pursuant to the

- 16 -

Plan, as a condition precedent to receipt of such Shares (including upon exercise of an Option), to represent to the Company in writing that the Shares acquired by such individual are acquired for investment only and not with a view to distribution.

20. Miscellaneous.

(a) Multiple Agreements. The terms of each Option or Award may differ from other Options or Awards granted under the Plan at the same time, or at some other time. The Committee may also grant more than one Option or Award to a given Eligible Employee during the term of the Plan, either in addition to, or in substitution for, one or more Options or Awards previously granted to that Eligible Employee. The grant of multiple Options and/or Awards may be evidenced by a single Agreement or multiple Agreements, as determined by the Committee.

(b) Withholding of Taxes. The Company shall have the right to deduct from any distribution of cash to any Optionee or Grantee an amount equal to the federal, state and local income taxes and other amounts required by law to be withheld with respect to any Option or Award. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if an Optionee or Grantee is entitled to receive Shares upon exercise of an Option or pursuant to an Award, the Company shall have the right to require such Optionee or Grantee, prior to the delivery of such Shares, to pay to the Company the amount of any federal, state or local income taxes and other amounts which the Company is required by law to withhold.

(c) Termination of Employment. For purposes of this Plan generally, members of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ boards of directors, consultants and advisors are treated and referred to as employees. Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, if an Optionee who is a member of the board of directors, a consultant or advisor ceases to serve in such capacity for reasons other than death, then his right to exercise the Options will cease ninety (90) days following such cessation, provided that no Option may be exercised following the end of its fixed term, and further provided that if such an Optionee ceases to serve in that capacity because he voluntarily resigns from his directorship or from his engagement as a consultant or advisor, or because he is removed for cause by the shareholders of the Company or by the Board (in the case of a consultant or advisor), then all rights to exercise the Option shall terminate on the date when his service ceases. With respect to common law employees, unless otherwise provided, whether a termination of employment has occurred shall be determined in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the guidance thereunder.

(d) Designation of Beneficiary. Each Optionee and Grantee may, with the consent of the Committee, designate a person or persons to receive in the event of his death, any Option or Award or any amount payable pursuant thereto, to which he would then be entitled. Such designation will be made upon forms supplied by and delivered to the Company and may be revoked in writing. If an Optionee or Grantee fails effectively to designate a beneficiary, then the beneficiary or beneficiaries named by the Optionee under the Company’s group term life insurance plan will be deemed to be the beneficiary. If no such designation exists, then the Optionee or Grantee’s estate shall be deemed the beneficiary.

(e) Issuance of Uncertificated Shares. The Company may issue Shares, or other securities into which Shares may have been converted under Sections 13 or 14 hereof, in uncertificated form. If the Company issues Shares or other securities in such form, the Company or the Committee shall have the authority, without the consent of any Optionee or Grantee, to take whatever actions are deemed appropriate or necessary, in the sole discretion of the Company or the Committee, to permit the issuance of uncertificated Shares or other securities with respect to any Option or Grant issued hereunder.

21. Effective Date. The effective date of the Plan shall be the date of its adoption by the Board, subject only to the approval by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present to be held within twelve (12) months of such adoption. No Options or Awards shall vest hereunder unless such Shareholder approval is obtained.

- 17 -

EX-10.13

Exhibit 10.13

Name of Grantee:                                  No. of Shares:                          

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP.

DIRECTOR RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

Hudson Valley Holding Corp., a New York corporation (the “Company”), this                  (the “Award Date”) hereby grants to                  (the “Grantee”), a member of the board of directors of the Company, pursuant to the Company’s 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), shares of the Common Stock, par value $0.20 per share, of the Company subject to the restrictions set forth herein (“Restricted Stock”) in the amount and on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

1. Incorporation by Reference of Plan. The provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is being furnished herewith to the Grantee, are incorporated by reference herein and shall govern as to all matters not expressly provided for in this Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation and Organization Committee.

2. Award of Restricted Stock. The Company hereby awards the Grantee              shares of Restricted Stock (the “Shares”). The Restricted Stock shall be issued in uncertificated form. When restrictions expire or have been cancelled with respect to one or more of the Shares, the Company will notify the Grantee and the Company will issue to the Grantee (or such Grantee’s legal representative, beneficiary or heir) that number of shares of Common Stock, without any legend or restrictions (except those required by any federal or state securities laws), equivalent to the number of Shares for which restrictions have been cancelled or have expired. Restricted Stock shall have all dividends (including cash and stock dividends) and voting rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Plan. However, stock dividends paid on the Restricted Stock shall be deferred until the Restrictions with respect to the Shares upon which such dividends were paid expire or are canceled, at which time the Company shall deliver to the Grantee all such dividends. If the Grantee forfeits any Shares awarded hereunder, such Shares and any stock dividends with respect thereto shall automatically revert to the Company (without any payment by the Company to the Grantee).

3. Restrictions (a) Vesting. The Restricted Stock shall be held in an account not controlled by the Grantee and may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Grantee until such shares have vested in the Grantee in accordance with the following schedule:

(b) Forfeiture. Shares not yet vested and any stock dividends with respect thereto shall be forfeited to the Company automatically and immediately upon the Grantee’s ceasing to be a member of the board of directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever, other than death or Retirement (as such term is defined in the Plan). Upon termination of service as a member of the board of directors by reason of death or Retirement (as such term is defined in the Plan), all restrictions upon Shares shall thereupon immediately lapse.

4. Registration. If Shares are issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, then, if deemed necessary by Company’s counsel, as a condition to the Company issuing certificates representing the Shares, the Grantee shall represent in writing to the Company that he or she is acquiring the Shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution.

5. Incorporation of Plan. The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents and warrants that he or she has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of the Plan. The execution of this Agreement by the Grantee shall constitute the Grantee’s acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

6. Notices. Except as specifically provided in the Plan or this Agreement, all notices and other communications required or permitted under the Plan and this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either by (i) personal delivery or regular mail, in each case against receipt, or (ii) first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Any such communication shall be deemed to have been given (i) on the date of receipt in the cases referred to in clause (i) of the preceding sentence and (ii) on the second day after the date of mailing in the cases referred to in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. All such communications to the Company shall be addressed to it, to the attention of its Secretary or Treasurer, at its then principal office and to the Grantee at his last address appearing on the records of the Company or, in each case, to such other person or address as may be designated by like notice hereunder.

7. Miscellaneous. This Agreement and the Plan contain a complete statement of all the arrangements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement cannot be changed except by a writing executed by both parties. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed exclusively in New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP	GRANTEE:
By:
	(Signature of Grantee)

-2-

EX-10.14

Exhibit 10.14

Name of Grantee:                                  No. of Shares:                          

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP.

EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

Hudson Valley Holding Corp., a New York corporation (the “Company”), this                  (the “Award Date”) hereby grants to                  (the “Grantee”), an employee of the Company, pursuant to the Company’s 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), shares of the Common Stock, par value $0.20 per share, of the Company subject to the restrictions set forth herein (“Restricted Stock”) in the amount and on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

1. Incorporation by Reference of Plan. The provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is being furnished herewith to the Grantee, are incorporated by reference herein and shall govern as to all matters not expressly provided for in this Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation and Organization Committee.

2. Award of Restricted Stock. The Company hereby awards the Grantee              shares of Restricted Stock (the “Shares”). The Restricted Stock shall be issued in uncertificated form. When restrictions expire or have been cancelled with respect to one or more of the Shares, the Company will notify the Grantee and the Company will issue to the Grantee (or such Grantee’s legal representative, beneficiary or heir) that number of shares of Common Stock, without any legend or restrictions (except those required by any federal or state securities laws), equivalent to the number of Shares for which restrictions have been cancelled or have expired. Restricted Stock shall have all dividends (including cash and stock dividends) and voting rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Plan. However, stock dividends paid on the Restricted Stock shall be deferred until the Restrictions with respect to the Shares upon which such dividends were paid expire or are canceled, at which time the Company shall deliver to the Grantee all such dividends. If the Grantee forfeits any Shares awarded hereunder, such Shares and any stock dividends with respect thereto shall automatically revert to the Company (without any payment by the Company to the Grantee).

3. Restrictions (a) Vesting. The Restricted Stock shall be held in an account not controlled by the Grantee and may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Grantee until such shares have vested in the Grantee in accordance with the following schedule:

(b) Forfeiture. Shares not yet vested and any stock dividends with respect thereto, shall be forfeited to the Company automatically and immediately upon the Grantee’s ceasing to be an employee of the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever, other than death or Retirement (as such term is defined in the Plan). Upon termination of employment by reason of death or Retirement (as such term is defined in the Plan), all restrictions upon Shares shall thereupon immediately lapse.

4. Registration. If Shares are issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, then, if deemed necessary by Company’s counsel, as a condition to the Company issuing certificates representing the Shares, the Grantee shall represent in writing to the Company that he is acquiring the Shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution.

5. Incorporation of Plan. The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents and warrants that he or she has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of the Plan. The execution of this Agreement by the Grantee shall constitute the Grantee’s acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

6. Notices. Except as specifically provided in the Plan or this Agreement, all notices and other communications required or permitted under the Plan and this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either by (i) personal delivery or regular mail, in each case against receipt, or (ii) first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Any such communication shall be deemed to have been given (i) on the date of receipt in the cases referred to in clause (i) of the preceding sentence and (ii) on the second day after the date of mailing in the cases referred to in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. All such communications to the Company shall be addressed to it, to the attention of its Secretary or Treasurer, at its then principal office and to the Grantee at his last address appearing on the records of the Company or, in each case, to such other person or address as may be designated by like notice hereunder.

7. Tax Withholding. In accordance with Section 20(b) of the Plan, the Company will have the power to withhold, or require the Grantee to remit to the Company promptly upon notification of the amount due, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state and local withholding tax requirements with respect to the vesting of the Restricted Stock, and delivery of the Shares shall not occur until such requirements are satisfied. If requested by the Grantee, the Committee, shall cancel Shares to be delivered to the Grantee having a Fair Market Value, on the day preceding the date of vesting of the Restricted Stock, equal to the aggregate required tax withholding in connection with such vesting, and to apply the value of such Shares as payment for the Grantee’s aggregate required tax withholding for the vesting of any Shares. A sample form to be used in making this request is attached.

8. Miscellaneous. This Agreement and the Plan contain a complete statement of all the arrangements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement cannot be changed except by a writing executed by both parties. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed exclusively in New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP	GRANTEE:
By:
	(Signature of Grantee)

-2-

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP.

Tax Withholding Election Form

The undersigned has received, pursuant to the Company’s 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), shares of the Common Stock, par value $0.20 per share, of the Company (“Restricted Stock”) subject to the restrictions set forth in a Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated             . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

With respect to the satisfaction of any and all withholding tax obligations that may arise upon the vesting of the Restricted Stock and pursuant to Section 7 (Tax Withholding) of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby voluntarily elects (please choose one and initial on the space provided):

(i) to have the Company withhold a number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable sufficient to cover the undersigned’s withholding tax obligations in connection with the vesting of the Restricted Stock subject to the Agreement, with the number of withheld shares determined based on the fair market value as of the vesting date.

(ii) to withdraw the voluntary election dated              in connection with the vesting of the Restricted Stock subject to the Agreement.

The undersigned understands that the Company may defer issuance and delivery of Common Stock until all tax withholding requirements are satisfied.

The vesting of the Restricted Stock subject to the Agreement may at times occur during a blackout period. In such an event, you would be unable to elect to have shares of Common Stock withheld to cover withholding tax obligations. Thus, consistent with Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, where item (i) above is checked, this Tax Withholding Election Form serves as your authorization to have the Company withhold a number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable or deliverable sufficient to cover the undersigned’s withholding tax obligations in connection with the vesting of the Restricted Stock subject to the Agreement.

By executing this Tax Withholding Election Form, the undersigned represents and warrants that as of the date hereof he/she is not aware of any material nonpublic information with respect to the Company or any of its securities.

-3-

This tax withholding election shall be deemed revoked by the undersigned when the Company receives a superseding Tax Withholding Election Form.

Date	Grantee
	Name

-4-

EX-10.15

Exhibit 10.15

Name of Grantee:                                      No. of Shares:                                  

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP.

CONSULTANT/ADVISOR RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

Hudson Valley Holding Corp., a New York corporation (the “Company”), this                  (the “Award Date”) hereby grants to                  (the “Grantee”), a consultant or advisor of the Company or a subsidiary thereof, pursuant to the Company’s 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), shares of the Common Stock, par value $0.20 per share, of the Company subject to the restrictions set forth herein (“Restricted Stock”) in the amount and on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

1. Incorporation by Reference of Plan. The provisions of the Plan, a copy of which is being furnished herewith to the Grantee, are incorporated by reference herein and shall govern as to all matters not expressly provided for in this Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall govern, unless otherwise determined by the Compensation and Organization Committee.

2. Award of Restricted Stock. The Company hereby awards the Grantee              shares of Restricted Stock (the “Shares”). The Restricted Stock shall be issued in uncertificated form. When restrictions expire or have been cancelled with respect to one or more of the Shares, the Company will notify the Grantee and the Company will issue to the Grantee (or such Grantee’s legal representative, beneficiary or heir) that number of shares of Common Stock, without any legend or restrictions (except those required by any federal or state securities laws), equivalent to the number of Shares for which restrictions have been cancelled or have expired. Restricted Stock shall have all dividends (including cash and stock dividends) and voting rights as set forth in Section 8 of the Plan. However, stock dividends paid on the Restricted Stock shall be deferred until the Restrictions with respect to the Shares upon which such dividends were paid expire or are canceled, at which time the Company shall deliver to the Grantee all such dividends. If the Grantee forfeits any Shares awarded hereunder, such Shares and any stock dividends with respect thereto shall automatically revert to the Company (without any payment by the Company to the Grantee).

3. Restrictions (a) Vesting. The Restricted Stock shall be held in an account not controlled by the Grantee and may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Grantee until such shares have vested in the Grantee in accordance with the following schedule:

(b) Forfeiture. Shares not yet vested and any stock dividends with respect thereto, shall be forfeited to the Company automatically and immediately upon the Grantee’s ceasing to be a consultant or advisor to the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason whatsoever, other than death. Upon termination of service or engagement as a consultant or advisor by reason of death, all restrictions upon Shares shall thereupon immediately lapse.

4. Registration. If Shares are issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, then, if deemed necessary by Company’s counsel, as a condition to the Company issuing certificates representing the Shares, the Grantee shall represent in writing to the Company that he or she is acquiring the Shares for investment purposes only and not with a view to distribution.

5. Incorporation of Plan. The Grantee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents and warrants that he or she has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of the Plan. The execution of this Agreement by the Grantee shall constitute the Grantee’s acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement.

6. Notices. Except as specifically provided in the Plan or this Agreement, all notices and other communications required or permitted under the Plan and this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be given either by (i) personal delivery or regular mail, in each case against receipt, or (ii) first class registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Any such communication shall be deemed to have been given (i) on the date of receipt in the cases referred to in clause (i) of the preceding sentence and (ii) on the second day after the date of mailing in the cases referred to in clause (ii) of the preceding sentence. All such communications to the Company shall be addressed to it, to the attention of its Secretary or Treasurer, at its then principal office and to the Grantee at his last address appearing on the records of the Company or, in each case, to such other person or address as may be designated by like notice hereunder.

7. Miscellaneous. This Agreement and the Plan contain a complete statement of all the arrangements between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement cannot be changed except by a writing executed by both parties. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed exclusively in New York.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP	GRANTEE:
By:
	(Signature of Grantee)

-2-

EX-11

Exhibit 11. Computation of per share earnings

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for Hudson Valley Holding Corp. for each of the years indicated:

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010		2009
	(000’s except share data)
Numerator:
Net (loss) income available to common shareholders for basic and diluted earnings per share	$	(2,137	)	$	5,113	$	19,012
Denominator:
Denominator for basic earnings per common share — weighted average shares (1)		19,462,055			19,393,895		15,009,209
Effect of diluted securities:
Stock options		—			62,075		298,465
Denominator for diluted earnings per common share —adjusted weighted average shares (1)		19,462,055			19,455,971		15,307,674
Basic (loss) earnings per common share (1)	($	0.11	)	$	0.26	$	1.27
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share (1)	($	0.11	)	$	0.26	$	1.24

(1) Adjusted for the effects of the 10 percent stock dividends in 2011, 2010 and 2009.

EX-12

Exhibit 12

Consolidated Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

	Year Ended December 31,
	2011			2010		2009		2008		2007
Excluding interest on deposits		(1.23	)		1.56		3.99		4.88		3.80
Including interest on deposits		0.38			1.20		2.12		2.50		2.12

EX-21

Exhibit 21. Subsidiaries of the Company

Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Incorporation	Name Under Which Subsidiary Transact Business
HVHC Risk Management Corp.	Vermont	HVHC Risk Management Corp.
Hudson Valley Bank, NA	New York	Hudson Valley Bank, NA
Sprain Brook Realty Corp.	New York	Sprain Brook Realty Corp.
Grassy Sprain Real Estate Holdings, Inc.	New York	Grassy Sprain Real Estate Holdings, Inc.
HVB Leasing Corp.	New York	HVB Leasing Corp.
HVB Realty Corp.	New York	HVB Realty Corp.
HVB Employment Corp.	New York	HVB Employment Corp.
A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc.	New York	A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc.
21 Scarsdale Road Corp.	New York	21 Scarsdale Road Corp.
HVB Properties Corp.	New York	HVB Properties Corp.
HVB Fleet Services Corp.	New York	HVB Fleet Services Corp.
369 East 149th Street Corp.	New York	369 East 149th Street Corp.
369 East Realty Corp.	New York	369 East Realty Corp.
2256 Second Avenue Corp.	New York	2256 Second Avenue Corp.

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements Nos. 333-167264, 333-145043, 333-139017, and 333-52148 on Forms S-8 and Registration Statements Nos. 333-161165 and 333-161893 on Forms S-3 of our report dated March 15, 2012 on the consolidated financial statements of Hudson Valley Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Hudson Valley Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries, which report is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for Hudson Valley Holding Corp. and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

New York, New York

March 15, 2012

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, James J. Landy, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Hudson Valley Holding Corp.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ JAMES J. LANDY

James J. Landy

President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: March 15, 2012

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Stephen R. Brown, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Hudson Valley Holding Corp.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/S/ STEPHEN R. BROWN

Stephen R. Brown

Senior Executive Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

Date: March 15, 2012

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hudson Valley Holding Corp. (the “Company”) for the year ending December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, James J. Landy, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ JAMES J. LANDY

James J. Landy

President and Chief Executive Officer

Dated: March 15, 2012

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Hudson Valley Holding Corp. (the “Company”) for the year ending December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Stephen R. Brown, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ STEPHEN R. BROWN

Stephen R. Brown

Senior Executive Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer and

Treasurer

Dated: March 15, 2012

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Fair Value of Financial Instruments [Abstract]

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

16  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The “Financial Instruments” topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification requires the disclosure of the estimated fair value of certain financial instruments. These estimated fair values as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been determined using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. Considerable judgment is required to interpret market data to develop estimates of fair value. The estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of alternative market assumptions and estimation methodologies could have had a material effect on these estimates of fair value.

Carrying amount and estimated fair value of financial instruments, not previously presented, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	December 31
	2011				2010
	Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value		Carrying Amount		Estimated Fair Value
			(in millions)
Assets:
Financial assets for which carrying value approximates fair value	$	94.5	$	94.5	$	356.2	$	356.2
Held to maturity securities and accrued interest		13.0		13.9		16.3		17.3
FHLB Stock		3.8		N/A		7.0		N/A
Loans and accrued interest		1,571.3		1,609.2		1,717.8		1,759.8
Liabilities:
Deposits with no stated maturity and accrued interest		2,274.7		2,274.7		2,047.4		2,047.4
Time deposits and accrued interest		151.7		152.1		188.5		188.9
Securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowing and accrued interest		53.1		53.1		36.6		36.6
Other borrowings and accrued interest		16.6		14.0		88.2		85.6

The estimated fair value of the indicated items was determined as follows:

Financial assets for which carrying value approximates fair value — The estimated fair value approximates carrying amount because of the immediate availability of these funds or based on the short maturities and current rates for similar deposits. Cash and due from banks as well as Federal funds sold are reported in this line item.

Held to maturity securities and accrued interest — The fair value of securities held to maturity was estimated based on quoted market prices or dealer quotations. Accrued interest is stated at its carrying amounts which approximates fair value.

FHLB Stock — It is not practicable to determine its fair value due to restrictions placed on its transferability.

Loans and accrued interest — The fair value of loans was estimated by discounting projected cash flows at the reporting date using current rates for similar loans. Accrued interest is stated at its carrying amount which approximates fair value.

Deposits with no stated maturity and accrued interest — The estimated fair value of deposits with no stated maturity and accrued interest, as applicable, are considered to be equal to their carrying amounts.

Time deposits and accrued interest — The fair value of time deposits has been estimated by discounting projected cash flows at the reporting date using current rates for similar deposits. Accrued interest is stated at its carrying amount which approximates fair value.

Securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings and accrued interest —The estimated fair value of these instruments approximate carrying amount because of their short maturities and variable rates. Accrued interest is stated at its carrying amount which approximates fair value.

Other borrowings and accrued interest — The fair value of callable FHLB advances was estimated by discounting projected cash flows at the reporting date using the rate applicable to the projected call date option. Accrued interest is stated at its carrying amount which approximates fair value.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Operating Activities:
Net (Loss) Income	$ (2,137)	$ 5,113	$ 19,012
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan losses	64,154	46,527	24,306
Depreciation and amortization	3,968	3,993	3,864
Recognized impairment charge on securities available for sale	368	2,552	5,496
Realized (gain) loss on security transactions net	(21)	(168)	(52)
Amortization of premiums on securities, net	3,738	2,120	624
Realized (gain) loss on sale and revaluation of OREO	(82)	1,974	251
Increase in cash value of bank owned life insurance	(1,260)	(1,191)	(1,261)
Amortization of other intangible assets	803	822	821
Stock option expense	161	160	276
Deferred taxes (benefit)	5,068	(5,237)	(9,855)
Increase (decrease) in deferred loan fees, net	(252)	(1,025)	24
Decrease (increase) in accrued interest and other receivables	(24,009)	(1,196)	1,157
Decrease (increase) in other assets	2,618	444	(11,367)
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements	(36)	(13)	(22)
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest and other liabilities	4,649	(1,854)	(3,250)
Net cash provided by operating activities	57,730	53,021	30,024
Investing Activities:
Net decrease (increase) in short term investments	55,646	(20,180)	(45,212)
Decrease in FHLB stock	3,179	1,460	12,023
Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale	215,651	250,294	457,550
Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity	3,364	5,391	7,337
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale	1,298	21,915	8,750
Purchases of securities available for sale	(284,019)	(217,009)	(325,430)
Net (increase) decrease in loans	(388,728)	5,754	(126,752)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale	5,506	14,053
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned	11,036	6,546	3,393
Premiums paid on bank owned life insurance	(10,327)	(327)	(344)
(Increase) decrease in goodwill			(2,900)
Net purchases of premises and equipment	(1,293)	(2,221)	(3,260)
Net cash (used in) provided by Investing Activities	(388,687)	65,676	(14,845)
Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock and exercises of stock options	1,223	623	93,866
Proceeds from sale of treasury stock			2
Acquisition of treasury stock			(15,631)
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements	36	13	22
Net increase in deposits	190,870	61,797	333,289
Cash dividends paid	(12,401)	(11,396)	(15,680)
Repayment of other borrowings	(71,285)	(36,031)	(73,031)
Net increase (decrease) in securities sold under repurchase agreements and short-term borrowings	16,462	(16,527)	(216,464)
Net cash provided by (used in) Financing Activities	124,905	(1,521)	106,373
Increase (decrease) in Cash and Due from Banks	(206,052)	117,176	121,552
Cash and Due from Banks, beginning of period	284,156	166,980	45,428
Cash and Due from Banks, end of period	78,104	284,156	166,980
Supplemental disclosures:
Interest paid	11,523	18,300	24,364
Income tax payments	12,682	6,898	15,851
Transfer from loans held for sale back to loan portfolio	2,305
Transfer to loans held for sale	473,814	21,864
Transfers to OREO	$ 1,100	$ 10,337	$ 8,400

XML

Consolidated Statements of Changes In Stockholders' Equity (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Sale of common stock per share			$ 25.00
Cash dividends per share	$ 0.64	$ 0.59	$ 1.05
Recognized impairment charge on securities available for sale, total losses	$ 1,256	$ 2,169	$ 13,829
Common Stock
Sale of common stock per share			$ 25.00
Additional Paid-in Capital
Sale of common stock per share			$ 25.00
Retained Earnings (Deficit)
Cash dividends per share	$ 0.64	$ 0.59	$ 1.05

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Interest Income:
Loans, including fees	$ 111,802	$ 107,658	$ 110,662
Securities:
Taxable	11,829	13,905	18,077
Exempt from Federal income taxes	4,270	5,871	7,659
Federal funds sold	95	168	100
Deposits in banks	621	737	81
Total interest income	128,617	128,339	136,579
Interest Expense:
Deposits	8,730	12,207	14,595
Securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings	246	271	536
Other borrowings	1,782	5,205	7,173
Total interest expense	10,758	17,683	22,304
Net Interest Income	117,859	110,656	114,275
Provision for loan losses	64,154	46,527	24,306
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	53,705	64,129	89,969
Non Interest Income:
Service charges	7,013	6,627	5,914
Investment advisory fees	10,270	9,070	7,716
Recognized impairment charge on securities available for sale (includes $1,256, $2,169 and $13,829 of total losses in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, less $888 of losses, $383 of gains and $8,333 of losses on securities available for sale, recognized in other comprehensive income in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively)	(368)	(2,552)	(5,496)
Realized gains on securities available for sale, net	21	168	52
(Losses) on sales and revaluation of loans held for sale and other real estate owned, net	(427)	(1,974)	(251)
Other income	2,391	2,386	2,559
Total non interest income	18,900	13,725	10,494
Non Interest Expense:
Salaries and employee benefits	42,194	38,507	38,688
Occupancy	9,046	8,413	8,272
Professional services	7,399	5,175	4,447
Equipment	4,336	3,986	4,354
Business development	2,080	2,035	2,032
FDIC assessment	2,756	4,712	5,491
Other operating expenses	12,344	11,318	10,857
Total non interest expense	80,155	74,146	74,141
(Loss) Income Before Income Taxes	(7,550)	3,708	26,322
Income Taxes (Benefit)	(5,413)	(1,405)	7,310
Net (Loss) Income	$ (2,137)	$ 5,113	$ 19,012
Basic (Loss) Earnings Per Common Share	$ (0.11)	$ 0.26	$ 1.27
Diluted (Loss) Earnings Per Common Share	$ (0.11)	$ 0.26	$ 1.24

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Consolidated Balance Sheets [Abstract]
Securities available for sale at estimated fair value	$ 503,584	$ 440,792
Securities held to maturity at amortized cost	13,819	17,272
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses	$ 30,685	$ 38,949
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	15,000,000	15,000,000
Preferred stock, shares outstanding
Common stock, par value	$ 0.20	$ 0.20
Common stock, shares authorized	25,000,000	25,000,000
Common stock, shares outstanding	19,516,490	19,432,499
Treasury stock, at cost	1,299,414	1,299,414

XML

Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Benefit Plans [Abstract]

Benefit Plans

13  Benefit Plans

The Hudson Valley Bank Employees’ Defined Contribution Pension Plan covers substantially all employees. Pension costs charged to current operations included 5.0 percent and 2.5 percent, respectively, of each participants earnings in 2011 and 2009. There were no pension costs accrued in 2010. Pension costs charged to operating expenses totaled $1,265 and $387 in 2011 and 2009, respectively.

The Hudson Valley Bank Employees’ Savings Plan covers substantially all employees. The Company matches 25 percent of employee contributions annually, up to 4 percent of base salary. Savings Plan costs charged to expense totaled approximately $168, $170 and $170 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company’s matching contribution under the Employees’ Savings Plan as well as its contribution to the Defined Contribution Pension Plan is in the form of cash. Neither plan holds any shares of the Company’s stock.

Additional retirement benefits are provided to certain officers and directors of HVB pursuant to unfunded supplemental plans. Costs for the supplemental pension plans totaled $1,397, $1,299 and $2,123 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company uses a December 31 measurement date for the supplemental plans and makes contributions to the plans only as benefit payments become due. In the fourth quarter of 2010, one employee was added to the officers’ supplemental plan resulting in an additional $24 of expense for the year. Also during 2010, two directors included in the directors’ supplemental retirement plan elected to retire. In accordance with the terms of the plan, one retiring director began receiving monthly benefits beginning in June 2010 and the other elected a lump sum payment which was paid in December 2010.

The following tables set forth the status of the Company’s supplemental plans as of December 31:

	2011			2010			2009
Change in benefit obligation :
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	11,413		$	11,161		$	11,754
Service cost		429			296			1,006
Interest cost		638			596			560
Amendments		—			—			(1,155	)
Actuarial (gain) loss		819			164			(336	)
Benefits paid		(612	)		(803	)		(668	)
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	12,687		$	11,414		$	11,161
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
Actual return on assets		—			—			—
Employer contribution		612			803			668
Benefits paid		(612	)		(803	)		(668	)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year		—			—			—
Funded status at year end	$	(12,687	)	$	(11,414	)	$	(11,161	)

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31 consist of:

	2011			2010
Net actuarial loss	$	2,447		$	2,184
Prior service cost		(449	)		(681	)
	$	1,998		$	1,503

The accumulated benefit obligation was $11,999 and $10,658 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The following table consists of the weighted average assumptions and components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income for the years indicated:

	2011			2010
Weighted Average Assumptions:
Discount rate		4.50	%		5.25	%
Expected return on plan assets		—			—
Rate of compensation increase		3.00	%		3.00	%
Components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income:
Service cost	$	429		$	296
Interest cost		638			596
Expected return on plan assets		—			—
Amortization of transition obligation		—			—
Amortization of prior service cost		(233	)		(191	)
Amortization of net loss		557			598
Net periodic benefit cost	$	1,391		$	1,299
Net (gain) loss		262			(434	)
Amortization of prior service cost		233			191
Total recognized in other comprehensive income		495			(243	)
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income	$	1,886		$	1,056

The estimated net loss and prior service costs that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost in 2012 are $706 and $(232).

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

Year	Pension Benefit
2012	$	813
2013		1,110
2014		1,088
2015		1,088
2016		947
Years 2017-2021		5,275

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Segment Information [Abstract]

Segment Information

15  Segment Information

The Company has one reportable segment, “Community Banking.” All of the Company’s activities are interrelated, and each activity is dependent and assessed based on how each of the activities of the Company supports the others. For example, commercial lending is dependent upon the ability of the Company to fund itself with retail deposits and other borrowings and to manage interest rate and credit risk. This situation is also similar for consumer and residential mortgage lending. Accordingly, all significant operating decisions are based upon analysis of the Company as one operating segment or unit.

The Company operates only in the U.S. domestic market, primarily in the New York metropolitan area. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, there is no customer that accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenue.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Changes In Stockholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Total	Common Stock	Treasury Stock	Additional Paid-in Capital	Retained Earnings (Deficit)	Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Beginning balance at Dec. 31, 2008	$ 207,501	$ 2,367	$ (41,935)	$ 250,129	$ 2,084	$ (5,144)
Beginning balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2008		10,871,609
Net Income (Loss)	19,012				19,012
Sale of common stock ($25.00 per share, gross), shares		3,993,395
Sale of common stock ($25.00 per share, gross)	93,321	799		92,522
Grants and exercises of stock options, net of tax, shares		30,843
Grants and exercises of stock options, net of tax	821	6		815
Purchase of treasury stock, shares		(334,703)
Purchase of treasury stock	(15,631)		(15,631)
Sale of treasury stock, shares		52
Sale of treasury stock	2		2
Ten percent stock dividend, shares		1,455,542
Ten percent stock dividend		291		2,831	(3,122)
Cash dividends ($1.05, $0.59 and $0.64 per share for 2009, 2010 and 2011)	(15,680)				(15,680)
Accrued benefit liability adjustment, net of tax	1,229					1,229
Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of tax	3,103					3,103
Ending balance at Dec. 31, 2009	293,678	3,463	(57,564)	346,297	2,294	(812)
Ending balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2009		16,016,738
Net Income (Loss)	5,113				5,113
Grants and exercises of stock options, net of tax, shares		46,584
Grants and exercises of stock options, net of tax	783	9		774
Ten percent stock dividend, shares		1,602,586
Ten percent stock dividend		321		(321)
Cash dividends ($1.05, $0.59 and $0.64 per share for 2009, 2010 and 2011)	(11,396)				(11,396)
Accrued benefit liability adjustment, net of tax	146					146
Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of tax	1,593					1,593
Ending balance at Dec. 31, 2010	289,917	3,793	(57,564)	346,750	(3,989)	927
Ending balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2010	19,432,499	17,665,908
Net Income (Loss)	(2,137)				(2,137)
Grants and exercises of stock options, net of tax, shares		80,141
Grants and exercises of stock options, net of tax	1,384	16		1,368
Ten percent stock dividend, shares		1,770,441
Ten percent stock dividend		354		(354)
Cash dividends ($1.05, $0.59 and $0.64 per share for 2009, 2010 and 2011)	(12,401)				(12,401)
Accrued benefit liability adjustment, net of tax	(297)					(297)
Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of tax	1,096					1,096
Ending balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 277,562	$ 4,163	$ (57,564)	$ 347,764	$ (18,527)	$ 1,726
Ending balance, shares at Dec. 31, 2011	19,516,490	19,516,490

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Consolidated Statements of Income [Abstract]
Recognized impairment charge on securities available for sale, total losses	$ 1,256	$ 2,169	$ 13,829
Gains/(losses) on securities available for sale	$ 888	$ 383	$ 8,333

XML

Borrowings

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Borrowings [Abstract]

Borrowings

8  Borrowings

The Company’s borrowings with original maturities of one year or less totaled $53,057 and $35,594 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Such short-term borrowings consisted of $53,057 of customer repurchase agreements at December 31, 2011 and $35,129 of customer repurchase agreements and note options on Treasury, tax and loan of $465 at December 31, 2010. Other borrowings totaled $16,465 and $87,751 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which consisted of fixed rate borrowings of $15,000 and $66,451 from the FHLB with initial stated maturities of five or ten years and one to four year call options and non callable FHLB borrowings of $1,300 and $21,300 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The callable borrowing of $15,000 from FHLB matures in 2016. The FHLB has the right to call this borrowing at various dates in 2012 and quarterly thereafter. A non callable borrowing of $1,300 matures in 2027. Our FHLB term borrowings are subject to prepayment penalties under certain circumstances in the event of prepayment.

Interest expense on all borrowings totaled $2,028, $5,476 and $7,709 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, these borrowings were collateralized by loans and securities with an estimated fair value of $447,209 and $267,000, respectively.

The following table summarizes the average balances, weighted average interest rates and the maximum month-end outstanding amounts of the Company’s borrowings for each of the years:

		(000’s except percentages)
		2011			2010			2009
Average balance:	Short-term	$	49,678		$	56,899		$	101,818
	Other Borrowings		40,184			109,349			153,799
Weighted average interest rate (for the year):	Short-term		0.5	%		0.5	%		0.5	%
	Other Borrowings		4.4			4.8			4.7
Weighted average interest rate (at year end):	Short-term		0.3	%		0.3	%		0.2	%
	Other Borrowings		4.4			4.5			4.9
Maximum month-end outstanding amount:	Short-term	$	61,897		$	71,822		$	256,084
	Other Borrowings		87,748			123,784			196,815

HVB is a member of the FHLB. As a member, HVB is able to participate in various FHLB borrowing programs which require certain investments in FHLB common stock as a prerequisite to obtaining funds. As of December 31, 2011, HVB had short-term borrowing lines with the FHLB of $200 million with no amounts outstanding. These and various other FHLB borrowing programs available to members are subject to availability of qualifying loan and/or investment securities collateral and other terms and conditions.

HVB also has unsecured overnight borrowing lines totaling $70 million with three major financial institutions which were all unused and available at December 31, 2011. In addition, HVB has approved lines under Retail Certificate of Deposit Agreements with three major financial institutions totaling $1.0 billion of which no balances were outstanding as at December 31, 2011. Utilization of these lines are subject to product availability and other restrictions.

Additional liquidity is also provided by the Company’s ability to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank’s discount window. In response to the current economic crisis, the Federal Reserve Bank has increased the ability of banks to borrow from this source through its Borrower-in-Custody (“BIC”) program, which expanded the types of collateral which qualify as security for such borrowings. HVB has been approved to participate in the BIC program. There were no balances outstanding with the Federal Reserve at December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had qualifying loan and investment securities totaling approximately $540 million which could be utilized under available borrowing programs thereby increasing liquidity.

The various borrowing programs discussed above are subject to certain restrictions and terms and conditions which may include continued availability of such borrowing programs, the Company’s ability to pledge qualifying collateral in sufficient amounts, the Company’s maintenance of capital ratios acceptable to these lenders and other conditions which may be imposed on the Company.

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Mar. 01, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Document and Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	HUDSON VALLEY HOLDING CORP
Entity Central Index Key	0000722256
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011
Amendment Flag	false
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 263,381,000
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		19,529,554

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Income Taxes [Abstract]

Income Taxes

9  Income Taxes

A reconciliation of the income tax provision and the amount computed using the federal statutory rate is as follows:

	Years Ended December 31
	2011					2010					2009
Income tax at statutory rate	$	(2,643	)	35.0	%	$	1,298		35.0	%	$	9,213		35.0	%
State and local income tax, net of Federal benefit		(3	)	0.1			(85	)	(2.3	)		977		3.7
Tax-exempt interest income, net		(1,873	)	24.8			(2,307	)	(62.2	)		(2,566	)	(9.7	)
Non-deductible expenses and other		(894	)	11.8			(311	)	(8.4	)		(314	)	(1.2	)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	$	(5,413	)	71.7	%	$	(1,405	)	(37.9	%)	$	7,310		27.8	%

The components of the provision for income taxes (benefit) are as follows:

	Years Ended December 31
	2011			2010			2009
Federal:
Current	$	(11,167	)	$	2,771		$	13,543
Deferred		5,759			(4,046	)		(7,736	)
State and Local:
Current		678			994			3,622
Deferred		(683	)		(1,124	)		(2,119	)
Total	$	(5,413	)	$	(1,405	)	$	7,310

The tax effect of temporary differences giving rise to the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

	December 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	Asset		Liability		Asset		Liability
Allowance for loan losses	$	14,033		—	$	20,348		—
Supplemental pension benefit		4,394		—		4,073		—
Other-than-temporary impairment of investments		3,904		—		3,753		—
State net operating loss carryforward		1,407		—		—		—
Other		574		—		312		—
Interest on non-accrual loans		682		—		1,232		—
Accrued benefit liability		799		—		601		—
Deferred compensation		253		—		264		—
Share based compensation costs		130		—		134		—
Intangible assets		—	$	3,307		—	$	2,902
Property and equipment		—		1,657		—		1,725
Securities available for sale		—		1,390		—		1,047
Total	$	26,176	$	6,354	$	30,717	$	5,674
Net deferred tax asset	$	19,822			$	25,043

In the normal course of business, the Company’s Federal, New York State and New York City Corporation tax returns are subject to audit. The Company is currently open to audit by the Internal Revenue Service under the statute of limitations for years after 2007. The Company is currently undergoing an audit by New York State 2005 through 2008. This audit has not yet been completed, however, no significant issues have as yet been raised and the Company does not expect material adjustments.

The Company has performed an evaluation of its tax positions and has concluded that as of December 31, 2011, there were no significant uncertain tax positions requiring additional recognition in its financial statements and does not believe that there will be any material changes in its unrecognized tax positions over the next 12 months.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. There were no accruals for interest or penalties during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income [Abstract]
Net (Loss) Income	$ (2,137)	$ 5,113	$ 19,012
Other-than-temporarily impaired securities available for sale:
Total gains (losses)	(1,256)	(2,169)	(13,829)
Losses recognized in earnings	368	2,552	5,496
Gains (losses) recognized in comprehensive income	(888)	383	(8,333)
Income tax effect	364	(157)	3,417
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on other-than-temporarily impaired securities available for sale, net of tax	(524)	226	(4,916)
Securities available for sale not other-than-temporarily impaired:
Gains arising during the year	2,348	2,365	13,596
Income tax effect	(715)	(897)	(5,546)
Total securities available for sale not-other-than temporarily impaired	1,633	1,468	8,050
Gains recognized in earnings	(21)	(168)	(52)
Income tax effect	8	67	21
Total securities available for sale not-other-than temporarily impaired	(13)	(101)	(31)
Unrealized holding gains on securities available for sale not other-than-temporarily-impaired, net of tax	1,620	1,367	8,019
Unrealized holding gain on securities, net	1,096	1,593	3,103
Accrued benefit liability adjustment	(495)	243	2,049
Income tax effect	198	(97)	(820)
Total securities available for sale not other-than-temporarily impaired	(297)	146	1,229
Other comprehensive income	799	1,739	4,332
Comprehensive (Loss) Income	$ (1,338)	$ 6,852	$ 23,344

XML

Credit Commitments and Concentrations of Credit Risk

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Credit Commitments And Concentration Risk Credit Risk [Abstract]

Credit Commitments and Concentrations of Credit Risk

3  Credit Commitments and Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company has outstanding, at any time, a significant number of commitments to extend credit and also provide financial guarantees to third parties. Those arrangements are subject to strict credit control assessments. Guarantees specify limits to the Company’s obligations. The amounts of those loan commitments and guarantees are set out in the following table. Because many commitments and almost all guarantees expire without being funded in whole or in part, the contract amounts are not estimates of future cash flows.

	2011		2010
	Contract Amount		Contract Amount
Credit commitments — variable	$	155,425	$	158,788
Credit commitments — fixed		26,492		36,266
Guarantees written		25,973		26,702

The majority of loan commitments have terms up to one year, with either a floating interest rate or contracted fixed interest rates, generally ranging from 2.16% to 16.00%. Guarantees written generally have terms up to one year.

Loan commitments and guarantees written have off-balance-sheet credit risk because only origination fees and accruals for probable losses are recognized in the balance sheet until the commitments are fulfilled or the guarantees expire. Credit risk represents the accounting loss that would be recognized at the reporting date if counterparties failed completely to perform as contracted. The credit risk amounts are equal to the contractual amounts, assuming that the amounts are fully advanced and that collateral or other security would have no value.

The Company’s policy is to require customers to provide collateral prior to the disbursement of approved loans. For loans and financial guarantees, the Company usually retains a security interest in the property or products financed or other collateral which provides repossession rights in the event of default by the customer.

Concentrations of credit risk (whether on or off-balance-sheet) arising from financial instruments exist in relation to certain groups of customers. A group concentration arises when a number of counterparties have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. The Company does not have a significant exposure to any individual customer or counterparty. A geographic concentration arises because the Company operates principally in Westchester County and Bronx County, New York. Loans and credit commitments collateralized by real estate including all loans where real estate is either primary or secondary collateral are as follows:

	Residential Property		Commercial Property		Total
2011
Loans	$	334,340	$	1,044,462	$	1,378,802
Credit commitments		55,347		55,308		110,655
	$	389,687	$	1,099,770	$	1,489,457
2010
Loans	$	555,816	$	970,301	$	1,526,117
Credit commitments		62,865		54,153		117,018
	$	618,681	$	1,024,454	$	1,643,135

The credit risk amounts represent the maximum accounting loss that would be recognized at the reporting date if counterparties failed completely to perform as contracted and any collateral or security proved to have no value. The Company has in the past experienced little difficulty in accessing collateral when required.

XML

Securities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Securities [Abstract]

Securities

2  Securities

The following table sets forth the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and the estimated fair value of securities classified as available for sale and held to maturity at December 31:

	(000’s)
	2011								2010
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized				Estimated Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized				Estimated Fair Value
			Gains		Losses						Gains		Losses
Classified as Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury and government agencies		—		—		—		—	$	3,001	$	11		—	$	3,012
Mortgage-backed securities	$	385,206	$	8,430	$	218	$	393,418		303,479		6,648	$	587		309,540
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		96,091		4,508		—		100,599		111,912		4,170		1		116,081
Other debt securities		12,220		—		8,888		3,332		12,329		—		7,956		4,373
Total debt securities		493,517		12,938		9,106		497,349		430,721		10,829		8,544		433,006
Mutual funds and other equity securities		10,067		617		136		10,548		10,071		706		116		10,661
Total	$	503,584	$	13,555	$	9,242	$	507,897	$	440,792	$	11,535	$	8,660	$	443,667

	(000’s)
	2011								2010
	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrecognized				Estimated Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Gross Unrecognized				Estimated Fair  Value
			Gains		Losses						Gains		Losses
Classified as Held To Maturity
Mortgage-backed securities	$	7,767	$	607		—	$	8,374	$	11,131	$	700	$	1	$	11,830
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		5,138		307		—		5,445		5,136		306		—		5,442
Total	$	12,905	$	914		—	$	13,819	$	16,267	$	1,006	$	1	$	17,272

Included in other debt securities are investments in six pooled trust preferred securities with amortized costs and estimated fair values of $11,654 and $2,816, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and $11,637 and $3,687, respectively, at December 31, 2010. These investments represent pooled trust preferred obligations of financial institutions. The value of these investments has been severely negatively affected by the downturn in the economy and investor concerns about recent and potential future losses in the financial services industry. These investments are rated below investment grade by Moody’s Investor Services at December 31, 2011 with ratings ranging from Ca to C. In light of these conditions, these investments continued to be reviewed for other-than-temporary impairment.

In estimating other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses, the Company considers: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuers, (3) whether it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to sell the investments prior to maturity or recovery of cost and (4) evaluation of cash flows to determine if they have been adversely affected.

The Company uses a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis to provide an estimate of an OTTI loss. Inputs to the discount model included known defaults and interest deferrals, projected additional default rates, projected additional deferrals of interest, over-collateralization tests, interest coverage tests and other factors. Expected default and deferral rates were weighted toward the near future to reflect the current adverse economic environment affecting the banking industry. The discount rate was based upon the accounting yield of the related securities. Significant inputs to the cash flow models used in determining credit related other-than-temporary impairment losses on pooled trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2011 included the following:

Annual Prepayment	1.00%
Projected specific defaults/deferrals	33.1% - 73.6%
Projected severity of loss on specific defaults/deferrals	50.0% - 87.1%
Projected additional defaults:
Year 1	2.00%
Year 2	1.00%
Thereafter	0.25%
Projected severity of loss on additional defaults	85.00%
Present value discount rates	3 m LIBOR + 1.60% - 2.25%

The following table summarizes the change in pretax OTTI credit related losses on securities available for sale for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

	2011		2010		2009
Balance at beginning of period:
Total OTTI credit related impairment charges beginning of period	$	9,110	$	6,558	$	1,062
Increase to the amount related to the credit loss for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized		368		2,248		4
Credit related impairment not previously recognized		—		304		5,492
Balance at end of period:	$	9,478	$	9,110	$	6,558

During the year ended December 31, 2011, pretax OTTI losses of $163, $95, $67, $42 and $1, respectively, were recognized on five pooled trust preferred securities which, prior to the 2011 losses, had book values of $2,208, $5,583, $2,180, $949 and $656, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2010, pretax OTTI losses of $2,082, $304, $151, $12 and $3, respectively, were recognized on five pooled trust preferred securities which, prior to the 2010 losses, had book values of $7,455, $2,500, $2,215, $943 and $649, respectively. The OTTI losses in 2011 and 2010 resulted from adverse changes in the expected cash flows of the pooled trust preferred securities which indicated that the Company may not recover the entire cost basis of these investments. Continuation or worsening of the current adverse economic conditions may result in further impairment charges in the future.

At December 31, 2011, securities having a stated value of approximately $365,000 were pledged to secure public deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

Gross proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $1,298, $21,915 and $8,750 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These sales resulted in gross pretax gains of $24 and gross pretax losses of $3 in 2011, gross pretax gains of $280 and gross pretax losses of $112 in 2010, and gross pretax gains of $110 and gross pretax losses of $58 in 2009. Applicable income taxes relating to such transactions were $8, $67 and $21 in 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

The Company recorded $368, $2,552 and $5,496 of pretax impairment charges on securities available-for-sale in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. All of the 2011, 2010 and 2009 charges were related to the Company’s investments in pooled trust preferred securities. These charges represented approximately 3.2 percent, 18.5 percent and 33.1 percent of the book value of the related investments in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Income tax benefits applicable to impairment charges were $151, $1,051 and $2,264 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The following tables reflect the Company’s investments fair value and gross unrealized loss, aggregated by investment category and length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

December 31, 2011

	Duration of Unrealized Loss
	Less Than 12 Months				Greater than 12 Months				Total
	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss
Classified as Available for Sale
U.S. Treasuries and government agencies		—		—		—		—		—		—
Mortgage-backed securities — residential	$	41,421	$	218		—		—	$	41,421	$	218
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		—		—		—		—		—
Other debt securities		460		50	$	2,816	$	8,838		3,276		8,888
Total debt securities		41,881		268		2,816		8,838		44,697		9,106
Mutual funds and other equity securities		—		—		92		136		92		136
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	41,881	$	268	$	2,908	$	8,974	$	44,789	$	9,242

There were no securities classified as held to maturity in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2011.

December 31, 2010

	Duration of Unrealized Loss
	Less Than 12 Months				Greater than 12 Months				Total
	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Loss
Classified as Available for Sale
U.S. Treasuries and government agencies		—		—		—		—		—		—
Mortgage-backed securities — residential	$	72,105	$	587		—		—	$	72,105	$	587
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		461		1		—		—		461		1
Other debt securities		—		—	$	4,193	$	7,956		4,193		7,956
Total debt securities		72,566		588		4,193		7,956		76,759		8,544
Mutual funds and other equity securities		—		—		118		116		118		116
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	72,566	$	588	$	4,311	$	8,072	$	76,877	$	8,660
Classified as Held to Maturity
Mortgage-backed securities — residential	$	400	$	1		—		—	$	400	$	1
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	400	$	1		—		—	$	400	$	1

The total number of securities in the Company’s portfolio that were in an unrealized loss position was 82 and 90 at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The Company has determined that it is more likely than not that it would not be required to sell its securities prior to maturity or to recovery of cost. With the exception of the investment in pooled trust preferred securities discussed above, the Company believes that its securities continue to have satisfactory ratings, are readily marketable and that current unrealized losses are primarily a result of changes in interest rates. Therefore, management does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011. With regard to the investments in pooled trust preferred securities, the Company has decided to hold these securities as it believes that current market quotes for these securities are not necessarily indicative of their value. The Company has recognized impairment charges on five of the pooled trust preferred securities. Management believes that the remaining impairment in the value of these securities to be primarily related to illiquidity in the market and therefore not credit related at December 31, 2011.

The contractual maturity of all debt securities held at December 31, 2011 is shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because some issuers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

	Available for Sale				Held to Maturity
	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Contractual Maturity
Within 1 year	$	10,196	$	10,210		—		—
After 1 year but within 5 years		41,537		43,396	$	5,138	$	5,445
After 5 year but within 10 years		44,414		47,049		—		—
After 10 years		12,164		3,276		—		—
Mortgage-backed securities — residential		385,206		393,418		7,767		8,374
Total	$	493,517	$	497,349	$	12,905	$	13,819

XML

Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Disclosures

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Disclosures [Abstract]

Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Disclosures

14  Commitments, Contingent Liabilities and Other Disclosures

The Company is obligated under leases for certain of its branches and equipment. Minimum rental commitments for bank premises and equipment under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:

Year	Amount
2012	$	4,856
2013		4,629
2014		4,482
2015		4,444
2016		4,159
Thereafter		10,309
Total minimum future payments	$	32,879

Rent expense for premises and equipment was $4,254, $3,533 and $3,462 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) is currently conducting an investigation of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc. (ARS), relating to its compliance with certain regulatory provisions of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The investigation resulted from a routine examination of ARS’s investment advisory business and relates to the Company’s brokerage practices and policies and disclosure about such practices. The Company is in discussions with the staff of the SEC to settle this matter and has made accruals for such resolution as of December 31, 2011. At this stage in the investigation, it is reasonably possible the outcome could differ from the accrual that has been made. Management is unable to reasonably estimate the range of possible additional loss, if any, at this time, which could be material.

Other than the matter discussed above, in the ordinary course of business, the Company is party to various outstanding commitments, legal proceedings and other contingent liabilities which are not reflected in the consolidated balance sheets. None of these matters, in the opinion of management, will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Cash Reserve Requirements

HVB is required to maintain average reserve balances under the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation D issued thereunder. Such reserves totaled $12,821 at December 31, 2011.

Restrictions on Funds Transfers

There are various restrictions which limit the ability of a bank subsidiary to transfer funds in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances to the parent company. Under federal law, the approval of the primary regulator is required if dividends declared by a bank in any year exceed the net profits of that year, as defined, combined with the retained net profits for the two preceding years. Under applicable banking statutes, at December 31, 2011, the Bank had no additional dividends that could have been paid to the Company.

In connection with the Company’s efforts to reduce certain asset concentrations as they relate to capital, the board has adopted a dividend policy to cap dividend payments going forward at no more than 50 percent of quarterly net income in 2012 and in future periods if commercial real estate loans and classified assets exceed 400 percent and 25 percent of risk-based capital, respectively.

XML

Regulatory Capital Requirements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Deposits and Regulatory Capital Requirements [Abstract]

Regulatory Capital Requirements

10  Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of the Company and the Bank. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and HVB to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined).

Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. In today’s economic and regulatory environment, banking regulators, including the OCC, which is the primary federal regulator of the Bank, are directing greater scrutiny to banks with concentrations of commercial real estate loans. Due to the concentration of commercial real estate loans in our portfolio, we are among the banks subject to such greater regulatory scrutiny. As a result of this concentration, the level of our non-performing loans, and the potential for further deterioration in our loan portfolio, the OCC required HVB to maintain, by December 31, 2009, a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12.0 percent (compared to 10.0 percent for a well capitalized bank), a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0 percent (compared to 6.0 percent for a well capitalized bank), and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 8.0 percent (compared to 5.0 percent for a well capitalized bank.) These capital requirements are in excess of “well capitalized” levels generally applicable to banks under current regulations. The Company has continuously met these requirements.

The following summarizes the capital requirements and capital position at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Capital Ratios:	Actual					Minimum for Capital Adequacy					Minimum to be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action					Enhanced Capitalized Requirement
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
HVB Only:
As of December 31, 2011:
Total Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)	$	266,432		12.1	%	$	176,313		8.0	%	$	220,391		10.0	%	$	264,469		12.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)		238,843		10.8	%		88,156		4.0	%		132,235		6.0	%		220,391		10.0	%
Tier 1 Cap ital (To Average Assets)		238,843		8.4	%		113,439		4.0	%		141,798		5.0	%		226,877		8.0	%
As of December 31, 2010:
Total Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)	$	264,574		14.0	%	$	150,768		8.0	%	$	188,460		10.0	%	$	226,152		12.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)		240,834		12.8	%		75,384		4.0	%		113,076		6.0	%		188,460		10.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets)		240,834		8.8	%		109,191		4.0	%		136,489		5.0	%		218,383		8.0	%
Consolidated:
As of December 31, 2011:
Total Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)	$	277,301		12.6	%	$	176,303		8.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)		249,713		11.3	%		88,151		4.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets)		249,713		8.8	%		113,567		4.0	%
As of December 31, 2010:
Total Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)	$	286,144		15.2	%	$	150,810		8.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)		262,389		13.9	%		75,405		4.0	%
Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets)		262,389		9.6	%		109,277		4.0	%

Management believes, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

In addition, pursuant to Rule 15c3-1 of the Securities and Exchange Commission, ARS as a broker-dealer is required to maintain minimum “net capital” as defined under such rule. As of December 31, 2011 ARS exceeded its minimum capital requirement.

Stock Dividend

In November 2011 and November 2010 the Board of Directors of the Company declared 10 percent stock dividends. Share and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the issuance of the additional shares.

XML

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets [Abstract]

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

6  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The following table sets forth the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each of the Company’s intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011				2010
	Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization		Gross Carrying Amount		Accumulated Amortization
Deposit Premium	$	3,907	$	3,348	$	3,907	$	2,791
Customer Relationships		2,470		1,378		2,470		1,188
Employment Related		516		516		516		460
Total	$	6,893	$	5,242	$	6,893	$	4,439

Intangible assets amortization expense was $803 for 2011 and $822 for 2010 and 2009. The estimated annual intangible assets amortization expense in each of the five years subsequent to December 31, 2011 is as follows:

Year	Amount
2012	$	748
2013		190
2014		190
2015		190
2016		190

The carrying amount of goodwill was $23,842 at December 31, 2011 and 2010. There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in 2011 and 2010. Cumulative deferred tax on goodwill deductible for tax purposes was $3,202 and $2,446 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

XML

Loans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Loans [Abstract]

Loans

4  Loans

The loan portfolio, excluding loans held for sale, is comprised of the following:

	December 31
	2011			2010
Real Estate:
Commercial	$	690,837		$	796,253
Construction		110,027			174,369
Residential		514,828			467,326
Commercial & Industrial		218,500			245,263
Individuals & lease financing		41,760			49,040
Total loans		1,575,952			1,732,251
Deferred loan fees		(3,862	)		(4,115	)
Allowance for loan losses		(30,685	)		(38,949	)
Loans, net	$	1,541,405		$	1,689,187

The Company has established credit policies applicable to each type of lending activity in which it engages. The Bank evaluates the credit worthiness of each customer and extends credit based on credit history, ability to repay and market value of collateral. The customers’ credit worthiness is monitored on an ongoing basis. Additional collateral is obtained when warranted. Real estate is the primary form of collateral. Other important forms of collateral are bank deposits and marketable securities. While collateral provides assurance as a secondary source of repayment, the Company ordinarily requires the primary source of payment to be based on the borrower’s ability to generate continuing cash flows.

Risk characteristics of the Company’s portfolio segments include the following:

Commercial Real Estate Loans — In underwriting commercial real estate loans, the Company evaluates both the prospective borrower’s ability to make timely payments on the loan and the value of the property securing the loan. Repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted should the borrower default or should there be a substantial decline in the value of the property securing the loan, or a decline in general economic conditions. Where the owner occupies the property, the Company also evaluates the business’s ability to repay the loan on a timely basis. In addition, the Company may require personal guarantees, lease assignments and/or the guarantee of the operating company when the property is owner occupied. These types of loans may involve greater risks than other types of lending, because payments on such loans are often dependent upon the successful operation of the business involved, therefore, repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted by adverse changes in economic conditions affecting the borrowers’ business.

Construction Loans — Construction loans are short-term loans (generally up to 18 months) secured by land for both residential and commercial development. The loans are generally made for acquisition and improvements. Funds are disbursed as phases of construction are completed. Most non-residential construction loans require pre-approved permanent financing or pre-leasing by the company or another bank providing the permanent financing. The Company funds construction of single family homes and commercial real estate, when no contract of sale exists, based upon the experience of the builder, the financial strength of the owner, the type and location of the property and other factors. Construction loans are generally personally guaranteed by the principal(s). Repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted by the builders’ inability to complete construction, by a downturn in the new construction market, by a significant increase in interest rates or by a decline in general economic conditions.

Residential Real Estate Loans — Various loans secured by residential real estate properties are offered by the Company, including 1-4 family residential mortgages, multi-family residential loans and a variety of home equity line of credit products. Repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted should the borrower default, should there be a significant decline in the value of the property securing the loan or should there be a decline in general economic conditions.

Commercial and Industrial Loans — The Company’s commercial and industrial loan portfolio consists primarily of commercial business loans and lines of credit to businesses and professionals. These loans are usually made to finance the purchase of inventory, new or used equipment or other short or long-term working capital purposes. These loans are generally secured by corporate assets, often with real estate as secondary collateral, but are also offered on an unsecured basis. In granting this type of loan, the Company primarily looks to the borrower’s cash flow as the source of repayment with collateral and personal guarantees, where obtained, as a secondary source. Commercial loans are often larger and may involve greater risks than other types of loans offered by the Company. Payments on such loans are often dependent upon the successful operation of the underlying business involved and, therefore, repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted by adverse changes in economic conditions, management’s inability to effectively manage the business, claims of others against the borrower’s assets which may take priority over the Company’s claims against assets, death or disability of the borrower or loss of market for the borrower’s products or services.

Lease Financing and Other Loans — The Company originates lease financing transactions which are primarily conducted with businesses, professionals and not-for-profit organizations and provide financing principally for office equipment, telephone systems, computer systems, energy saving improvements and other special use equipment. Payments on such loans are often dependent upon the successful operation of the underlying business involved and, therefore, repayment of such loans may be negatively impacted by adverse changes in economic conditions, and management’s inability to effectively manage the business. The Company also offers installment loans and reserve lines of credit to individuals. Repayment of such loans are often dependent on the personal income of the borrower which may be negatively impacted by adverse changes in economic conditions. The Company does not place an emphasis on originating these types of loans.

A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses follows:

	December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of year	$	38,949		$	38,645		$	22,537
Add (deduct):
Provision for loan losses		64,154			46,527			24,306
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off		5,818			2,416			1,301
Charge-offs		(78,236	)		(48,639	)		(9,499	)
Balance, end of year	$	30,685		$	38,949		$	38,645

The following table presents the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Total			Commercial Real Estate			Construction			Residential Real Estate			Commercial & Industrial			Lease Financing & Other
Balance at beginning of year	$	38,949		$	16,736		$	7,140		$	9,851		$	4,290		$	932
Charge-offs		(78,236	)		(39,168	)		(10,026	)		(22,692	)		(6,225	)		(125	)
Recoveries		5,818			1,424			622			2,571			992			209
Net (Charge-offs) Recoveries		(72,418	)		(37,744	)		(9,404	)		(20,121	)		(5,233	)		84
Provision for loan losses		64,154			33,784			8,734			18,363			3,593			(320	)
Net change during the year		(8,264	)		(3,960	)		(670	)		(1,758	)		(1,640	)		(236	)
Balance at end of year	$	30,685		$	12,776		$	6,470		$	8,093		$	2,650		$	696

In 2011, approximately $60,200 of net charge-offs and $48,100 of the provision for loan losses were directly related to the transfer of loans to the held for sale status.

Impaired loans and the recorded investment in loans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows:

	December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Allowance for Loan Losses Allocated		Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment		Allowance for Loan Losses Allocated
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial	$	31,877	$	30,762		—	$	22,714	$	21,166		—
Construction		2,690		1,723		—		16,985		11,868		—
Residential		4,599		3,824		—		11,476		7,223		—
Commercial & industrial		8,560		7,803		—		5,543		4,538		—
Lease financing & other		—		—		—		651		393		—
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial		—		—		—		—		—		—
Construction		3,758		3,758	$	2,374		3,821		3,821	$	850
Residential		—		—		—		521		521		17
Commercial & industrial		—		—		—		25		25		25
Lease financing & other		—		—		—		—		—		—
Total loans	$	51,484	$	47,870	$	2,374	$	61,736	$	49,555	$	892

The Company is not committed to extend any additional credit to borrowers whose loans are classified as TDRs. Impaired loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 included $28,526 and $17,236, respectively, of loans considered to be TDRs. The carrying value of impaired loans was determined using either the fair value of the underlying collateral of the loan or by an analysis of the expected cash flows related to the loan. The Company classifies all loans considered to be troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) as impaired.

The following tables present the average recorded investment in impaired loans by portfolio segment and interest recognized on impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

	December 31, 2011
	Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income
Loans:
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied	$	18,826		858
Non owner occupied		15,733		56
Construction:
Commercial		8,870		—
Residential		5,460		—
Residential:
Multifamily		3,830		28
1-4 family		4,594		36
Home equity		3,249		—
Commercial & industrial		7,311		—
Other:
Lease financing and other		269		—
Overdrafts		—		—
Total	$	68,142		978

	Total		Commercial Real Estate		Construction		Residential Real Estate		Commercial & Industrial		Lease Financing & Other
Year ended December 31, 2010:
Average recorded investment in impaired loans	$	64,390	$	26,661	$	19,091	$	14,860	$	2,235	$	1,543
Interest Income recognized during impairment	$	201	$	201		—		—		—		—

The following tables present the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment based on impairment method for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31, 2011
	Total		Commercial Real Estate		Construction		Residential Real Estate		Commercial & Industrial		Lease Financing & Other
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending balance attributed to loans:
Collectively evaluated for impairment	$	28,311	$	12,776	$	4,096	$	8,093	$	2,650	$	696
Individually evaluated for impairment		2,374		—		2,374		—		—		—
Total ending balance of allowance	$	30,685	$	12,776	$	6,470	$	8,093	$	2,650	$	696
Total loans:
Ending balance of loans:
Collectively evaluated for impairment	$	1,528,082	$	660,075	$	104,546	$	511,004	$	210,697	$	41,760
Individually evaluated for impairment		47,870		30,762		5,481		3,824		7,803		—
Total ending balance of loans	$	1,575,952	$	690,837	$	110,027	$	514,828	$	218,500	$	41,760
	December 31, 2010
	Total		Commercial Real Estate		Construction		Residential Real Estate		Commercial & Industrial		Lease Financing & Other
Allowance for loan losses:
Ending balance attributed to loans:
Collectively evaluated for impairment	$	38,057	$	16,736	$	6,290	$	9,834	$	4,265	$	932
Individually evaluated for impairment		892		—		850		17		25		—
Total ending balance of allowance	$	38,949	$	16,736	$	7,140	$	9,851	$	4,290	$	932
Total loans:
Ending balance of loans:
Collectively evaluated for impairment	$	1,682,696	$	775,087	$	158,680	$	459,582	$	240,700	$	48,647
Individually evaluated for impairment		49,555		21,166		15,689		7,744		4,563		393
Total ending balance of loans	$	1,732,251	$	796,253	$	174,369	$	467,326	$	245,263	$	49,040

Non-accrual loans at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are summarized as follows:

	2011		2010		2009
Total Non-Accrual Loans	$	29,892	$	43,684	$	50,590
Interest income that would have been recorded under the original contract terms		1,072		4,346		3,032

There was no income recorded on non-accrual loans during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

The following table presents the recorded investments in non-accrual loans and loans past due 90 days and still accruing by class of loans as of December 31:

	2011				2010
	Non-Accrual		Past Due 90 Days and Still Accruing		Non-Accrual		Past Due 90 Days and Still Accruing
Loans:
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied	$	3,856		—	$	1,942	$	292
Non owner occupied		9,356		—		13,353		—
Construction:
Commercial		5,481		—		4,477		1,323
Residential		—		—		11,212		—
Residential:
Multifamily		—		—		1,437		—
1-4 family		1,470		—		4,649		—
Home equity		1,926		—		1,658		10
Commercial & industrial		7,803		—		4,563		—
Other:
Lease financing and other		—		—		393		—
Overdrafts		—		—		—		—
Total	$	29,892		—	$	43,684	$	1,625

The following tables present the aging of loans (including past due and non accrual loans) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 by class of loans:

	December 31, 2011
	Total		31-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days Or More Past Due		Total Past Due		Current
Loans:
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied	$	243,862	$	1,801		—	$	3,489	$	5,290	$	238,572
Non owner occupied		446,975		1,917		—		5,108		7,025		439,950
Construction:
Commercial		56,933		—		—		4,883		4,883		52,050
Residential		53,094		900		—		—		900		52,194
Residential:
Multifamily		227,595		—		—		—		—		227,595
1-4 family		174,714		—		—		1,470		1,470		173,244
Home equity		112,519		—	$	97		1,926		2,023		110,496
Commercial & industrial		218,500		197		50		4,403		4,650		213,850
Other:
Lease financing and other		39,898		1		10		—		11		39,887
Overdrafts		1,862		—		—		—		—		1,862
Total	$	1,575,952	$	4,816	$	157	$	21,279	$	26,252	$	1,549,700
	December 31, 2010
	Total		31-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days Or More Past Due		Total Past Due		Current
Loans:
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied	$	317,926	$	100	$	3,204	$	2,234	$	5,538	$	312,388
Non owner occupied		478,327		4,199		7,014		8,899		20,112		458,215
Construction:
Commercial		104,466		—		2,913		5,799		8,712		95,754
Residential		69,903		—		3,821		7,390		11,211		58,692
Residential:
Multifamily		152,295		1,160		1,132		1,437		3,729		148,566
1-4 family		187,728		1,096		2,064		4,211		7,371		180,357
Home equity		127,303		721		1,240		1,657		3,618		123,685
Commercial & industrial		245,263		2,258		738		2,414		5,410		239,853
Other:
Lease financing and other		45,096		219		70		323		612		44,484
Overdrafts		3,944		—		—		—		—		3,944
Total	$	1,732,251	$	9,753	$	22,196	$	34,364	$	66,313	$	1,665,938

Loans made directly or indirectly to executive officers, directors or principal stockholders were approximately $45,116 and $37,681 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During 2011, new loans granted to these individuals totaled $9,138 and payments and decreases due to changes in board composition totaled $1,704.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the terms of certain loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings. The modification of the terms of such loans included one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; or a permanent reduction of the recorded investment in the loan.

Modifications involving a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan were for periods ranging from 6 months to 15 years. Modifications involving an extension of the maturity date were for periods ranging from 6 months to 3 years.

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the year ended December 31, 2011:

	Number of Loans		Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
Loans:
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied		5	$	11,674	$	11,611
Non owner occupied		3		6,806		6,785
Construction:
Commercial		2		4,883		4,883
Residential		—		—		—
Residential:
Multifamily		1		1,371		1,371
1-4 family		2		1,223		822
Home equity		—		—		—
Commercial & industrial		3		3,086		3,053
Other:
Lease financing and other		—		—		—
Overdrafts		—		—		—
Total		16	$	29,043	$	28,525

At December 31, 2011, seven TDR’s with carrying amounts of $18.0 million were on accrual status and performing in accordance with their modified terms. All other TDR’s at December 31, 2011 were on nonaccrual status. The troubled debt restructurings described above resulted in charge offs of $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2011.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, there were no troubled debt restructurings in which there were payment defaults within twelve months following the modification. The Company’s policy states that a loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 45 days contractually past due under the modified terms.

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of the borrowers to service their debt such as; value of underlying collateral, current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes non-homogeneous loans individually and classifies them as to credit risk. This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings.

Special Mention — Loans classified as special mention have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard — Loans classified as substandard asset are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified must have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses, that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful — Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in one classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently known facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans not meeting the above criteria that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans.

The following tables present the risk category by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 of non-homogeneous loans individually classified as to credit risk as of the most recent analysis performed:

	December 31, 2011
	Total		Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied	$	243,862	$	177,921	$	32,144	$	33,797		—
Non owner occupied		446,975		422,402		14,924		9,649		—
Construction:
Commercial		56,933		42,641		5,382		8,910		—
Residential		53,094		38,956		7,274		6,864		—
Residential:
Multifamily		227,595		226,224		—		1,371		—
1-4 family		90,033		72,594		15,109		2,330		—
Home equity		2,174		—		—		2,174		—
Commercial & Industrial		218,500		204,305		5,410		8,785		—
Other:
Lease Financing & Other		38,441		37,619		523		299		—
Total loans	$	1,377,607	$	1,222,662	$	80,766	$	74,179		—
	December 31, 2010
	Total		Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful
Commercial Real Estate:
Owner occupied	$	317,926	$	247,210	$	25,164	$	45,552		—
Non owner occupied		478,327		406,949		42,552		25,826	$	3,000
Construction:
Commercial		104,466		79,861		5,426		19,179		—
Residential		69,903		48,777		—		21,126		—
Residential:
Multifamily		152,295		139,725		2,620		9,950		—
1-4 family		91,761		67,401		12,342		12,018		—
Home equity		12,135		6,715		249		5,171		—
Commercial & Industrial		245,262		218,088		11,559		15,615		—
Other:
Lease Financing & Other		43,570		41,502		332		1,736		—
Total loans	$	1,515,645	$	1,256,228	$	100,244	$	156,173	$	3,000

Loans not individually rated, primarily consisting of certain 1-4 family residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit, are evaluated for risk in groups of homogeneous loans. The primary risk characteristic evaluated on these pools is payment history.

The following tables present the delinquency categories by class of loans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 for loans evaluated for risk in groups of homogeneous loans:

	December 31, 2011
	Total		31-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days Or More Past Due		Total Past Due		Current
Residential:
1-4 family	$	84,681		—		—		—		—	$	84,681
Home equity		110,345		—	$	97		—	$	97		110,248
Other:
Other loans		1,457	$	1		10		—		11		1,446
Overdrafts		1,862		—		—		—		—		1,862
Total loans	$	198,345	$	1	$	107		—	$	108	$	198,237
	December 31, 2010
	Total		31-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days Or More Past Due		Total Past Due		Current
Residential:
1-4 family	$	95,968	$	1,090	$	413		—	$	1,503	$	94,465
Home equity		115,167		342		—		—		342		114,825
Other:
Other loans		1,527		—		—		—		—		1,527
Overdrafts		3,944		—		—		—		—		3,944
Total loans	$	216,606	$	1,432	$	413		—	$	1,845	$	214,761

Loans Held for Sale

In the fourth quarter of 2011, management transferred $473,814 of loans to the held-for-sale category. This transfer was done in contemplation of bulk loan sales designed to reduce both classified loans and the Company’s overall concentration in commercial real estate loans. These loan sales are expected to be completed during the first and second quarters of 2012. During 2010, the Company transferred $21,864 of nonperforming loans to the held-for-sale category. This transfer was part of the Company’s implementation of a more aggressive workout strategy in reaction to the severity of the then economic crisis. The Company sold $14,053 of these loans in the fourth quarter of 2010. The remaining $7,811 were either returned to the portfolio or sold in 2011.

XML

Premises and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Premises and Equipment [Abstract]

Premises and Equipment

5  Premises and Equipment

A summary of premises and equipment follows:

	December 31
	2011			2010
Land	$	2,589		$	2,589
Buildings		23,320			22,869
Leasehold improvements		11,652			12,590
Furniture, fixtures and equipment		19,330			18,189
Automobiles		879			838
Total		57,770			57,075
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(31,834	)		(28,464	)
Premises and equipment, net	$	25,936		$	28,611

Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $3,968, $3,993 and $3,864 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

XML

Deposits

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Deposits and Regulatory Capital Requirements [Abstract]

Deposits

7  Deposits

The following table presents a summary of deposits at December 31:

	(000’s)
	2011		2010
Demand deposits	$	910,329	$	756,917
Money market accounts		963,390		862,450
Savings accounts		114,371		120,238
Time deposits of $100,000 or more		110,967		144,497
Time deposits of less than $100,000		40,634		43,851
Checking with interest		285,591		306,459
Total Deposits	$	2,425,282	$	2,234,412

The Company had no brokered deposits at December 31, 2011 or 2010.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, certificates of deposits, including other time deposits of $100,000 or more, totalled $151,601 and $188,348, respectively.

Scheduled maturities of time deposits for the next five years were as follows:

Year	Amount
2012	$	132,716
2013		6,418
2014		3,147
2015		3,659
2016		5,549

XML

Fair Value

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Fair Value [Abstract]

Fair Value

12  Fair Value

The Company follows the “Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures” topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification which requires additional disclosures about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other financial institutions, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

The fair values of securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges, which is a Level 1 input, or matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities, which is a Level 2 input.

The Company’s available for sale securities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 include several pooled trust preferred instruments. The recent severe downturn in the overall economy and, in particular, in the financial services industry has created a situation where significant observable inputs (Level 2) are not readily available for these securities. As an alternative, the Company combined Level 2 input of market yield requirements of similar instruments together with certain Level 3 assumptions addressing the impact of current market illiquidity to estimate the fair value of these instruments — See Note 2 “Securities” for further discussion of pooled trust preferred securities.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are summarized below:

	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total
	(000’s)
Measured on a recurring basis:
Available for sale securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agencies		—		—		—		—
Mortgage-backed securities — residential		—	$	393,418		—	$	393,418
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		100,599		—		100,599
Other debt securities		—		516	$	2,816		3,332
Mutual funds and other equity securities		—		10,548		—		10,548
Total assets at fair value		—	$	505,081	$	2,816	$	507,897
Measured on a non-recurring basis:
Impaired loans: (1)
Commercial Real Estate		—		—	$	1,410	$	1,410
Construction		—		—		3,107		3,107
Residential		—		—		1,529		1,529
Commercial & Industrial		—		—		2,145		2,145
Other		—		—		—		—
Loans held for sale (2)		—		—		473,814		473,814
Other real estate owned (3)		—		—		1,174		1,174
Total assets at fair value		—		—	$	483,179	$	483,179

(1) Impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Collateral values are estimated using Level 2 and Level 3 inputs which include independent appraisals and internally customized discounting criteria. The recorded investment in impaired loans subject to fair value reporting on December 31, 2011 was $10,565 for which a specific allowance of $2,374 has been established within the allowance for loan losses. The fair values were based on internally customized discounting criteria of the collateral and thus classified as Level 3 fair values.

(2) Loans held for sale are reported at lower of cost or fair value. Fair value is based on average bid indicators received from third parties expected to participate in the loan sales.

(3) Other real estate owned is reported at lower of cost or fair value less anticipated costs to sell. Fair value is based on third party or internally developed appraisals which, considering the assumptions in the valuation, are considered Level 2 or Level 3 inputs. The fair value of other real estate owned at December 31, 2011 was derived by management from appraisals which used various assumptions and were discounted as necessary, resulting in a Level 3 classification.

	Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010
	Quoted Prices  in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Total
	(000’s)
Measured on a recurring basis:
Available for sale securities:
U.S. Treasury and government agencies		—	$	3,012		—	$	3,012
Mortgage-backed securities — residential		—		309,540		—		309,540
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		—		116,081		—		116,081
Other debt securities		—		686	$	3,687		4,373
Mutual funds and other equity securities		—		10,661		—		10,661
Total assets at fair value		—	$	439,980	$	3,687	$	443,667
Measured on a non-recurring basis:
Impaired loans: (1)
Commercial Real Estate		—		—	$	2,805	$	2,805
Construction		—		—		10,806		10,806
Residential		—		—		3,373		3,373
Commercial & Industrial		—		—		1,420		1,420
Other		—		—		190		190
Loans held for sale (2)		—		—		7,811		7,811
Other real estate owned (3)		—		—		11,028		11,028
Total assets at fair value		—		—	$	37,433	$	37,433

(1) Impaired loans are reported at the fair value of the underlying collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Collateral values are estimated using Level 2 and Level 3 inputs which include independent appraisals and internally customized discounting criteria. The recorded investment in impaired loans subject to fair value reporting on December 31, 2010 was $19,486 for which a specific allowance of $892 has been established within the allowance for loan losses. The fair values were based on internally customized discounting criteria of the collateral and thus classified as Level 3 fair values.

(2) Loans held for sale are reported at lower of cost or fair value. Fair value is based on average bid indicators received from third parties expected to participate in the loan sales.

(3) Other real estate owned is reported at lower of cost or fair value less anticipated costs to sell. Fair value is based on third party or internally developed appraisals which, considering the assumptions in the valuation, are considered Level 2 or Level 3 inputs. The fair value of other real estate owned at December 31, 2010 was derived by management from appraisals which used various assumptions and were discounted as necessary, resulting in a Level 3 classification.

The table below presents a reconciliation and income statement classification of gains and losses for securities available for sale measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	Level 3 Assets     Measured on a Recurring
	Basis For the Year Ended              December 31
	2011			2010
	(000’s)
Balance at beginning of period	$	3,687		$	3,938
Transfers into (out of) Level 3		388			367
Net unrealized gain (loss) included in other comprehensive income (1)		(888	)		1,934
Principal payments		(3	)		—
Recognized impairment charge included in the statement of income (2)		(368	)		(2,552	)
Balance at end of period	$	2,816		$	3,687

(1) Reported under “Unrealized (loss) gain on securities available for sale arising during the period”

(2) Reported under “Recognized impairment charge on securities available for sale, net”

XML

Condensed Financial Information of Hudson Valley Holding Corp.

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Condensed Financial Information of Hudson Valley Holding Corp. [Abstract]

Condensed Financial Information of Hudson Valley Holding Corp.

17  Condensed Financial Information of Hudson Valley Holding Corp.

(Parent Company Only)

Condensed Balance Sheets

December 31, 2011 and 2010

Dollars in thousands

	2011		2010
Assets
Due from banks	$	8,133	$	19,895
Investment in subsidiaries		268,927		269,469
Equity securities		1,027		1,133
Other assets		26		29
Total Assets	$	278,113	$	290,526
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Other liabilities	$	551	$	609
Stockholders’ equity		277,562		289,917
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	$	278,113	$	290,526

Condensed Statements of Operations

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Dollars in thousands

	2011			2010			2009
Dividends from subsidiaries	$	5		$	7		$	24,354
Dividends from equity securities		76			77			78
Other income		2			—			—
Operating expenses		699			720			243
(Loss) Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries		(616	)		(636	)		24,189
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries		(1,521	)		5,749			(5,177	)
Net (Loss) Income	($	2,137	)	$	5,113		$	19,012

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

Dollars in thousands

	2011			2010			2009
Operating Activities:
Net (loss) income	($	2,137	)	$	5,113		$	19,012
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries		1,521			(5,749	)		5,177
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities		25			(119	)		118
(Increase) decrease in other assets		3			43			48
Other changes, net		—			1			11
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities		(588	)		(711	)		24,366
Investing Activities:
Additional investment in subsidiaries		—			(15,350	)		(44,000	)
Proceeds from sales of equity securities		4			22			—
Purchases of equity securities		—			—			(3	)
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities		4			(15,328	)		(44,003	)
Financing Activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock and exercises of stock options		1,223			623			93,868
Net acquisition/sale of treasury stock		—			—			(15,631	)
Cash dividends paid		(12,401	)		(11,396	)		(15,680	)
Net cash (used in) used in financing activities		(11,178	)		(10,773	)		62,557
Increase (decrease) in Cash and Due from Banks		(11,762	)		(26,812	)		42,920
Cash and due from banks, beginning of period		19,895			46,707			3,787
Cash and due from banks, end of year	$	8,133		$	19,895		$	46,707

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
ASSETS
Cash and non interest earning due from banks	$ 43,743	$ 25,876
Interest earning deposits in banks	34,361	258,280
Federal funds sold	16,425	72,071
Securities available for sale, at estimated fair value (amortized cost of $503,584 in 2011 and $440,792 in 2010)	507,897	443,667
Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (estimated fair value of $13,819 in 2011 and $17,272 in 2010)	12,905	16,267
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB) stock	3,831	7,010
Loans (net of allowance for loan losses of $30,685 in 2011 and $38,949 in 2010)	1,541,405	1,689,187
Loans held for sale	473,814	7,811
Accrued interest and other receivables	40,405	16,396
Premises and equipment, net	25,936	28,611
Other real estate owned	1,174	11,028
Deferred income tax, net	19,822	25,043
Bank owned life insurance	37,563	25,976
Goodwill	23,842	23,842
Other intangible assets	1,651	2,454
Other assets	12,896	15,514
TOTAL ASSETS	2,797,670	2,669,033
Deposits:
Non interest bearing	910,329	756,917
Interest bearing	1,514,953	1,477,495
Total deposits	2,425,282	2,234,412
Securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings	53,056	36,594
Other borrowings	16,466	87,751
Accrued interest and other liabilities	25,304	20,359
TOTAL LIABILITIES	2,520,108	2,379,116
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 15,000,000 shares; no shares outstanding in 2011 and 2010, respectively
Common stock, $0.20 par value; authorized 25,000,000 shares: outstanding 19,516,490 and 19,432,499 shares in 2011 and 2010, respectively	4,163	3,793
Additional paid-in capital	347,764	346,750
Retained earnings (deficit)	(18,527)	(3,989)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	1,726	927
Treasury stock, at cost; 1,299,414 shares in 2011 and 2010	(57,564)	(57,564)
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	277,562	289,917
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	$ 2,797,670	$ 2,669,033

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

1  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Operations and Basis of Presentation — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Hudson Valley Holding Corp. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Hudson Valley Bank N.A. and its subsidiaries (the “Bank” or “HVB”) and HVHC Risk Management Corp (“HVHC RMC”), (collectively the “Company”). The Company offers a broad range of banking and related services to businesses, professionals, municipalities, not-for-profit organizations and individuals. HVB is a national banking association headquartered in Westchester County, New York. As of the date of merger, HVB has 36 branch offices, 18 in Westchester County, New York, 2 in Rockland County, New York, 10 in New York City, 5 in Fairfield County, Connecticut and 1 in New Haven County, Connecticut. The Company also provides investment management and broker-dealer services to its customers through its wholly-owned subsidiary, A.R. Schmeidler & Co., Inc. (“ARS”), a Manhattan, New York based money management firm. All inter-company accounts are eliminated. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated balance sheet and income and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relates to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, fair value of other real estate owned and fair value of financial instruments. In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses, management utilizes the work of professional appraisers for significant properties.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and interest bearing deposits in other banks (including the Federal Reserve Bank of New York).

Securities — Securities are classified as either available for sale, representing securities the Company may sell in the ordinary course of business, or as held to maturity, representing securities that the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that it would not be required to sell prior to maturity or recovery of cost. Securities available for sale are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses (net of tax) excluded from operations and reported in other comprehensive income. Securities held to maturity are stated at amortized cost. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium and accretion of purchase discount. The amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts is determined by using the level yield method. Securities are not acquired for purposes of engaging in trading activities. Realized gains and losses from sales of securities are determined using the specific identification method. The Company regularly reviews declines in the fair value of securities below their costs for purposes of determining whether such declines are other-than-temporary in nature. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”), management considers adverse changes in expected cash flows, the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost and the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer. The Company also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis.

Loans Held for Sale — Loan sales occur in limited circumstances as part of strategic business or regulatory compliance initiatives. Loans held for sale, including deferred fees and costs, are reported at the lower of cost or fair value as determined by expected bid prices from potential investors. Loans held for sale are segregated into pools based on distinct criteria and the lower of cost or fair value analysis is performed at the pool level. Loans are sold without recourse and servicing released. When a loan is transferred from portfolio to held for sale and the fair value is less than cost, a charge off is recorded against the allowance for loan loss. Subsequent declines in fair value, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged against earnings.

Loans — Loans are reported at their outstanding principal balance, net of the allowance for loan losses, and deferred loan origination fees and costs. Loan origination fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and recognized over the life of the related loan or commitment as an adjustment to yield, or taken directly into income when the related loan is sold or commitment expires.

Allowance for Loan Losses — The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable losses incurred in the loan portfolio based on ongoing quarterly assessments of the estimated losses. The Company’s methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of a specific component for identified problem loans, and a formula component which addresses historical loan loss experience together with other relevant risk factors affecting the portfolio. This methodology applies to all portfolio segments.

The specific component incorporates the Company’s analysis of impaired loans. A loan is recognized as impaired when it is probable that principal and/or interest are not collectible in accordance with the loan’s contractual terms. In addition, a loan which has been renegotiated with a borrower experiencing financial difficulties for which the terms of the loan have been modified with a concession that the Company would not otherwise have granted are considered troubled debt restructurings and are also recognized as impaired. Measurement of impairment can be based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant change. If the fair value of an impaired loan is less than the related recorded amount, a specific valuation component is established within the allowance for loan losses or, if the impairment is considered to be permanent, a partial charge-off is recorded against the allowance for loan losses. Individual measurement of impairment does not apply to large groups of smaller balance homogenous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment such as portions of the Company’s portfolios of home equity loans, real estate mortgages, installment and other loans.

The formula component is calculated by first applying historical loss experience factors to outstanding loans by type. The Company uses a three year average loss experience as the starting base for the formula component. This component is then adjusted to reflect additional risk factors not addressed by historical loss experience. These factors include the evaluation of then-existing economic and business conditions affecting the key lending areas of the Company and other conditions, such as new loan products, credit quality trends (including trends in nonperforming loans expected to result from existing conditions), collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, recent charge-off and delinquency experience, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments that existed as of the balance sheet date and the impact that such conditions were believed to have had on the collectibility of the loan portfolio. Senior management reviews these conditions quarterly. Management’s evaluation of the loss related to each of these conditions is quantified by portfolio segment and reflected in the formula component. The evaluations of the inherent loss with respect to these conditions is subject to a higher degree of uncertainty due to the subjective nature of such evaluations and because they are not identified with specific problem credits.

Actual losses can vary significantly from the estimated amounts. The Company’s methodology permits adjustments to the allowance in the event that, in management’s judgment, significant factors which affect the collectibility of the loan portfolio as of the evaluation date have changed.

Management believes the allowance for loan losses is the best estimate of probable losses which have been incurred as of December 31, 2011. There is no assurance that the Company will not be required to make future adjustments to the allowance in response to changing economic conditions, particularly in the Company’s service area, since the majority of the Company’s loans are collateralized by real estate. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments at the time of their examinations.

Loan Charge-Offs — The Company’s charge-off policy covers all loan portfolio classes. Loans are generally charged-off at the earlier of when it is determined that collection efforts are no longer productive or when they have been identified as losses by management, internal loan review and/or bank examiners. Factors considered in determining whether collection efforts are no longer productive include any amounts currently being collected, the status of discussions or negotiations with the borrower, the principal and/or guarantors, the cost of continuing, efforts to collect, the status of any foreclosure or legal actions, the value of the collateral, and any other pertinent factors.

Income Recognition on Loans — Interest on loans is accrued monthly. Net loan origination and commitment fees are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of yield over the lives of the related loans. Loans, including impaired loans, are placed on non-accrual status when management believes that interest or principal on such loans may not be collected in the normal course of business. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued, but not collected, is reversed against interest income. Interest received on non-accrual loans generally is either applied against principal or reported as interest income, in accordance with management’s judgment as to the collectibility of principal. Loans can be returned to accruing status when they become current as to principal and interest, demonstrate a period of performance under the contractual terms, and when, in management’s opinion, they are estimated to be fully collectible. This methodology applies to all loan classes.

Premises and Equipment — Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, generally 3 to 5 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment and 31.5 years for buildings. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset.

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”) — Real estate properties acquired through loan foreclosure are recorded at estimated fair value, net of estimated selling costs, at time of foreclosure establishing a new cost basis. Credit losses arising at the time of foreclosure are charged against the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent valuations are periodically performed by management and the carrying value is adjusted by a charge to expense to reflect any subsequent declines in the estimated fair value. Routine holding costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — Goodwill and identified intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortization. Identified intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized over those lives by a method which reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are used up. Goodwill is subject to impairment testing on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. Identifiable intangible assets are subject to impairment if events or circumstances indicate that impairment may exist. If such testing indicates impairment in the values and/or remaining amortization periods of the intangible assets, adjustments are made to reflect such impairment. The Company’s goodwill impairment evaluations as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 did not indicate any impairment. The Company is not aware of any events or circumstances that existed with the identified intangible assets that would indicate impairment as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

Loss Contingencies — Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Legal fees associated with loss contingencies are included in loss contingency accruals.

Income Taxes — Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the change is enacted.

Stock-Based Compensation — Compensation costs relating to share-based payment transactions are recognized in the financial statements with measurement based upon the fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. Compensation costs related to share based payment transactions are expensed over their respective vesting periods. The fair value (present value of the estimated future benefit to the option holder) of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. See Note 11 “Stock-Based Compensation” herein for additional discussion.

Earnings per Common Share — The “Earnings per Share,” topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification establishes standards for computing and presenting earnings per share. The statement requires disclosure of basic earnings per common share (i.e. common stock equivalents are not considered) and diluted earnings per common share (i.e. common stock equivalents are considered using the treasury stock method) on the face of the statement of income, along with a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of basic and diluted earnings per share. Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The computation of diluted earnings per common share is similar to the computation of basic earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares, consisting solely of stock options, had been issued.

Weighted average common shares outstanding used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share were as follows:

	2011		2010		2009
Weighted average common shares:
Basic		19,462,055		19,393,895		15,009,209
Effect of stock options		—		62,075		298,465
Diluted		19,462,055		19,455,971		15,307,674

Stock options for 616,382, 323,585 and 148,455 shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, because they were antidilutive.

In November 2011 and November 2010, the Board of Directors of the Company declared 10 percent stock dividends. Share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the issuance of the additional shares.

Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information — “Segment Reporting” topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification establishes standards for the way business enterprises report information about operating segments and establishes standards for related disclosure about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The statement requires that a business enterprise report financial and descriptive information about its reportable operating segments. Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company has one operating segment, “Community Banking.”

Bank Owned Life Insurance — The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Retirement Plans — Pension expense is the net of service and interest cost, return on plan assets and amortization of gains and losses not immediately recognized. Employee 401(k) and profit sharing plan expense is the amount of matching contributions. Supplemental retirement plan expense allocates the benefits over years of service.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In April 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2011-02, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.” The provisions of ASU No. 2011-02 amend and clarify GAAP related to the accounting for debt restructurings. Specifically, ASU No. 2011-02 requires that, when evaluating whether a restructuring constitutes a troubled debt restructuring, a creditor must separately conclude that both (i) the restructuring constitutes a concession and (ii) the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. In evaluating whether a concession has been granted, a creditor must evaluate whether (i) a debtor has access to funds at a market rate for debt with similar risk characteristics as the restructured debt in order to determine if the restructuring would be considered to be at a below-market rate, indicating that the creditor has granted a concession, (ii) a temporary or permanent increase in the contractual interest rate as a result of a restructuring may be considered a concession because the new contractual interest rate on the restructured debt is still below the market interest rate for new debt with similar risk characteristics, and (iii) a restructuring that results in a delay in payment is either significant and is a concession or is insignificant and is not a concession. In evaluating whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties, a creditor may conclude that a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties, even though the debtor is not currently in payment default. A creditor should evaluate whether it is probable that the debtor would be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without a modification of the debt. The provisions of ASU No. 2011-02 became effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after June 15, 2011 and should be applied retroactively to the beginning of the annual period of adoption. The adoption of this ASU by the Company did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) — Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs “which represents the convergence of the FASB’s and the IASB’s guidance on fair value measurement. ASU 2011-04 reflects the common requirements under U.S. GAAP and IFRS for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, including a consistent meaning for the term “fair value.” The new guidance does not extend the use of fair value but, rather, provides guidance about how fair value should be applied where it is already required or permitted under IFRS or U.S. GAAP. For U.S. GAAP, most of the changes are clarifications of existing guidance or wording changes to align with IFRS 13. A public company is required to apply the ASU prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is not permitted for a public company. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) — Presentation of Comprehensive Income” the provisions of which allow an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. Under both options, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. ASU 2011-05 does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. ASU 2011-05 should be applied retrospectively and is effective for public companies for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) — Testing Goodwill for Impairment” the provisions of which allow an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for an entity to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. The provisions for ASU 2011-08 become effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted, including for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed as of a date before September 15, 2011, if an entity’s financial statements for the most recent annual or interim period have not yet been issued. The adoption of this ASU is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Other — Certain 2010 amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Stock-Based Compensation [Abstract]

Stock-Based Compensation

11  Stock-Based Compensation

In accordance with the provisions of the Hudson Valley Holding Corp. 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan, approved by the Company’s stockholders on May 27, 2010, the Company may grant eligible employees, including directors, consultants and advisors, incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance awards and other types of awards. The 2010 Plan provides for the issuance of up to 1,331,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. Prior to the 2010 Plan, the Company had stock option plans that provided for the granting of options to directors, officers, eligible employees, and certain advisors, based upon eligibility as determined by the Compensation Committee. Under the prior plans, options were granted for the purchase of shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price not less than the market value of the stock on the date of grant, vested over various periods ranging from immediate to five years from date of grant, and had expiration dates up to ten years from the date of grant. The Company estimates that more than 90% of options granted under the prior plans will vest. Compensation costs relating to stock-based payment transactions are recognized in the financial statements with measurement based upon the fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. Compensation costs related to share based payment transactions are expensed over their respective vesting periods. There were no stock-based compensation awards granted under either the 2010 Plan or the prior plans during the year ended December 31, 2011.

The following table summarizes stock option activity for 2011. Shares and per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect the effect of the 10% stock dividend in 2011.

	Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (1) ($000’s)		Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
Outstanding at December 31, 2010		769,730		$	21.76
Granted		0			—
Exercised		(92,966	)		14.48
Cancelled or Expired		(51,508	)		22.14
Outstanding at December 31, 2011		625,256			22.81	$	1,253		2.5
Exercisable at December 31, 2011		616,382			22.62	$	1,253		2.5
Available for future grant		1,331,000

(1) The aggregate intrinsic value of a stock option in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the option) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2011. This amount changes based on changes in the market value of the Company’s stock.

The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices of the Company’s stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2011:

	Exercise Price				Number of Options		Weighted Average
							Remaining Life (years)		Exercise Price
	$	13.80	$	18.21		218,043		1.9	$	16.94
		18.21		23.70		207,948		3.3		20.62
		23.77		41.82		199,265		2.3		31.54
Total Options Outstanding		13.80		41.82		625,256		2.5		22.81
Exercisable		13.80		41.82		616,382		2.5		22.62
Not Exercisable		35.33		41.82		8,874		1.3		35.96

The fair value (present value of the estimated future benefit to the option holder) of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. There were 8,874 nonvested options with a weighted average exercise price of $35.96 and 45,566 nonvested options with a weighted average exercise price of $32.81 outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During 2011, 34,129 options with a weighted average exercise price of $31.79 vested, and 2,563 options with a weighted average exercise price of $35.56 were forfeited. There were no stock options granted in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Compensation expense of $125, $148 and $254 related to the Company’s stock option plans was included in net income for the years ended December 30, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The total tax benefit related thereto was $5, $6 and $8, respectively. Unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested share-based compensation granted under the Company’s stock option plans totaled $68 at December 31, 2011. This expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.0 years. Cash received from option exercises was $1,223, $623 and $545 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.